WO2022019255A1 - Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device and resin - Google Patents

Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device and resin Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022019255A1
WO2022019255A1 PCT/JP2021/026921 JP2021026921W WO2022019255A1 WO 2022019255 A1 WO2022019255 A1 WO 2022019255A1 JP 2021026921 W JP2021026921 W JP 2021026921W WO 2022019255 A1 WO2022019255 A1 WO 2022019255A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
formula
resin
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/026921
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
雅臣 牧野
祐士 金子
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to KR1020227044432A priority Critical patent/KR20230013085A/en
Priority to JP2022537994A priority patent/JP7397201B2/en
Priority to CN202180043701.1A priority patent/CN115702213B/en
Publication of WO2022019255A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022019255A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F283/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers provided for in subclass C08G
    • C08F283/04Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers provided for in subclass C08G on to polycarbonamides, polyesteramides or polyimides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/037Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polyamides or polyimides
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures
    • H01L27/148Charge coupled imagers
    • H01L27/14825Linear CCD imagers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a resin composition, a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, an image display device, and a resin.
  • a film containing a pigment such as a color filter is used for the solid-state image sensor.
  • a film containing a color material such as a color filter is manufactured by using a resin composition containing a pigment, a resin, and a solvent.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a resin composition containing a pigment, a dispersant, a binder resin, an epoxy compound, and a solvent, wherein the dispersants are a tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1) and a tricarboxylic acid anhydride (b2). ), A polyester moiety X1'having a carboxy group formed by reacting an acid anhydride group in one or more acid anhydrides (b) with a hydroxyl group in a hydroxyl group-containing compound (a), and ethylenically unsaturated.
  • the dispersants are a tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1) and a tricarboxylic acid anhydride (b2).
  • a polyester moiety X1' having a carboxy group formed by reacting an acid anhydride group in one or more acid anhydrides (b) with a hydroxyl group in a hydroxyl group-containing compound (a), and ethylenically unsaturated.
  • the monomer (c) is radically polymerized and has a vinyl polymer moiety X2'having a thermally crosslinkable functional group, and the thermally crosslinkable functional group is a hydroxyl group, an oxetane group, a t-butyl group, or a block.
  • a resin composition containing a dispersant (X), which is at least one selected from the group consisting of an isocyanate group and a (meth) acryloyl group, is described.
  • the dispersibility of the pigment is good. If the dispersibility of the pigment is insufficient, the pigment tends to aggregate and coarsen in the resin composition, or the viscosity of the resin composition tends to increase. Further, even if the viscosity of the resin composition immediately after production is low, the viscosity may increase with time.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition having excellent dispersibility of a pigment. Another object of the present invention is to provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image pickup device, and an image display device using a resin composition. Further, an object of the present invention is to provide a resin.
  • Color material A containing a pigment and Resin B and Containing solvent C
  • the resin B includes a resin b-1 containing a structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) and a structural unit represented by the formula (1-B).
  • X 51 represents a tetravalent linking group
  • X 52 represents a divalent linking group
  • Y 51 represents O or NR Y 51
  • Y51 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • the ratio of the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) to the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) is 0.2 to 5, ⁇ 1> or ⁇ . 2>
  • the resin composition according to. ⁇ 4> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, wherein the divalent linking group represented by Lp 1 of the above formula (1-A) is a group containing a sulfur atom.
  • X 11 of the above formula (1-A) and X 51 of the above formula (1-B) are groups each independently containing an aromatic hydrocarbon ring.
  • ⁇ 6> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein X 52 of the above formula (1-B) is a group containing a fluorine atom and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 1 of the above formula (1-A) contains a repeating unit of at least one structure selected from a poly (meth) acrylic structure, a polystyrene structure, a polyether structure and a polyester structure.
  • ⁇ 8> The polymer chain represented by P 1 of the above formula (1-A) contains a repeating unit represented by any of the formulas (P1-1) to (P1-6), ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6.
  • RG1 and RG2 each represent an alkylene group
  • RG3 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a hydroxymethyl group
  • Q G1 represents -O- or -NR q- , and R q represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group
  • LG1 represents a single bond or an arylene group
  • LG2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • RG4 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent
  • RG5 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • RG6 represents an aryl group.
  • ⁇ 9> substituent represented by R G4 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, an epoxy group, at least one selected from an oxetanyl group, and t- butyl group, a resin composition according to ⁇ 8>.
  • the solvent C contains at least one selected from an ester solvent, an ether solvent, an alcohol solvent and a ketone solvent. .. ⁇ 11>
  • the coloring material A contains at least one selected from a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and a phthalocyanine pigment.
  • ⁇ 12> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 11>, which further contains a polymerizable monomer.
  • ⁇ 13> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12>, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator.
  • ⁇ 14> A film obtained by using the resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 13>.
  • ⁇ 15> An optical filter having the film according to ⁇ 14>.
  • ⁇ 16> A solid-state image sensor having the film according to ⁇ 14>.
  • ⁇ 17> An image display device having the film according to ⁇ 14>.
  • X 11 represents a tetravalent linking group
  • X 12 represents a 2 + n valent linking group
  • Y 11 represents O or NR Y11
  • R 11, R 12 and R Y11 are Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or substituent
  • Lp 1 represents a divalent linking group
  • P 1 represents a polymer chain
  • n represents an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • X 51 represents a tetravalent linking group
  • X 52 represents a divalent linking group
  • Y 51 represents O or NR Y 51
  • Y51 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • a resin composition having excellent dispersibility of a pigment. Further, it is possible to provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image pickup device, and an image display device using a resin composition. In addition, a resin can be provided.
  • the present invention is not limited to the specified embodiments.
  • "to” is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
  • the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution also includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group).
  • the "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • the term "exposure” includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified.
  • Examples of the light used for exposure include the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active rays such as electron beams, or radiation.
  • the (meth) allyl group represents both allyl and metharyl, or either, and "(meth) acrylate” represents both acrylate and methacrylate, or either, and "(meth)”.
  • “Acrylic” represents both acrylic and methacrylic, or either, and “(meth) acryloyl” represents both acryloyl and methacrylic, or either.
  • the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are polystyrene-equivalent values measured by a GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method.
  • the near infrared ray means light having a wavelength of 700 to 2500 nm.
  • the total solid content means the total mass of all the components of the composition excluding the solvent.
  • the term "process” does not only refer to an independent process, but also to the present term if the intended action of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. included.
  • the term pigment means a compound that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
  • a symbol (for example, A) added before or after a name is a term used to distinguish components, and the type of component, the number of components, and the structure. It does not limit the superiority or inferiority of the elements.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains a coloring material A containing a pigment, a resin B, and a solvent C, and the resin B is a structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) and the formula (1-B). ),
  • the resin b-1 (hereinafter, also referred to as a specific resin) containing the structural unit represented by) is contained.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is excellent in dispersibility of pigments.
  • this particular resin is a structural unit of the polyester structure having a polymer chain P 1, since it has a structural unit represented by the formula (1-A), the polymer chain P 1 and a steric repulsion group Therefore, aggregation of pigments can be suppressed. For this reason, it is presumed that the resin composition having excellent dispersibility of the pigment could be obtained.
  • this specific resin has a structural unit represented by (1-B), it is difficult to be decomposed even at a high temperature by using the resin composition of the present invention, and the film is not easily decomposed even after heat treatment at a high temperature. It is possible to form a film having excellent heat resistance, which is less likely to shrink. Therefore, even if a film is formed using the resin composition of the present invention and then the obtained film is heat-treated at a high temperature (for example, 300 ° C. or higher), the film shrinkage is suppressed and the film is formed on the film. Even when another film such as an inorganic film is formed, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of cracks in the other film. Therefore, according to the resin composition of the present invention, the process window of the process after manufacturing the film can be expanded.
  • the film was heat-treated at 300 ° C. for 5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the thickness of the film is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and further preferably 90% or more of the thickness of the film before the heat treatment.
  • the thickness of the film after being heat-treated at 350 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere is preferably 70% or more, preferably 80% or more of the thickness of the film before the heat treatment. Is more preferable, and 90% or more is further preferable.
  • the above physical properties can be achieved by a method such as adjusting the type and content of the specific resin to be used.
  • the rate of change ⁇ A of the absorbance of the film after the heat treatment represented by the following formula (A1) is preferably 50% or less, more preferably 45% or less, and more preferably 40% or less. It is more preferably 35% or less, and particularly preferably 35% or less.
  • ⁇ A (%)
  • A1 is the maximum value of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1100 nm of the film before the heat treatment.
  • A2 is the absorbance of the film after the heat treatment, and is the absorbance at a wavelength indicating the maximum value of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1100 nm of the film before the heat treatment.
  • the above physical properties can be achieved by a method such as adjusting the type and content of the specific resin to be used.
  • the wavelength ⁇ 1 showing the maximum value of the absorbance of the film in the wavelength range of 400 to 1100 nm.
  • the absolute value of the difference from the wavelength ⁇ 2, which indicates the maximum value of the absorbance of the film after heat-treating the film at 300 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere, is preferably 50 nm or less, preferably 45 nm or less. It is more preferably present, and further preferably 40 nm or less.
  • the above physical properties can be achieved by a method such as adjusting the type and content of the specific resin to be used.
  • the film was heat-treated at 300 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the maximum value of the rate of change ⁇ A ⁇ of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1100 nm after the heat treatment is preferably 30% or less, more preferably 27% or less, and further preferably 25% or less. preferable.
  • A1 ⁇ is the absorbance at the wavelength ⁇ of the film before heat treatment.
  • A2 ⁇ is the absorbance at the wavelength ⁇ of the film after the heat treatment.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is preferably used as a resin composition for an optical filter.
  • the optical filter include a color filter, a near-infrared transmission filter, a near-infrared cut filter, and the like, and a color filter is preferable.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a resin composition for a solid-state image sensor, and more preferably as a resin composition for forming pixels of an optical filter used in a solid-state image sensor.
  • the color filter examples include filters having colored pixels that transmit light of a specific wavelength, and at least one colored pixel selected from red pixels, blue pixels, green pixels, yellow pixels, cyan pixels, and magenta pixels. It is preferable that the filter has.
  • the color filter can be formed by using a resin composition containing a chromatic color material.
  • the near-infrared cut filter examples include a filter having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared cut filter is preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1300 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1100 nm.
  • the transmittance of the near-infrared cut filter in the entire wavelength range of 400 to 650 nm is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, still more preferably 90% or more. Further, the transmittance at at least one point in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm is preferably 20% or less.
  • the absorbance Amax / absorbance A550 which is the ratio of the absorbance Amax at the maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared cut filter to the absorbance A550 at a wavelength of 550 nm, is preferably 20 to 500, more preferably 50 to 500. , 70 to 450, more preferably 100 to 400, and particularly preferably 100 to 400.
  • the near-infrared cut filter can be formed by using a resin composition containing a near-infrared absorbing color material.
  • the near-infrared ray transmission filter is a filter that transmits at least a part of near-infrared rays.
  • the near-infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that blocks at least a part of visible light and transmits at least a part of near-infrared light.
  • the maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm.
  • a filter satisfying the spectral characteristics having a minimum value of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) is preferably mentioned.
  • the near-infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that satisfies any of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (5).
  • the maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 800 to 1500 nm is.
  • a filter of 70% or more preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more.
  • the maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 900 to 1500 nm is.
  • a filter of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • the maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1500 nm is.
  • a filter of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • the maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1500 nm is.
  • a filter of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • the maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1200 to 1500 nm is.
  • a filter of 70% or more preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • a preferred embodiment of the spectral characteristics of the resin composition of the present invention is that when a film having a thickness of 5 ⁇ m is formed using the resin composition, the wavelength of the light transmittance in the thickness direction of the film is 360 to 700 nm.
  • Examples thereof include an embodiment satisfying the spectral characteristics in which the maximum value in the range is 50% or more.
  • a resin composition satisfying such spectral characteristics can be preferably used as a resin composition for forming pixels of a color filter. Specifically, it can be preferably used as a resin composition for forming colored pixels selected from red pixels, blue pixels, green pixels, yellow pixels, cyan pixels and magenta colors.
  • the resin composition having the above spectral characteristics preferably contains a chromatic coloring material.
  • a resin composition containing a red color material and a yellow color material can be preferably used as a resin composition for forming red pixels.
  • the resin composition containing the blue color material and the purple color material can be preferably used as the resin composition for forming blue pixels.
  • the resin composition containing the green color material can be preferably used as the resin composition for forming green or cyan color pixels.
  • Another preferred embodiment of the spectral characteristics of the resin composition of the present invention is that Amin / B, which is the ratio of the minimum absorbance Amin in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm to the absorbance B in the wavelength range of 1500 nm, is 5 or more.
  • An embodiment that satisfies a certain spectral characteristic can be mentioned.
  • a resin composition satisfying such spectral characteristics can be preferably used as a resin composition for forming a near-infrared transmission filter.
  • the value of Amin / B which is the above-mentioned absorbance ratio, is preferably 7.5 or more, more preferably 15 or more, and even more preferably 30 or more.
  • the absorbance A ⁇ at the wavelength ⁇ is defined by the following equation ( ⁇ 1).
  • a ⁇ -log (T ⁇ / 100) ...
  • T ⁇ is the transmittance (%) at the wavelength ⁇ .
  • the value of the absorbance may be a value measured in the state of a solution or a value of a film formed by using the composition.
  • the composition is applied onto a glass substrate by a method such as spin coating, and the film is dried at 100 ° C. for 120 seconds using a hot plate or the like for measurement. Is preferable.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably satisfies any of the following spectral characteristics (Ir1) to (Ir5).
  • (Ir1) The value of A1 / B1, which is the ratio of the minimum value A1 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm and the maximum value B1 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 800 to 1500 nm, is 4.5 or more. It is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 15 or more, and even more preferably 30 or more. According to this aspect, it is possible to form a film capable of transmitting light having a wavelength of more than 750 nm by blocking light in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm.
  • the value of A2 / B2 which is the ratio of the minimum value A2 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm and the maximum value B2 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 900 to 1500 nm, is 4.5 or more. It is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 15 or more, and even more preferably 30 or more. According to this aspect, it is possible to form a film capable of transmitting light having a wavelength of more than 850 nm by blocking light in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm.
  • the value of A4 / B4 which is the ratio of the minimum value A4 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm and the maximum value B4 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1500 nm, is 4.5 or more. It is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 15 or more, and even more preferably 30 or more. According to this aspect, it is possible to form a film capable of transmitting light having a wavelength of more than 1050 nm by blocking light in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is a resin composition for pattern formation by a photolithography method. According to this aspect, pixels having a fine size can be easily formed. Therefore, it can be particularly preferably used as a resin composition for forming pixels of an optical filter used in a solid-state image sensor.
  • a resin composition containing a component having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group for example, a resin having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group or a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group
  • a photopolymerization initiator can be preferably used as a resin composition for pattern formation in a photolithography method. It is also preferable that the resin composition for pattern formation in the photolithography method further contains an alkali-soluble resin.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can also be used as a resin composition for forming a black matrix or a resin composition for forming a light-shielding film.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains a coloring material A (hereinafter referred to as a coloring material).
  • a coloring material include a white coloring material, a black coloring material, a chromatic coloring material, and a near-infrared absorbing coloring material.
  • the white color material includes not only pure white color material but also a light gray color material close to white (for example, grayish white, light gray, etc.).
  • the color material preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a chromatic color material, a black color material, and a near-infrared absorbing color material, and is selected from the group consisting of a chromatic color material and a near-infrared absorbing color material. It is more preferable to contain at least one chromatic color material, further preferably to contain a chromatic color material, and at least one chromatic color selected from the group consisting of a red color material, a yellow color material, a blue color material and a purple color material. It is more preferable to include a material.
  • the coloring material preferably contains a chromatic color material and a near-infrared absorbing color material, and preferably contains two or more kinds of chromatic color materials and a near-infrared absorbing color material.
  • black may be formed by a combination of two or more kinds of chromatic color materials.
  • the coloring material contains a black coloring material and a near-infrared absorbing coloring material.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a resin composition for forming a near-infrared transmission filter.
  • Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-077009, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-130338, International Publication No. 2015/166779 and the like can be referred to.
  • the coloring material contained in the coloring composition of the present invention one containing a pigment is used.
  • the pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, but is preferably an organic pigment from the viewpoint of many color variations, ease of dispersion, safety and the like. Further, the pigment preferably contains at least one selected from a chromatic pigment and a near-infrared absorbing pigment, and more preferably contains a chromatic pigment.
  • the pigment may include at least one selected from phthalocyanine pigments, dioxazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene pigments, azo pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, pyrolopyrrolop pigments, isoindrin pigments and quinophthalone pigments. It is more preferable that it contains at least one selected from a phthalocyanine pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and a pyrolopyrrolop pigment, and even more preferably it contains a phthalocyanine pigment or a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment.
  • the phthalocyanine pigment has a phthalocyanine pigment having no central metal and copper or zinc as the central metal because it is easy to form a film whose spectral characteristics do not easily change even after heating to a high temperature (for example, 300 ° C. or higher). Phthalocyanine pigments are preferred.
  • the average primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, still more preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the average primary particle size of the pigment can be obtained from a photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is obtained, and the corresponding circle-equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment.
  • the average primary particle size in the present invention is an arithmetic average value of the primary particle size for the primary particles of 400 pigments.
  • the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without aggregation.
  • the chromatic color material examples include a color material having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm. For example, a yellow color material, an orange color material, a red color material, a green color material, a purple color material, a blue color material, and the like can be mentioned. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, the chromatic color material is preferably a pigment (chromatic pigment), more preferably a red pigment, a yellow pigment, and a blue pigment, and even more preferably a red pigment and a blue pigment. Specific examples of the chromatic pigment include those shown below.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, C.I. I. Pigment Red 264, C.I. I. Pigment Red 272, C.I. I. Pigment Red 122, C.I. I. Pigment Red 177 is preferred.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 3 is preferred.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 4 is preferred.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 is preferred.
  • a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having an average of 10 to 14 halogen atoms in one molecule, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms.
  • Specific examples include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/118720.
  • Phthalocyanine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds described in JP-A-2018-180023, compounds described in JP-A-2019-038958, and the like can also be used.
  • an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used. Specific examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0030 of JP2012-247591A and paragraph numbers 0047 of JP2011-157478A.
  • X 1 to X 16 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and Z 1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (QP1) include the compound described in paragraph No. 0016 of Japanese Patent No. 6443711.
  • Y 1 ⁇ Y 3 represents a halogen atom independently.
  • n and m represent integers of 0 to 6, and p represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • N + m is 1 or more.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (QP2) include the compounds described in paragraphs 0047 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077.
  • red pigment As the red pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP-A-2017-201384, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in paragraphs 0016 to 0022 of Patent No. 6248838, Diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in WO2012 / 102399, diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in WO2012 / 117965, naphtholazo compound described in JP2012-229344, patent No. 6516119. , The compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6525101, and the like can also be used.
  • red pigment a compound having a structure in which an aromatic hydrocarbon group having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom bonded to the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton is used. It can also be used. As such a compound, a compound represented by the formula (DPP1) is preferable, and a compound represented by the formula (DPP2) is more preferable.
  • R 11 and R 13 independently represent a substituent
  • R 12 and R 14 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group
  • n 11 and n 13 are independent of each other.
  • X 12 and X 14 independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom
  • m12 represents 1 and X.
  • m12 represents 2 when X 14 is a nitrogen atom.
  • the substituents represented by R 11 and R 13 include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group, an amide group, a cyano group, a nitro group and a trifluoro group.
  • Preferred specific examples include a methyl group, a sulfoxide group, and a sulfo group.
  • the chromatic dyes include pyrazole azo compound, anilino azo compound, triarylmethane compound, anthraquinone compound, anthrapyridone compound, benzylidene compound, oxonol compound, pyrazolotriazole azo compound, pyridone azo compound, cyanine compound, phenothiazine compound and pyrrolopyrazole azomethine compound. , Xanthene compound, phthalocyanine compound, benzopyran compound, indigo compound, pyrromethene compound and the like.
  • Two or more kinds of chromatic color materials may be used in combination. Further, when two or more kinds of chromatic color materials are used in combination, black may be formed by a combination of two or more kinds of chromatic color materials. Examples of such a combination include the following aspects (1) to (7).
  • the resin composition of the present invention forms a near-infrared ray transmitting filter. It can be preferably used as a resin composition for use.
  • An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, and a yellow color material are examples of such a combination.
  • An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, a yellow color material, and a purple color material (3) An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, a yellow color material, and a purple color material. (4) An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, a yellow color material, a purple color material, and a green color material. (5) An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, a yellow color material, and a green color material. (6) An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, and a green color material. (7) An embodiment containing a yellow color material and a purple color material.
  • White coloring materials include titanium oxide, strontium titanate, barium titanate, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, silica, talc, mica, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, Examples thereof include hollow resin particles and inorganic pigments (white pigments) such as zinc sulfide.
  • the white pigment is preferably particles having a titanium atom, and more preferably titanium oxide.
  • the white pigment is preferably particles having a refractive index of 2.10 or more with respect to light having a wavelength of 589 nm. The above-mentioned refractive index is preferably 2.10 to 3.00, and more preferably 2.50 to 2.75.
  • titanium oxide described in "Titanium Oxide Physical Properties and Applied Technology, by Manabu Kiyono, pp. 13-45, published on June 25, 1991, published by Gihodo Publishing" can also be used.
  • the white pigment is not limited to a single inorganic substance, but particles compounded with other materials may be used. For example, particles having pores or other materials inside, particles in which a large number of inorganic particles are attached to core particles, core particles composed of core particles composed of polymer particles, and core and shell composite particles composed of a shell layer composed of inorganic nanoparticles are used. Is preferable.
  • the core and shell composite particles composed of the core particles composed of the polymer particles and the shell layer composed of the inorganic nanoparticles for example, the description in paragraphs 0012 to 0042 of JP2015-047520 can be referred to. This content is incorporated herein.
  • Hollow inorganic particles can also be used as the white pigment.
  • Hollow inorganic particles are inorganic particles having a structure having cavities inside, and refer to inorganic particles having cavities surrounded by an outer shell.
  • Examples of the hollow inorganic particles include the hollow inorganic particles described in JP-A-2011-075786, International Publication No. 2013/06621, JP-A-2015-164881, and the like, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Is done.
  • Black color material The black color material is not particularly limited, and known materials can be used.
  • examples of the inorganic black coloring material include inorganic pigments (black pigments) such as carbon black, titanium black, and graphite, with carbon black and titanium black being preferable, and titanium black being more preferable.
  • Titanium black is black particles containing a titanium atom, and low-order titanium oxide or titanium oxynitride is preferable. Titanium black can modify the surface as needed for the purpose of improving dispersibility and suppressing cohesion. For example, it is possible to coat the surface of titanium black with silicon oxide, titanium oxide, germanium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, or zirconium oxide.
  • Titanium black preferably has a small primary particle size and an average primary particle size of each particle. Specifically, it is preferable that the average primary particle size is 10 to 45 nm. Titanium black can also be used as a dispersion. For example, a dispersion containing titanium black particles and silica particles and having a content ratio of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersion adjusted to be in the range of 0.20 to 0.50 can be mentioned.
  • titanium black products include titanium black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13RN, 13M-T (trade name: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation), Tilak D (Tilak) D (trade name: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation). Product name: Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • examples of the organic black color material include a bisbenzofuranone compound, an azomethine compound, a perylene compound, and an azo compound.
  • examples of the bisbenzofuranone compound include the compounds described in JP-A-2010-534726, JP-A-2012-515233, JP-A-2012-515234, etc., for example, as "Irgaphor Black” manufactured by BASF. It is available.
  • Examples of the perylene compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP-A-2017-226821, C.I. I. Pigment Black 31, 32 and the like can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the azomethin compound include the compounds described in JP-A No. 01-17601, JP-A-02-0346664, and the like, and can be obtained as, for example, "Chromofine Black A1103" manufactured by Dainichiseika Co., Ltd.
  • the coloring material used in the resin composition of the present invention may be only the above-mentioned black coloring material, or may further contain a chromatic coloring material. According to this aspect, it is easy to obtain a resin composition capable of forming a film having excellent light-shielding property in the visible region.
  • chromatic color material 100: 10 to 300, preferably 100: 20 to 200. Is more preferable.
  • Preferred combinations of the black color material and the chromatic color material include, for example, the following.
  • A-1) An embodiment containing an organic black color material and a blue color material.
  • A-2) An embodiment containing an organic black color material, a blue color material, and a yellow color material.
  • A-3) An embodiment containing an organic black color material, a blue color material, a yellow color material, and a red color material.
  • A-4) An embodiment containing an organic black color material, a blue color material, a yellow color material, and a purple color material.
  • the near-infrared absorbing color material is preferably a pigment, more preferably an organic pigment. Further, the near-infrared absorbing color material preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in a range of more than 700 nm and 1400 nm or less. The maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared absorbing color material is preferably 1200 nm or less, more preferably 1000 nm or less, and further preferably 950 nm or less.
  • the near-infrared absorbing color material preferably has A 550 / A max, which is the ratio of the absorbance A 550 at a wavelength of 550 nm and the absorbance A max at the maximum absorption wavelength, to be 0.1 or less, preferably 0.05 or less. It is more preferably 0.03 or less, and particularly preferably 0.02 or less.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 0.0001 or more, and may be 0.0005 or more.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared absorbing color material and the value of the absorbance at each wavelength are values obtained from the absorption spectrum of the film formed by using the resin composition containing the near-infrared absorbing color material.
  • the near-infrared absorbing color material is not particularly limited, but is limited to pyrolopyrrole compound, cyanine compound, squarylium compound, phthalocyanine compound, naphthalocyanine compound, quaterylene compound, merocyanine compound, croconium compound, oxonol compound, iminium compound, dithiol compound, and tria.
  • Examples thereof include a reelmethane compound, a pyrromethene compound, an azomethin compound, an anthraquinone compound, a dibenzofuranone compound, and a dithiolene metal complex.
  • Examples of the pyrrolopyrrole compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0058 of JP2009-263614, the compounds described in paragraphs 0037-0052 of JP2011-066731A, and International Publication No. 2015/166783. Examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraphs 0010 to 0033.
  • Examples of the squarylium compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0044 to 0049 of JP2011-208101A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0060 to 0061 of Patent No. 6065169, and paragraph numbers 0040 of International Publication No. 2016/181987. , The compound described in JP-A-2015-176046, the compound described in paragraph No. 0072 of International Publication No.
  • JP2012-077153 the oxytitanium phthalocyanine described in JP2006-343631, and paragraphs 0013 to 0029 of JP2013-195480.
  • Examples of the naphthalocyanine compound include the compounds described in paragraph No. 0093 of JP2012-07715A.
  • dithiolene metal complex include the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5733804.
  • Examples of the near-infrared absorbing color material include a squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-197437, a squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-025311, a squarylium compound described in International Publication No. 2016/154782, and a patent.
  • Squarylium compound described in Japanese Patent No. 5884953 Squalylium compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6036689
  • Squalylium compound described in Japanese Patent No. 5810604 Squalylium compound described in paragraph Nos. 0090 to 0107 of International Publication No. 2017/213047.
  • the amide-linked squarylium compound of JP-A-2017-141215 a compound having a pyrrolbis-type squarylium skeleton or a croconium skeleton described in JP-A-2017-141215, a dihydrocarbazole-type squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-082029, JP-A-2017.
  • the content of the coloring material in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 20 to 90% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, and further preferably 50% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, and more preferably 70% by mass or less.
  • the content of the pigment in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 20 to 90% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, and further preferably 50% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, and more preferably 70% by mass or less.
  • the content of the dye in the coloring material is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and further preferably 30% by mass or less. Further, it is also preferable that the resin composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a dye because it is easy to more effectively suppress the change in film thickness when the obtained film is heated to a high temperature.
  • the content of the dye in the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1% by mass or less, preferably 0.05% by mass. The following is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that the content is not contained.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains resin B (hereinafter, also referred to as resin).
  • resin B hereinafter, also referred to as resin
  • the resin contained in the resin composition is a resin b-1 (hereinafter, also referred to as a specific resin) containing a structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) and a structural unit represented by the formula (1-B).
  • the specific resin is also the resin of the present invention.
  • X 11 represents a tetravalent linking group
  • X 12 represents a 2 + n valent linking group
  • Y 11 represents O or NR Y11
  • R 11, R 12 and R Y11 are Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or substituent
  • Lp 1 represents a divalent linking group
  • P 1 represents a polymer chain
  • n represents an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • X 51 represents a tetravalent linking group
  • X 52 represents a divalent linking group
  • Y 51 represents O or NR Y 51
  • Y51 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1.
  • the tetravalent linking group represented by X 11 is preferably a group containing a hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a crosslinked structure.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described later.
  • Examples of the group containing the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group include a hydrocarbon group and a group in which two or more hydrocarbon groups are bonded by a single bond or a linking group.
  • linking group for linking the above two or more hydrocarbon groups -NR X1- , -SO-, -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-,- Examples thereof include NR X1 CO-, -CONR X1- and -C (CF 3 ) 2- .
  • RX1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the tetravalent linking group represented by X 11 is preferably a group containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and more preferably a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. Further, tetravalent linking group represented by X 11 is a fluorine atom or a sulfonyl group, since they can improve the solubility in solvents of the specific resin - is preferably a group containing a (-SO 2). Among them, the tetravalent linking group represented by X 11 is a group containing a fluorine atom and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring because it can form a film having excellent solubility in a solvent of a specific resin and excellent heat resistance. Is preferable.
  • the group containing a fluorine atom and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring is a group in which two or more aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded with a linking group, and the linking group is a linking group containing a fluorine atom, or 2 It is preferable that the group is a group in which the above aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded by a single bond or a linking group, and the above aromatic hydrocarbon group is substituted with a group containing a fluorine atom.
  • the linking group containing a fluorine atom include -C (CF 3 ) 2- and the like.
  • the group containing a fluorine atom an alkyl fluoride group is preferable, and a trifluoromethyl group is more preferable.
  • the tetravalent linking group represented by X 11 is a group represented by any of the formulas (D-1) to (D-3).
  • Cy independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring
  • R d1 represents a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group
  • X d1 Represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • * 1 to * 4 represent a linking hand, respectively.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring represented by Cy in the formulas (D-1) to (D-3) may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring may have a crosslinked structure.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring represented by Cy is preferably a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring having a crosslinked structure.
  • * 1 and * 2 , * 3 and * 4 are preferably present at adjacent positions in the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring Cy.
  • R d1 of the formula (D-2) represents a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and is preferably a linear or branched aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 4, and even more preferably 2.
  • * 3 and * 4 are preferably present at adjacent positions in the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring Cy.
  • the tetravalent linking group represented by X 11 is a group represented by the formula (E-1).
  • Ar independently represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring
  • X e1 represents a divalent linking group containing a fluorine atom
  • * 1 to * 4 represent bonds to other structures, respectively. Represents a part.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring represented by Ar in the formula (E-1) is preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 20.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring represented by Ar is preferably a benzene ring.
  • an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms substituted with a fluorine atom is preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms substituted with a fluorine atom is more preferable, and —C (CF). 3 ) 2- , -C (CF 3 ) (C 2 F 5 )-or -C (C 2 F 5 ) 2- is more preferable, and -C (CF 3 ) 2- is particularly preferable.
  • * 1 and * 2 , * 3 and * 4 are preferably present at adjacent positions in the aromatic ring structure Ar.
  • tetravalent linking group represented by X 11 include a group having a structure represented by any of the formulas (I-1) to (I-28).
  • X 1 to X 3 represent a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 1 and R 2 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to form a ring structure
  • * represents a link with another structure in the formula (1).
  • Rx indicates a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • Rx When Rx is a substituent, they may be linked to each other to form a ring. Good), -O-, -SO 2- , -CO-, -S-, -NR N- , phenylene groups, or combinations thereof.
  • RN represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • Rx indicates a substituent, a specific example thereof includes an alkyl group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • X 1 ⁇ X 3 are each independently a single bond, -SO 2 - or -C (Rx) 2 - are preferred, -SO 2 - or -C (Rx) 2 - are more preferable, -C (Rx ) 2 -is more preferable. Further, as for -C (Rx) 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2- or -C (CF 3 ) 2- is preferable, and -C (CF 3 ) 2- is more preferable.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group, and even more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • X 12 represents a 2 + n-valent linking group.
  • Examples of the 2 + n-valent linking group represented by X 12 include a hydrocarbon group or a group in which two or more hydrocarbon groups are bonded by a single bond or a linking group.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. Further, the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a crosslinked structure.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described later.
  • linking group for linking the above two or more hydrocarbon groups -NR X1- , -N ⁇ , -SO-, -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-,- Examples thereof include S-, -NR X1 CO-, -CONR X1- and -C (CF 3 ) 2-.
  • RX1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom. It is preferable that the carbon atom of X 12 is bonded to Lp 1. It is also preferable that the nitrogen atom of X 12 is bonded to Lp 1.
  • R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, further preferably 1 to 8, further preferably 1 to 5, and particularly preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the heterocyclic group may be a non-aromatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • the heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
  • the heteroatom constituting the heterocyclic group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the above-mentioned alkyl group, aryl group and heterocyclic group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a substituent T described later, an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a blocked isocyanate group and the like.
  • R 11 and R 12 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • Y 11 represents O or NR Y11
  • R Y11 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituent represented by RY11 include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group and the like. Details of these groups include the groups described in the sections R 11 and R 12 of formula (1-A).
  • RY11 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • Lp 1 represents a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group includes a hydrocarbon group, -NR Lp1- , -SO-, -SO 2- , -CO- , -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and -NR Lp1 CO. -, -CONR Lp1- , and a group consisting of a combination of two or more of these can be mentioned.
  • RLp1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Further, the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. Further, the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a crosslinked structure.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
  • the divalent linking group is preferably a group containing an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, more preferably a group containing a sulfur atom, and further preferably a group containing —S—.
  • the divalent linking group represented by Lp 1 is preferably a group represented by the formula (Lp-1) or the formula (Lp-2), and is preferably a group represented by the formula (Lp-1). More preferred.
  • Lp 11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • * 1 is a linking hand with X 12 of the formula (1-A).
  • * 2 is a connecting hand with P 1 of the formula (1-A).
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by Lp 11 include a hydrocarbon group and a group having a structure in which two or more hydrocarbon groups are bonded by a single bond or a linking group.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group include those described above.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
  • the linking groups that link two or more hydrocarbon groups include -NR Lp1- , -SO-, -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and -NR. Examples include Lp1 CO- and -CONR Lp1-.
  • P 1 represents a polymer chain.
  • the weight average molecular weight of P 1 is preferably 500 to 50,000.
  • the lower limit is preferably 800 or more, and more preferably 1000 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 20,000 or less, and more preferably 10,000 or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain can be measured by a GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method. More specifically, it can be calculated from the weight average molecular weight of the raw material monomer used for introducing the polymer chain.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 1 preferably contains repeating units of at least one structure selected from poly (meth) acrylic structure, polystyrene structure, polyether structure and polyester structure, and poly (meth) acrylic structure and polystyrene structure. It is more preferable to include a repeating unit having at least one structure selected from the above, and it is further preferable to include a repeating unit having a poly (meth) acrylic structure from the viewpoint of dispersibility and heat resistance of the pigment. Further, when the polymer chain represented by P 1 has repeating units having a polyether structure, the number of repeating units is preferably 9 or more. When the polymer chain represented by P 1 has repeating units of a polyester structure, the number of repeating units is preferably 5 or more.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 1 may have a crosslinkable group.
  • the crosslinkable group include an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group such as a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group, a cyclic ether group such as an epoxy group and an oxetane group, and a blocked isocyanate group.
  • the blocked isocyanate group is a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat, and for example, a group in which a blocking agent and an isocyanate group are reacted to protect the isocyanate group can be preferably exemplified.
  • the blocking agent examples include oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, pyrazole compounds, mercaptan compounds, imidazole compounds, imide compounds and the like.
  • the blocking agent examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0115 to 0117 of JP-A-2017-06793, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the blocked isocyanate group is preferably a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat at 90 to 260 ° C.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 1 has a tertiary alkyl group.
  • the tertiary alkyl group include a t-butyl group.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 1 preferably contains a repeating unit represented by any of the formulas (P1-1) to (P1-6), and is preferably represented by the formula (P1-5) or the formula (P1-6). It is more preferable to include the repeating unit represented by the formula (P1-5), and further preferably to include the repeating unit represented by the formula (P1-5).
  • RG1 and RG2 each represent an alkylene group.
  • the alkylene group represented R G1 and R G2 are, it is preferable, a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms is a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms More preferably, it is a linear or branched alkylene group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • RG3 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a hydroxymethyl group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • Q G1 represents -O- or -NR q-
  • R q represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group.
  • Q G1 is preferably —O—.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R q is 1-30, more preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-8, more preferably more 1 to 5, it is 1-3 especially preferred.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group R q represents is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the heterocyclic group represented by R q may be a non-aromatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • the heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
  • Examples of the heteroatom constituting the heterocyclic group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a fused ring.
  • the above-mentioned alkyl group, aryl group and heterocyclic group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described later.
  • L G1 represents a single bond or an arylene group, is preferably a single bond.
  • LG2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group includes an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NR LG1- , -SO-, and -SO 2.
  • -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO- , -S-, -NR LG1 CO-, -CONR LG1-, and a group consisting of a combination of two or more of these can be mentioned as an alkylene group or a group. It is preferably a group containing an arylene group.
  • RLG1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • RG4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • Substituents include hydroxy group, carboxy group, alkyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkylthioether group, arylthioether group, heterocyclic thioether group and ethylenically unsaturated group. Examples thereof include a bond-containing group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group and a blocked isocyanate group.
  • R G4 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is preferably at least one selected from epoxy group and oxetanyl group, an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, an epoxy group, oxetanyl group, and More preferably, it is at least one selected from t-butyl groups.
  • RG5 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • RG6 represents an aryl group.
  • the aryl group represented by RG6 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group represented by RG6 may have a substituent.
  • Substituents include hydroxy group, carboxy group, alkyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkylthioether group, arylthioether group, heterocyclic thioether group and ethylenically unsaturated group. Examples thereof include a bond-containing group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group and a blocked isocyanate group.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 1 may contain two or more repeating units.
  • An alkyl group preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an alkenyl group preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an alkynyl group preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an aryl group preferably an aryl group.
  • Aryl groups with 6 to 30 carbon atoms amino groups (preferably amino groups with 0 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (preferably alkoxy groups with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), aryloxy groups (preferably 6 to 30 carbon atoms).
  • aryloxy groups include heteroaryloxy groups (preferably heteroaryloxy groups with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), acyl groups (preferably acyl groups with 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl groups (preferably 2 carbon atoms). ⁇ 30 alkoxycarbonyl groups), aryloxycarbonyl groups (preferably aryloxycarbonyl groups with 7-30 carbon atoms), acyloxy groups (preferably acyloxy groups with 2-30 carbon atoms), acylamino groups (preferably 2 carbon atoms).
  • acylamino groups alkoxycarbonylamino groups (preferably alkoxycarbonylamino groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), aryloxycarbonylamino groups (preferably aryloxycarbonylamino groups having 7 to 30 carbon atoms), sulfamoyl groups (preferably aryloxycarbonylamino groups having 7 to 30 carbon atoms).
  • a carbamoyl group preferably a carbamoyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an alkylthio group preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an arylthio group preferably 6 carbon atoms.
  • arylthio groups preferably heteroarylthio groups with 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • alkylsulfonyl groups preferably alkylsulfonyl groups with 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • arylsulfonyl groups preferably carbons.
  • Arylsulfonyl groups with a number of 6 to 30 heteroarylsulfonyl groups (preferably heteroarylsulfonyl groups with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkylsulfinyl groups (preferably alkylsulfinyl groups with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), arylsulfinyl groups (preferably arylsulfinyl groups with 1 to 30 carbon atoms).
  • Group preferably a phosphate amide group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • hydroxy group preferably a phosphate amide group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • mercapto group preferably a phosphate amide group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • halogen atom fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.
  • cyano group preferably a phosphate amide group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • sulfo group carboxy group, nitro Group
  • hydroxamic acid group preferably sulfino group, hydrazino group, imino group, heterocyclic group.
  • substituent include the group described in Substituent T described above.
  • the tetravalent linking group represented by X 51 is preferably a group containing a hydrocarbon group.
  • hydrocarbon group examples include those described in the section X 11 of the formula (1-A).
  • Examples of the group containing the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group include a hydrocarbon group and a group in which two or more hydrocarbon groups are bonded by a single bond or a linking group.
  • linking group for linking the above two or more hydrocarbon groups -NR X1- , -SO-, -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-,- Examples thereof include NR X1 CO-, -CONR X1- and -C (CF 3 ) 2- .
  • RX1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the tetravalent linking group represented by X 51 is preferably a group containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and more preferably a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. Further, tetravalent linking group represented by X 51 is a fluorine atom or a sulfonyl group, since they can improve the solubility in solvents of the specific resin - is preferably a group containing a (-SO 2). Among them, the tetravalent linking group represented by X 51 is a group containing a fluorine atom and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring because it can form a film having excellent solubility in a solvent of a specific resin and excellent heat resistance. Is preferable.
  • the group containing a fluorine atom and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring is a group in which two or more aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded with a linking group, and the linking group is a linking group containing a fluorine atom, or 2 It is preferable that the group is a group in which the above aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded by a single bond or a linking group, and the above aromatic hydrocarbon group is substituted with a group containing a fluorine atom.
  • the linking group containing a fluorine atom include -C (CF 3 ) 2- and the like.
  • the group containing a fluorine atom an alkyl fluoride group is preferable, and a trifluoromethyl group is more preferable.
  • the tetravalent linking group represented by X 51 may have a group represented by " -Lp 51- P 51" as a substituent.
  • Lp 51 represents a divalent linking group
  • P 51 represents a polymer chain.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by Lp 51 include those described as the divalent linking group represented by Lp 1 in the formula (1-A).
  • Examples of the polymer chain represented by P 51 include those described as the polymer chain P 1 represented by the formula (1-A).
  • examples of the divalent linking group represented by X 52 include a hydrocarbon group or a group in which two or more hydrocarbon groups are bonded by a single bond or a linking group.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a crosslinked structure.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described later.
  • the linking groups that link two or more hydrocarbon groups include -O-, -S-, -C (CH 3 ) 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , -CO-, -SO 2 -,-.
  • SiR 2- R independently represents a hydrocarbon group, preferably an alkyl group or a phenyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • a polysiloxane group -Si (R)-(O-Si) n-
  • R represents a hydrocarbon group, and an alkyl group or a phenyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • N represents an integer of 1 or more, and 1 to 10 is preferable).
  • the divalent linking group represented by X 52 is preferably a group containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and more preferably a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. Further, the divalent linking group is X 52 represents a fluorine atom or a sulfonyl group, since they can improve the solubility in solvents of the specific resin - is preferably a group containing a (-SO 2). Among them, the divalent linking group represented by X 52 is a group containing a fluorine atom and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring because it can form a film having excellent solubility in a solvent of a specific resin and excellent heat resistance. Is preferable.
  • the group containing a fluorine atom and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring is a group in which two or more aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded with a linking group, and the linking group is a linking group containing a fluorine atom, or 2 It is preferable that the group is a group in which the above aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded by a single bond or a linking group, and the above aromatic hydrocarbon group is substituted with a group containing a fluorine atom.
  • the linking group containing a fluorine atom include -C (CF 3 ) 2- and the like.
  • the group containing a fluorine atom an alkyl fluoride group is preferable, and a trifluoromethyl group is more preferable.
  • the divalent linking group represented by X 52 is a group containing a fluorine atom and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, for example, a group having the following structure is preferable. In the above structure, * represents a binding site with another structure.
  • the divalent linking group represented by X 52 is preferably a group having a structure derived from a diamine compound.
  • Examples of the diamine compound include the following compounds.
  • the divalent linking group represented by X 52 may have a group represented by " -Lp 51- P 51" as a substituent.
  • Lp 51 and P 51 are synonymous with those described in X 51.
  • R 51 , R 52 and R 61 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group and the like. Details of these groups include the groups described in the sections R 11 and R 12 of formula (1-A).
  • R 51 and R 52 are preferably hydrogen atoms. Further, it is preferable that R 61 and R 62 are also hydrogen atoms.
  • Y 51 represents O or NR Y51
  • R Y51 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituent represented by RY51 include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group and the like. Details of these groups include the groups described in the sections R 11 and R 12 of formula (1-A).
  • RY51 is preferably a hydrogen atom. Further, it is preferable that Y 51 is NR Y51.
  • the specific resin may contain an imide cyclized structure having a structure represented by the above-mentioned formula (1-B).
  • the specific resin may further contain a structural unit having a structure in which n in the formula (1-A) is 0, that is, a structural unit represented by the following formula (1-A-0).
  • a structural unit represented by the formula (1-A-0) By further including the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A-0) in the specific resin, the acid value of the resin can be adjusted, and the adsorptivity with the pigment can be adjusted. Further, it is also preferable that the specific resin does not substantially contain the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A-0). According to this aspect, the density of the three-dimensional repulsive group of the resin can be increased, and the stability of the pigment can be further improved.
  • the specific resin does not substantially contain the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A-0
  • the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) and the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A-) are not included.
  • the ratio of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A-0) in mol to the total of the structural unit of the structure of 0) and the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) is 0. It means that it is 5 mol% or less, preferably 0.1 mol% or less, further preferably 0.01 mol% or less, and the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A-0). Is particularly preferable not to contain.
  • X 11 represents a tetravalent linking group
  • X 12a represents a divalent linking group
  • Y 11 represents O or NR Y11
  • R 11, R 12 and R Y11 Represents a hydrogen atom or substituent independently of each other.
  • X 11, Y 11 of the formula (1-A-0), R 11 and R 12 are synonymous with X 11, Y 11, R 11 and R 12 of formula (1-A).
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by X 12a of the formula (1-A-0) include a hydrocarbon group or a group in which two or more hydrocarbon groups are bonded by a single bond or a linking group.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a crosslinked structure.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
  • substituents examples include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the linking group for linking the above two or more hydrocarbon groups -NR X1- , -SO-, -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-,- Examples thereof include NR X1 CO-, -CONR X1- and -C (CF 3 ) 2- .
  • RX1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • At least one end of the specific resin may be sealed with an end sealant, or a polymer chain may be bonded.
  • the terminal encapsulant include monoamines, acid anhydrides, monocarboxylic acids, monocarboxylic acid salts, monocarboxylic acid halide compounds, monocarboxylic acid active esters and the like, and examples thereof include monosubstituted acid anhydrides or 1-substituted acid anhydrides. Substituted amines can be used.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of JP-A-2019-101440 can also be used.
  • the dissolution rate of the specific resin in an alkaline solution can be determined.
  • the mechanical properties of the obtained cured film can be easily adjusted to a preferable range.
  • the polymer chain include a polymer chain containing a repeating unit of at least one structure selected from a poly (meth) acrylic structure, a polystyrene structure, a polyether structure and a polyester structure. These details include those described as the polymer chain P 1 described above.
  • the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) and the structural unit of the structure in which n of the formula (1-A) is 0 are represented.
  • the number of moles of the structural unit represented by) / (the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) + the number of moles of the structural unit of the structure in which n in the formula (1-A) is 0 + the formula ( The number of moles of the structural unit represented by 1-B)) ⁇ ⁇ 100) is preferably 10 to 90 mol%.
  • the resin composition can be a resin composition capable of forming a film having excellent dispersibility of the pigment and excellent heat resistance. That is, when the ratio of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) is 90 mol% or less, excellent pigment dispersibility can be obtained.
  • the ratio of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) is 10 mol% or more, a film having excellent heat resistance can be formed.
  • the upper limit of the ratio of the structural unit represented by the above formula (1-B) is preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, and 60 mol% or less from the viewpoint of pigment dispersibility. Is more preferable.
  • the lower limit of the ratio of the structural unit represented by the above formula (1-B) is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, and more preferably 40 mol% or more from the viewpoint of heat resistance of the obtained film. It is more preferably mol% or more.
  • the number of moles of the structural unit / the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A)) is preferably 0.1 to 10.
  • a resin composition capable of forming a film having excellent dispersibility of the pigment and excellent heat resistance can be obtained. That is, when the above ratio is 10 or less, excellent pigment dispersibility can be obtained. Further, if the above ratio is 0.1 or more, a film having excellent heat resistance can be formed.
  • the upper limit of the above ratio is preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less.
  • the lower limit of the ratio is preferably 0.2 or more, and more preferably 0.3 or more.
  • the acid value of the specific resin is preferably 10 to 150 mgKOH / g.
  • the upper limit is preferably 100 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 80 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the specific resin is preferably 2000 to 200,000, more preferably 2500 to 100,000, and even more preferably 3000 to 50,000.
  • the 5% mass reduction temperature of the specific resin by TG / DTA (thermogravimetric measurement / differential thermal measurement) in a nitrogen atmosphere is preferably 280 ° C. or higher, more preferably 300 ° C. or higher, and 320 ° C. or higher. Is more preferable.
  • the upper limit of the 5% mass reduction temperature is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1,000 ° C. or lower.
  • the 5% mass loss temperature is determined by a known TG / DTA measuring method as a temperature at which the mass loss rate becomes 5% when the mixture is allowed to stand at a specific temperature for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the specific resin preferably has a mass reduction rate of 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and more preferably 2% or less when left to stand at 300 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. More preferred.
  • the lower limit of the mass reduction rate is not particularly limited, and may be 0% or more.
  • the mass reduction rate is a value calculated as the rate of mass reduction in the specific resin before and after standing at 300 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the specific resin can be synthesized, for example, by the following method (1) or (2).
  • (1) A method of polycondensing an acid dianhydride and a macromonomer having two hydroxy groups to obtain a polyester prepolymer of terminal acid dianhydride, and then adding diamine as a polymerization extender for synthesis.
  • (2) A method of polycondensing an acid dianhydride and a diamine to obtain an amic acid prepolymer of a terminal acid dianhydride, and then adding a macromonomer having two hydroxy groups at the terminal as a polymerization extender for synthesis.
  • an end-capping agent can be used if necessary.
  • the terminal encapsulant is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having one functional group of any one of a hydroxy group, a primary amino group and an acid anhydride group in one molecule.
  • the terminal encapsulant may be a polymer as long as the above conditions are satisfied.
  • the macromonomer having two hydroxy groups at the terminal used in the above synthesis methods (1) and (2) is a radical using, for example, a chain transfer agent having two hydroxy groups and one or two mercapto groups.
  • the polymerizable compound can be synthesized by radical polymerization. Further, it can also be synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2016-170325.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a resin other than the above-mentioned specific resin as the resin.
  • the other resin include a resin having alkali developability, a resin as a dispersant, and the like.
  • it may contain a by-product of synthesizing the specific resin.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-developable resin is preferably 3000 to 2000000.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 1,000,000 or less, still more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 4000 or more, further preferably 5000 or more.
  • Examples of the resin having alkali developability include (meth) acrylic resin, polyimine resin, polyether resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, and polyimide resin, and (meth) acrylic resin and polyimine resin. Is preferable, and (meth) acrylic resin is more preferable.
  • the resin described in JP-A-032685, the resin described in JP-A-2017-075248, and the resin described in JP-A-2017-066240 can also be used.
  • the resin having alkali developability it is preferable to use a resin having an acid group.
  • the developability of the resin composition can be further improved.
  • the acid group include a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group, an active imide group, a sulfonamide group and the like, and a carboxy group is preferable.
  • a resin in which an acid anhydride is reacted with a hydroxy group generated by epoxy ring opening and an acid group is introduced may be used. Examples of such a resin include the resin described in Japanese Patent No. 6349629.
  • the resin having an acid group can be used, for example, as an alkali-soluble resin.
  • the alkali-developable resin preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain, and more preferably contains 1 to 70 mol% of the repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain in all the repeating units of the resin.
  • the upper limit of the content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 40 mol% or less.
  • the lower limit of the content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain is preferably 2 mol% or more, and more preferably 5 mol% or more.
  • the acid value of the alkali-developable resin is preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 120 mgKOH / g or less, and particularly preferably 100 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 5 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the resin having alkali developability further has an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, and the like, an allyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group are preferable, and a (meth) acryloyl group is more preferable.
  • the resin having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group preferably contains a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain, and the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain is the whole of the resin. It is more preferable to contain 5 to 80 mol% in the repeating unit.
  • the upper limit of the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain is preferably 60 mol% or less, more preferably 40 mol% or less.
  • the lower limit of the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 15 mol% or more.
  • the alkali-developable resin contains a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and / or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as "ether dimer”). It is also preferable to include repeating units derived from the monomer component.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • paragraph number 0317 of JP2013-029760A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in the present specification.
  • the alkali-developable resin preferably contains a repeating unit derived from the compound represented by the following formula (X).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a benzene ring having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • n represents an integer from 1 to 15.
  • Examples of the resin having alkali developability include a resin having the following structure.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may also contain a resin as a dispersant.
  • the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (basic resin).
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is larger than the amount of basic groups.
  • the acid dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol% or more when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%, and is substantially acid. A resin consisting only of a group is more preferable.
  • the acid group of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group.
  • the acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 40 to 105 mgKOH / g, more preferably 50 to 105 mgKOH / g, and even more preferably 60 to 105 mgKOH / g.
  • the basic dispersant (basic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is larger than the amount of acid groups.
  • the basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of basic groups exceeds 50 mol% when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the basic group of the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
  • the resin used as the dispersant preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is a graft polymer.
  • the graft polymer include the resins described in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is a polyimine-based dispersant (polyimine resin) containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain.
  • the polyimine-based dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group of pKa14 or less, a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain.
  • the resin to have is preferable.
  • the basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a nitrogen atom exhibiting basicity.
  • Examples of the polyimine-based dispersant include the resins described in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP2012-255128A, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core portion.
  • a resin include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers).
  • specific examples of the dendrimer include the polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962.
  • the dispersant is also available as a commercially available product, and specific examples thereof include DISPERBYK series manufactured by BYK Chemie (for example, DISPERBYK-111, 161 etc.) and Solsperse series manufactured by Lubrizol (for example, Solsperse 36000). And so on. Further, the pigment dispersants described in paragraphs 0041 to 0130 of JP2014-130338A can also be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the dispersants are JP-A-2018-150498, JP-A-2017-100116, JP-A-2017-100115, JP-A-2016-108520, JP-A-2016-10851, JP-A-2015.
  • the compound described in JP-A-232105 may be used.
  • the resin described above as the dispersant can also be used for purposes other than the dispersant.
  • it can also be used as a binder.
  • the content of the resin in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 5 to 60% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less.
  • the content of the above-mentioned specific resin in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 5 to 60% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less.
  • the content of the above-mentioned specific resin is preferably 10 to 80 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 70 parts by mass or less, more preferably 50 parts by mass or less.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains the specific resin in an amount of 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and more preferably 40% by mass, in the components obtained by removing the coloring material from the total solid content of the resin composition. It is more preferable to contain% or more.
  • the upper limit may be 100% by mass, 90% by mass or less, or 85% by mass or less.
  • the total content of the coloring material and the above-mentioned specific resin in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 25 to 100% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 30% by mass or more, further preferably 40% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 90% by mass or less, further preferably 80% by mass or less.
  • the content of the above-mentioned other resin is preferably 230 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less, and 150 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned specific resin.
  • the lower limit may be 0 parts by mass, 5 parts by mass or more, or 10 parts by mass or more.
  • the resin composition does not substantially contain the above-mentioned other resins. According to this aspect, it is easy to form a film having more excellent heat resistance.
  • the case where the other resin is substantially not contained means that the content of the other resin in the total solid content of the resin composition is 0.1% by mass or less, and is 0.05% by mass or less. It is preferable, and it is more preferable that it is not contained.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains a solvent C (hereinafter referred to as a solvent).
  • the solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coatability of the resin composition.
  • the solvent is preferably an organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, hydrocarbon-based solvents, and the like, from ester-based solvents, ether-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, and ketone-based solvents. It is preferably at least one selected. For these details, paragraph No. 0223 of International Publication No.
  • organic solvent examples include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethylcarbitol acetate, butylcarbitol acetate, propylene Glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide,
  • aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may need to be reduced for environmental reasons (for example, 50 parts by mass (parts) with respect to the total amount of organic solvent. Per millision) or less, 10 mass ppm or less, or 1 mass ppm or less).
  • an organic solvent having a low metal content it is preferable to use an organic solvent having a low metal content, and the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per parts) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent at the mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015). Examples of the method for removing impurities such as metals from the organic solvent include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter.
  • the filter pore diameter of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
  • the organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds having the same number of atoms but different structures). Further, only one kind of isomer may be contained, or a plurality of kinds may be contained.
  • the content of peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol / L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
  • the content of the solvent in the resin composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment derivative.
  • the pigment derivative include compounds having a structure in which a part of the chromophore is replaced with an acid group, a basic group or a phthalimide methyl group.
  • the chromogens constituting the pigment derivative include quinoline skeleton, benzoimidazolone skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton, azo skeleton, phthalocyanine skeleton, anthracinone skeleton, quinacridone skeleton, dioxazine skeleton, perinone skeleton, perylene skeleton, thioindigo skeleton, and iso.
  • the azo skeleton and the benzoimidazolone skeleton are more preferable.
  • the acid group of the pigment derivative a sulfo group and a carboxy group are preferable, and a sulfo group is more preferable.
  • the basic group of the pigment derivative an amino group is preferable, and a tertiary amino group is more preferable.
  • a pigment derivative having excellent visible light transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can be used.
  • the maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient in the wavelength region of 400 ⁇ 700 nm of the transparent pigment derivative (.epsilon.max) is that it is preferable, 1000L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less is not more than 3000L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 Is more preferable, and 100 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less is further preferable.
  • the lower limit of ⁇ max is, for example, 1 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or more, and may be 10 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or more.
  • pigment derivative examples include JP-A-56-118462, JP-A-63-264674, JP-A-01-217777, JP-A-03-09961 and JP-A-03-026767.
  • the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • the pigment derivative only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable monomer.
  • a polymerizable monomer for example, a known compound that can be crosslinked by radicals, acids or heat can be used.
  • the polymerizable monomer include a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having a cyclic ether group, and the like, and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is preferable.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetane group.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group can be preferably used as a radically polymerizable monomer.
  • the compound having a cyclic ether group can be preferably used as a cationically polymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerizable monomer is preferably a polyfunctional polymerizable monomer. That is, the polymerizable monomer is preferably a monomer having two or more polymerizable groups such as an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 to 3000.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1500 or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 150 or more, and even more preferably 250 or more.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group used as the polymerizable monomer is preferably a polyfunctional compound. That is, it is preferably a compound containing two or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, more preferably a compound containing three or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, and three ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups. It is more preferably a compound containing up to 15 elements, and even more preferably a compound containing 3 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth) acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth) acrylate compound.
  • Specific examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include paragraph Nos. 0095 to 0108 of JP2009-288705, paragraph 0227 of JP2013-209760, and paragraphs of JP-A-2008-292970. Nos. 0254 to 0257, paragraph numbers 0034 to 0038 of JP2013-253224A, paragraph numbers 0477 of JP2012-208494A, JP-A-2017-048367, Patent No. 6057891 and Patent No. 6031807. , JP-A-2017-194662, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • Compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include dipentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate (commercially available).
  • KAYARAD D-320 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate commercially available KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nihon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) ) Acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • these (meth) acryloyl groups are ethylene glycol and / or Compounds having a structure bonded via a propylene glycol residue (for example, SR454, SR499 commercially available from Sartmer) are preferable.
  • Compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth) acrylate (commercially available M-460; manufactured by Toa Synthetic) and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
  • NK Ester A-TMMT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
  • NK Oligo UA-7200 Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Light Acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • Etc. can also be used.
  • Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane propylene oxide modified tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide modified tri (meth) acrylate, and isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide modified. It is also preferable to use a trifunctional (meth) acrylate compound such as a tri (meth) acrylate or a pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate.
  • trifunctional (meth) acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, and M-305. , M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) And so on.
  • a compound having an acid group can also be used as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • the generation of development residue can be suppressed.
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group and the like, and a carboxy group is preferable.
  • Examples of commercially available products of the polymerizable monomer having an acid group include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520, and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • the preferable acid value of the polymerizable monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, and more preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g.
  • the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH / g or more, the solubility in a developing solution is good, and when the acid value is 40 mgKOH / g or less, it is advantageous in production and handling.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is a compound having a caprolactone structure.
  • Compounds having a caprolactone structure are commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series, and examples thereof include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, and DPCA-120.
  • a compound having an alkyleneoxy group can also be used as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • the compound having an alkyleneoxy group is preferably a compound having an ethyleneoxy group and / or a propyleneoxy group, more preferably a compound having an ethyleneoxy group, and a 3 to 6 functional (meth) acrylate having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups.
  • Compounds are more preferred.
  • Commercially available products of the compound having an alkyleneoxy group include, for example, SR-494, which is a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartmer, and a trifunctional (meth) acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy groups.
  • SR-494 which is a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartmer, and a trifunctional (meth) acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy groups.
  • a compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • examples of commercially available compounds having a fluorene skeleton include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., a (meth) acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain an environmentally regulatory substance such as toluene.
  • an environmentally regulatory substance such as toluene.
  • commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
  • Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group are described in JP-A-48-041708, JP-A-51-037193, JP-B-02-032293, and JP-B-02-016765.
  • Such urethane acrylates and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide-based skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418. is also suitable.
  • a polymerizable compound having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A No. 01-105238.
  • the polymerizable compounds are UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, Commercially available products such as T-600, AI-600, and LINK-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used.
  • Examples of the compound having a cyclic ether group, which is also used as a polymerizable monomer, include a compound having an epoxy group (hereinafter, also referred to as an epoxy compound) and a compound having an oxetane group (hereinafter, also referred to as an oxetane compound).
  • the epoxy compound is preferably a polyfunctional epoxy compound. That is, the epoxy compound is preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups. The upper limit of the number of epoxy groups is preferably 20 or less, and more preferably 10 or less.
  • the oxetane compound is preferably a polyfunctional oxetane compound. That is, the oxetane compound is preferably a compound having two or more oxetane groups. The upper limit of the number of oxetane groups is preferably 20 or less, and more preferably 10 or less.
  • epoxy compounds include JER828, JER1007, JER157S70 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), JER157S65 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Holdings, Inc.), etc. Can be mentioned.
  • Other commercially available products include ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, EP-4003S, EP-4010S, EP-4011S (all manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300, XD-1000, EPPN.
  • OXT-201 Commercially available products of oxetane compounds include OXT-201, OXT-221, OXT-212, OXT-213, OXT-121, OXT-221, OX-SQ TX-100, etc. (all manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.). Can be used.
  • the content of the polymerizable monomer in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the content of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group as the polymerizable monomer is 1 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned specific resin. It is preferably about 50 parts by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or less.
  • the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group as a polymerizable monomer may be 1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned specific resin.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or less.
  • the resin composition is a cyclic ether with respect to 100 parts by mass of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. It is preferable to contain 10 to 500 parts by mass of the compound having a group.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 400 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 300 parts by mass or less.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferable.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator examples include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having an imidazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazoles, oxime compounds, and organic compounds.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having an imidazole skeleton, etc.
  • acylphosphine compounds examples include hexaarylbiimidazoles, oxime compounds, and organic compounds.
  • peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds and ⁇ -aminoketone compounds examples include peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds and ⁇ -aminok
  • the photopolymerization initiator is a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a biimidazole compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, or an oxime compound.
  • Triarylimidazole dimer onium compound, benzothiazole compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, halomethyloxadiazole compound and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound, preferably biimidazole compound,
  • a compound selected from an oxime compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound is more preferable, and an oxime compound is further preferable.
  • the photopolymerization initiator the compound described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173, the compound described in Japanese Patent No.
  • biimidazole compound examples include 2,2-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis (o-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5 , 5-Tetrakiss (3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) -1,2'-biimidazole, 2,2'-bis (2,3-dichlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenyl Examples thereof include biimidazole and 2,2'-bis (o-chlorophenyl) -4,4,5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole.
  • ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (above, IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure27, Irgacure29. (Manufactured by the company) and the like.
  • Commercially available ⁇ -aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (above, IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369, Irger Made) and so on.
  • acylphosphine compounds examples include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (above, manufactured by IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 819, and Irgacure TPO (above, manufactured by BASF).
  • Examples of the oxime compound include the compound described in JP-A-2001-233842, the compound described in JP-A-2000-080068, the compound described in JP-A-2006-342166, and J. Am. C. S. The compound according to Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), J. Mol. C. S. The compound described in Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), the compound described in Journal of Photopolisr Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), the compound described in JP-A-2000-066385, the compound described in JP-A-2000-066385.
  • oxime compound examples include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminovtan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, and the like.
  • An oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include the compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466.
  • an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used.
  • Specific examples of such an oxime compound include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
  • An oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom are described in the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36-40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471.
  • Compound (C-3) and the like can be mentioned.
  • an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used.
  • Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
  • An oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • the oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP2013-114249A and paragraphs 0008-0012 and 0070-0079 of JP-A-2014-137466. Examples thereof include the compound described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, ADEKA ARCULDS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
  • An oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.
  • an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used.
  • Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
  • the oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, and more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or a wavelength of 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1000 to 300,000, still more preferably 2000 to 300,000, and more preferably 5000 to 200,000. It is particularly preferable to have.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using ethyl acetate with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
  • a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher photoradical polymerization initiator may be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the crystallinity is lowered, the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, the precipitation is less likely to occur with time, and the stability of the resin composition with time can be improved.
  • Specific examples of the bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photo-radical polymerization initiators include Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less. Only one kind of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more kinds may be used.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent.
  • the silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
  • the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly linked to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction.
  • the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group and the like, and an alkoxy group is preferable. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group.
  • Examples of the functional group other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group, an isocyanate group and a phenyl group. And the like, an amino group, a (meth) acryloyl group and an epoxy group are preferable.
  • Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0018 to 0036 of JP2009-288703 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0056 to 0066 of JP2009-242604A. The contents of are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass.
  • the upper limit is preferably 3% by mass or less, more preferably 2% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the silane coupling agent may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may further contain a curing accelerator for the purpose of accelerating the reaction of the resin or the polymerizable compound and lowering the curing temperature.
  • the curing accelerator is a methylol-based compound (for example, a compound exemplified as a cross-linking agent in paragraph No. 0246 of JP-A-2015-034963), amines, a phosphonium salt, an amidin salt, and an amide compound (for example, JP-A-2015).
  • the base generator for example, the ionic compound described in JP-A-2014-0551114
  • the cyanate compound for example, JP-A-2012-150180.
  • the compound described in paragraph No. 0071 the alkoxysilane compound (for example, the alkoxysilane compound having an epoxy group described in JP-A-2011-253504), and the onium salt compound (for example, the paragraph number of JP-A-2015-0349463).
  • a compound exemplified as an acid generator in 0216, a compound described in JP-A-2009-180949) and the like can also be used.
  • the content of the curing accelerator is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass in the total solid content of the resin composition. More preferably by mass.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), and the like. Examples thereof include 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salt, first cerium salt, etc.). Of these, p-methoxyphenol is preferable.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicon-based surfactant can be used.
  • the surfactant the surfactant described in paragraph Nos. 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 is mentioned, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
  • the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant in the resin composition, the liquid characteristics (particularly, fluidity) can be further improved, and the liquid saving property can be further improved. It is also possible to form a film having a small thickness unevenness.
  • the fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity in the thickness of the coating film and liquid saving, and has good solubility in the resin composition.
  • fluorine-based surfactant examples include the surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-041318 (paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of International Publication No. 2014/017669) and the like, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-.
  • the surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 132503 and the surfactants described in JP-A-2020-008634 are mentioned, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafax F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F-144. , F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant the description in JP-A-2016-216602 can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant a block polymer can also be used.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth).
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
  • the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactant used in the present invention.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the above compounds is preferably 3000 to 50,000, for example 14000.
  • % indicating the ratio of the repeating unit is mol%.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain can also be used.
  • Specific examples thereof include compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP2010-164965, for example, Megafuck RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation. , RS-72-K and the like.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be used.
  • the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 3.0% by mass.
  • the surfactant may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • an ultraviolet absorber a conjugated diene compound, an aminodiene compound, a salicylate compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, an acrylonitrile compound, a hydroxyphenyltriazine compound, an indole compound, a triazine compound and the like can be used.
  • paragraph numbers 0052 to 0072 of JP2012-208374A paragraph numbers 0317 to 0334 of JP2013-066814, and paragraph numbers 0061 to 0080 of JP2016-162946. It can be taken into consideration and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
  • Examples of commercially available products of ultraviolet absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Kagaku Co., Ltd.).
  • Examples of the benzotriazole compound include the MYUA series made of Miyoshi Oil & Fat (The Chemical Daily, February 1, 2016).
  • the ultraviolet absorber the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. Only one kind of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more kinds may be used. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain an antioxidant.
  • the antioxidant include phenol compounds, phosphite ester compounds, thioether compounds and the like.
  • the phenol compound any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used.
  • Preferred phenolic compounds include hindered phenolic compounds.
  • a compound having a substituent at a site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferable.
  • a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the antioxidant a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule is also preferable.
  • a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be preferably used.
  • the compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371 can also be used.
  • the content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass. Only one kind of antioxidant may be used, or two or more kinds may be used. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may be used as a sensitizer, a thermosetting accelerator, a plasticizer and other auxiliaries (eg, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, etc.), if necessary. It may contain a peeling accelerator, a fragrance, a surface tension adjusting agent, a chain transfer agent, etc.). By appropriately containing these components, properties such as film physical characteristics can be adjusted. These components are described in, for example, paragraph No. 0183 or later of JP2012-003225A (paragraph number 0237 of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), paragraph 2008-250074. The descriptions of Nos.
  • the resin composition may contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary.
  • the latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group, and is heated at 100 to 250 ° C. or at 80 to 200 ° C. in the presence of an acid / base catalyst. This includes compounds in which the protecting group is desorbed and functions as an antioxidant.
  • Examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219.
  • Examples of commercially available products include ADEKA ARKULS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) and the like.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the obtained film.
  • the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , SiO 2 and the like.
  • the primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 3 to 70 nm, still more preferably 5 to 50 nm.
  • the metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. Further, in this case, the core portion may be hollow.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a light resistance improving agent.
  • the light resistance improving agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2017-198787, the compounds described in paragraphs 0029 to 0034 of JP-A-2017-146350, and JP-A-2017-129774.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably has a free metal content of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less, and further preferably 10 ppm or less, which is not bonded or coordinated with a pigment or the like. , It is particularly preferable that it is not substantially contained.
  • stabilization of pigment dispersibility agglomeration suppression
  • improvement of spectral characteristics due to improvement of dispersibility agglomeration suppression
  • stabilization of curable components suppression of conductivity fluctuation due to elution of metal atoms / metal ions
  • Effects such as improvement of characteristics can be expected.
  • the types of free metals include Na, K, Ca, Sc, Ti, Mn, Cu, Zn, Fe, Cr, Co, Mg, Al, Sn, Zr, Ga, Ge, Ag, Au, Pt, and the like.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably has a content of free halogen not bonded or coordinated with a pigment or the like of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less, and more preferably 10 ppm or less. It is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that it is not substantially contained.
  • the halogen include F, Cl, Br, I and their anions.
  • the method for reducing free metals and halogens in the resin composition include washing with ion-exchanged water, filtration, ultrafiltration, and purification with an ion-exchange resin.
  • perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salt and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt may be restricted.
  • the perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid particularly the perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group
  • a salt thereof and a per.
  • the content of the fluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (particularly the perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salt is 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition. It is preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may be substantially free of perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and salts thereof, as well as perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and salts thereof.
  • a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salt and a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt, perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid can be used.
  • a resin composition that is substantially free of salts thereof may be selected.
  • compounds that can substitute for the regulated compound include compounds excluded from the regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms of the perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the above-mentioned contents do not prevent the use of perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and a salt thereof, and a perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and a salt thereof within the maximum allowable range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a terephthalic acid ester.
  • substantially free means that the content of the terephthalic acid ester is 1000 mass ppb or less in the total amount of the resin composition, and more preferably 100 mass ppb or less. Zero is particularly preferred.
  • the storage container for the resin composition is not particularly limited, and a known storage container can be used.
  • a storage container for the purpose of suppressing contamination of raw materials and resin compositions with impurities, a multi-layer bottle having a container inner wall composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resin and a bottle having 6 types of resin having a 7-layer structure. It is also preferable to use. Examples of such a container include the container described in JP-A-2015-123351.
  • the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass or stainless steel for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, improving the storage stability of the resin composition, and suppressing the deterioration of the components.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components.
  • all the components may be simultaneously dissolved and / or dispersed in an organic solvent to prepare a resin composition, or if necessary, each component may be appropriately dissolved in two or more solutions or dispersions. However, these may be mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare a resin composition.
  • the mechanical force used for dispersing the pigment includes compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation and the like.
  • Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion and the like.
  • the process and disperser for dispersing pigments are "Dispersion Technology Complete Works, Published by Information Organization Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" and "Dispersion technology centered on suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system) and industrial”. Practical application The process and disperser described in paragraph No.
  • JP-A-2015-157893 "Comprehensive Data Collection, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978" can be preferably used.
  • the particles may be miniaturized in the salt milling step.
  • the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling step for example, the descriptions in JP-A-2015-194521 and JP-A-2012-046629 can be referred to.
  • any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration or the like can be used without particular limitation.
  • fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF)
  • polyamide resins such as nylon (eg, nylon-6, nylon-6,6)
  • polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP)
  • PP polypropylene
  • a filter using a material such as (including a high-density, ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene resin) and the like can be mentioned.
  • polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferable.
  • the pore diameter of the filter is preferably 0.01 to 7.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 ⁇ m. If the pore diameter of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably.
  • the nominal value of the filter manufacturer can be referred to.
  • various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd. DFA4201NXEY, DFA4201NAEY, DFA4201J006P, etc.
  • Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd. Japan Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Nippon Microlith Co., Ltd.), KITZ Microfilter Co., Ltd., etc.
  • KITZ Microfilter Co., Ltd. etc.
  • a fiber-like filter medium As the filter.
  • the fiber-like filter medium include polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber and the like.
  • examples of commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.) and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno Co., Ltd.
  • filters for example, a first filter and a second filter
  • the filtration with each filter may be performed only once or twice or more.
  • filters having different pore diameters may be combined within the above-mentioned range.
  • the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion liquid, and after mixing the other components, the filtration may be performed with the second filter.
  • the filter can be appropriately selected according to the hydrophobicity of the resin composition.
  • the film of the present invention is a film obtained from the above-mentioned resin composition of the present invention.
  • the film of the present invention can be used for an optical filter such as a color filter, a near-infrared transmission filter, and a near-infrared cut filter.
  • the film of the present invention can also be used as a black matrix, a light-shielding film, or the like.
  • the film thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose.
  • the film thickness is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the film of the present invention When the film of the present invention is used as a color filter, the film of the present invention preferably has a hue of green, red, blue, cyan, magenta or yellow. Further, the film of the present invention can be preferably used as a colored pixel of a color filter. Examples of the colored pixel include a red pixel, a green pixel, a blue pixel, a magenta color pixel, a cyan color pixel, and a yellow pixel.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the film of the present invention preferably exists in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1300 nm. It is more preferably present in the wavelength range of 700 to 1100 nm.
  • the transmittance of the film in the entire wavelength range of 400 to 650 nm is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, still more preferably 90% or more. Further, the transmittance at at least one point in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm of the film is preferably 20% or less.
  • the absorbance Amax / absorbance A550 which is the ratio of the absorbance Amax at the maximum absorption wavelength to the absorbance A550 at a wavelength of 550 nm, is preferably 20 to 500, more preferably 50 to 500, and 70 to 450. It is more preferably present, and particularly preferably 100 to 400.
  • the film of the present invention When the film of the present invention is used as a near-infrared ray transmitting filter, it is preferable that the film of the present invention has, for example, any of the following spectral characteristics (i1) to (i5).
  • (I1) The maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 800 to 1500 nm is.
  • a filter of 70% or more preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm and transmit light having a wavelength of more than 750 nm.
  • the maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 900 to 1500 nm is.
  • a filter of 70% or more preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm and transmit light having a wavelength of more than 850 nm.
  • the maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1500 nm is.
  • a filter of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm and transmit light having a wavelength exceeding 950 nm.
  • the maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1500 nm is.
  • a filter of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm and transmit light having a wavelength exceeding 1050 nm.
  • the maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1200 to 1500 nm is.
  • a filter of 70% or more preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm and transmit light having a wavelength exceeding 1150 nm.
  • the thickness of the film of the present invention after being heat-treated at 300 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere is preferably 70% or more, preferably 80% or more of the thickness of the film before the heat treatment. It is more preferably 90% or more, further preferably 95% or more, and particularly preferably 99% or more.
  • the thickness of the film after being heat-treated at 350 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere is preferably 70% or more, preferably 80% or more of the thickness of the film before the heat treatment. Is more preferably 90% or more, further preferably 95% or more, and particularly preferably 99% or more.
  • the thickness of the film after being heat-treated at 400 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere is preferably 70% or more, preferably 80% or more of the thickness of the film before the heat treatment. Is more preferably 90% or more, further preferably 95% or more, and particularly preferably 99% or more.
  • the film of the present invention can be produced through the steps of applying the above-mentioned resin composition of the present invention onto a support.
  • the film manufacturing method of the present invention preferably further includes a step of forming a pattern (pixel).
  • Examples of the pattern (pixel) forming method include a photolithography method and a dry etching method, and a photolithography method is preferable.
  • the pattern formation by the photolithography method includes a step of forming a resin composition layer on a support using the resin composition of the present invention, a step of exposing the resin composition layer in a pattern, and a step of exposing the resin composition layer in a pattern. It is preferable to include a step of developing and removing the exposed portion to form a pattern (pixel). If necessary, a step of baking the resin composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-baking step) may be provided.
  • the resin composition layer of the present invention is used to form the resin composition layer on the support.
  • the support is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended use. Examples thereof include a glass substrate and a silicon substrate, and a silicon substrate is preferable. Further, a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, or the like may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, a black matrix that separates each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, the silicon substrate may be provided with a base layer for improving the adhesion with the upper layer, preventing the diffusion of substances, or flattening the surface of the substrate.
  • the surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 to 70 ° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferably 30 to 80 ° when measured with water. When the surface contact angle of the base layer is within the above range, the coating property of the resin composition is good.
  • the surface contact angle of the base layer can be adjusted by, for example, adding a surfactant.
  • a known method can be used as a method for applying the resin composition.
  • a drop method drop cast
  • a slit coat method for example, a spray method; a roll coat method; a rotary coating method (spin coating); a cast coating method; a slit and spin method; a pre-wet method (for example, JP-A-2009-145395).
  • Methods described in the publication Inkjet (for example, on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection system printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, etc.
  • Various printing methods; transfer method using a mold or the like; nano-imprint method and the like can be mentioned.
  • the method of application in inkjet is not particularly limited, and is, for example, the method shown in "Expandable / usable inkjet-infinite possibilities seen in patents-, published in February 2005, Sumi Betechno Research" (especially from page 115). Page 133), JP-A-2003-262716, JP-A-2003-185831, JP-A-2003-261827, JP-A-2012-126830, JP-A-2006-169325, and the like. Can be mentioned. Further, as a method for applying the resin composition, the methods described in International Publication No. 2017/030174 and International Publication No. 2017/018419 can also be used, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the resin composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked).
  • prebaking may not be performed.
  • the prebake temperature is preferably 150 ° C. or lower, more preferably 120 ° C. or lower, still more preferably 110 ° C. or lower.
  • the lower limit can be, for example, 50 ° C. or higher, or 80 ° C. or higher.
  • the prebake time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, still more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Pre-baking can be performed on a hot plate, an oven, or the like.
  • the resin composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step).
  • the resin composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing the resin composition layer through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. As a result, the exposed portion can be cured.
  • Examples of radiation (light) that can be used for exposure include g-line and i-line. Further, light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light having a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of the light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm), ArF line (wavelength 193 nm) and the like, and KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) is preferable. Further, a long wave light source having a diameter of 300 nm or more can also be used.
  • the pulse exposure is an exposure method of a method in which light irradiation and pause are repeated in a cycle of a short time (for example, a millisecond level or less).
  • the pulse width is preferably 100 nanoseconds (ns) or less, more preferably 50 nanoseconds or less, and even more preferably 30 nanoseconds or less.
  • the lower limit of the pulse width is not particularly limited, but may be 1 femtosecond (fs) or more, and may be 10 femtoseconds or more.
  • the frequency is preferably 1 kHz or higher, more preferably 2 kHz or higher, and even more preferably 4 kHz or higher.
  • the upper limit of the frequency is preferably 50 kHz or less, more preferably 20 kHz or less, and further preferably 10 kHz or less.
  • Maximum instantaneous intensity is preferably at 50000000W / m 2 or more, more preferably 100000000W / m 2 or more, more preferably 200000000W / m 2 or more.
  • the upper limit of the maximum instantaneous intensity is preferably at 1000000000W / m 2 or less, more preferably 800000000W / m 2 or less, further preferably 500000000W / m 2 or less.
  • the pulse width is the time during which light is irradiated in the pulse period.
  • the frequency is the number of pulse cycles per second.
  • the maximum instantaneous illuminance is the average illuminance within the time when the light is irradiated in the pulse period.
  • the pulse cycle is a cycle in which irradiation and pause of light in pulse exposure are set as one cycle.
  • Irradiation dose for example, preferably 0.03 ⁇ 2.5J / cm 2, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ 1.0J / cm 2.
  • the oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to the oxygen concentration performed in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere having an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially). It may be exposed in an oxygen-free environment), or may be exposed in a high oxygen atmosphere (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume) in which the oxygen concentration exceeds 21% by volume.
  • the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is usually selected from the range of 1000 W / m 2 to 100,000 W / m 2 (for example, 5000 W / m 2 , 15,000 W / m 2 , or 35,000 W / m 2). Can be done. Oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may appropriately combined conditions, for example, illuminance 10000 W / m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10 vol%, oxygen concentration of 35 vol% can be such illuminance 20000W / m 2.
  • the unexposed portion of the resin composition layer is developed and removed to form a pattern (pixel).
  • the unexposed portion of the resin composition layer can be developed and removed using a developing solution.
  • the resin composition layer in the unexposed portion in the exposure step is eluted in the developer, and only the photocured portion remains.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 to 30 ° C.
  • the development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removability, the steps of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and supplying a new developer may be repeated several times.
  • Examples of the developing solution include organic solvents and alkaline developing solutions, and alkaline developing solutions are preferably used.
  • the alkaline developer an alkaline aqueous solution (alkaline developer) obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferable.
  • the alkaline agent include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxyamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide.
  • Ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide Ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis (2-hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -7-undecene and other organic substances.
  • alkaline compounds examples include alkaline compounds and inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate.
  • the alkaline agent a compound having a large molecular weight is preferable in terms of environment and safety.
  • the concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass.
  • the developer may further contain a surfactant.
  • the surfactant include the above-mentioned surfactants, and nonionic surfactants are preferable.
  • the developer may be once produced as a concentrated solution and diluted to a concentration required for use.
  • the dilution ratio is not particularly limited, but can be set in the range of, for example, 1.5 to 100 times. It is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development.
  • the rinsing is performed by supplying the rinsing liquid to the developed resin composition layer while rotating the support on which the developed resin composition layer is formed. It is also preferable to move the nozzle for discharging the rinse liquid from the central portion of the support to the peripheral edge of the support. At this time, when moving the nozzle from the central portion of the support to the peripheral portion, the nozzle may be moved while gradually reducing the moving speed. By rinsing in this way, in-plane variation of the rinse can be suppressed. Further, the same effect can be obtained by gradually reducing the rotation speed of the support while moving the nozzle from the central portion of the support to the peripheral portion.
  • Additional exposure processing and post-baking are post-development curing treatments to complete the curing.
  • the heating temperature in the post-bake is, for example, preferably 100 to 240 ° C, more preferably 200 to 240 ° C.
  • Post-baking can be performed on the developed film in a continuous or batch manner using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation type dryer), or a high frequency heater so as to meet the above conditions. ..
  • the light used for the exposure is preferably light having a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
  • the pattern formation by the dry etching method includes a step of forming a resin composition layer on a support using the resin composition of the present invention and curing the entire resin composition layer to form a cured product layer.
  • the optical filter of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention.
  • the type of optical filter include a color filter, a near-infrared transmission filter, a near-infrared cut filter, and the like, and a color filter is preferable.
  • the color filter it is preferable to have the film of the present invention as the colored pixels of the color filter.
  • the optical filter of the present invention can be used for a solid-state image pickup device such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) or CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor), an image display device, or the like.
  • the film thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose.
  • the film thickness is preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.6 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the width of the pixels included in the optical filter is preferably 0.4 to 10.0 ⁇ m.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.4 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and further preferably 0.6 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 5.0 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less, further preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.8 ⁇ m or less.
  • the Young's modulus of the pixel is preferably 0.5 to 20 GPa, more preferably 2.5 to 15 GPa.
  • each pixel included in the optical filter has high flatness.
  • the surface roughness Ra of the pixel is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and further preferably 15 nm or less.
  • the lower limit is not specified, but it is preferably 0.1 nm or more, for example.
  • the surface roughness of the pixel can be measured using, for example, an AFM (atomic force microscope) Measurement 3100 manufactured by Veeco.
  • the contact angle of water on the pixel can be appropriately set to a preferable value, but is typically in the range of 50 to 110 °.
  • the contact angle can be measured using, for example, a contact angle meter CV-DT ⁇ A type (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). Further, it is preferable that the volume resistance value of the pixel is high. Specifically, it is preferred that the volume resistivity value of the pixel is 10 9 ⁇ ⁇ cm or more, and more preferably 10 11 ⁇ ⁇ cm or more. The upper limit is not specified, but it is preferably 10 14 ⁇ ⁇ cm or less, for example.
  • the volume resistance value of the pixel can be measured using an ultra-high resistance meter 5410 (manufactured by Advantest).
  • a protective layer may be provided on the surface of the film of the present invention.
  • various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, prohydrophobicization, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted.
  • the thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • Examples of the method for forming the protective layer include a method of applying a resin composition for forming a protective layer dissolved in an organic solvent to form the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching the molded resin with an adhesive.
  • the components constituting the protective layer include (meth) acrylic resin, en-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, and polyimide.
  • Resin polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine Examples thereof include resins, polycarbonate resins, polyacrylonitrile resins, cellulose resins, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4, and the like, and two or more of these components may be contained.
  • the protective layer for the purpose of blocking oxygen, it is preferable that the protective layer contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4. Further, in the case of a protective layer for the purpose of reducing reflection, it is preferable that the protective layer contains a (meth) acrylic resin and a fluororesin.
  • the protective layer forming resin composition When the protective layer forming resin composition is applied to form the protective layer, known methods such as a spin coating method, a casting method, a screen printing method, and an inkjet method are used as the coating method of the protective layer forming resin composition. Can be used.
  • a known organic solvent for example, propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.
  • the protective layer is formed by the chemical vapor deposition method, the known chemical vapor deposition method (thermochemical vapor deposition method, plasma chemical vapor deposition method, photochemical vapor deposition method) is used as the chemical vapor deposition method. Can be used.
  • the protective layer may be an additive such as organic / inorganic fine particles, an absorber for light of a specific wavelength (for example, ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.), a refractive index adjusting agent, an antioxidant, an adhesive, and a surfactant, if necessary. May be contained.
  • organic / inorganic fine particles include polymer fine particles (for example, silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, and titanium oxynitride. , Magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate and the like.
  • a known absorber can be used as the absorber of light having a specific wavelength.
  • the content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass, more preferably 1 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
  • the protective layer the protective layer described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP-A-2017-151176 can also be used.
  • the optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by a partition wall, for example, in a grid pattern.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can also be suitably used for the pixel configuration described in International Publication No. 2019/1028887.
  • the solid-state image sensor of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention.
  • the configuration of the solid-state image pickup device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state image pickup device, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
  • a solid-state image pickup device CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.
  • a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like.
  • the color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by a partition wall, for example, in a grid pattern.
  • the partition wall preferably has a lower refractive index than each colored pixel. Examples of the image pickup apparatus having such a structure are described in JP-A-2012-227478, JP-A-2014-179757, International Publication No. 2018/043654, and US Patent Application Publication No.
  • an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state image sensor to improve the light resistance.
  • the image pickup device provided with the solid-state image pickup device of the present invention can be used not only for digital cameras and electronic devices having an image pickup function (mobile phones and the like), but also for in-vehicle cameras and surveillance cameras. Further, in the solid-state image sensor incorporating the color filter of the present invention, in addition to the color filter of the present invention, another color filter, a near-infrared cut filter, an organic photoelectric conversion film and the like may be incorporated.
  • the image display device of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention.
  • the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device.
  • the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, “Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd., published in 1994)”.
  • the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".
  • the acid value of the sample represents the mass of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acidic component per 1 g of solid content in the sample.
  • the acid value was calculated by the following equation with the inflection point of the titration pH curve as the titration end point.
  • A 56.11 x Vs x 0.5 x f / w
  • Vs Amount of 0.1 mol / L potassium hydroxide aqueous solution required for titration (mL)
  • f Potency of 0.1 mol / L potassium hydroxide aqueous solution
  • the structures and weight average molecular weights (Mw) of the terminal hydroxy group macromonomers DHM-1 to DHM-20 and MHM-1 to MHM-20 are shown below.
  • the numerical values added to the repeating units of -10, MHM-16, MHM-17, and MHM-20 represent the molar ratio of the repeating units, and are added to the repeating units of DHM-14 to DHM-18 and MHM-11 to MHM-15. The value given represents the number of repeating units.
  • the structure described in Poly is P 1 of the formula (1-A).
  • the value of 100) is described.
  • the value of the number of moles of the structural unit represented by B) / the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A)) is described.
  • the value of the molar ratio 1 and the value of the molar ratio 1 are the values calculated from the charged amount used for the synthesis of each resin.
  • the diols DHM-1 to DHM-20 are the terminal hydroxy group macromonomers DHM-1 to DHM-20 having the above-mentioned structures, respectively.
  • the terminal sealants MHM-1 to MHM-20 are terminal hydroxy group macromonomers MHM-1 to MHM-20 having the above-mentioned structures, respectively.
  • the acid dianhydrides AA-1 to AA-8, the diamines DA-1 to DA-7, and the terminal sealants ED-1 to ED-3 are compounds having the following structures, respectively.
  • the mixed solution containing the raw materials shown in the table below is mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (using zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.3 mm), and then a high pressure disperser with a decompression mechanism NANO-3000-10 (Nippon BEE).
  • a dispersion treatment was carried out at a flow rate of 500 g / min under a pressure of 2000 MPa using (manufactured by Co., Ltd.). This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain each dispersion.
  • Pigment Green 7 PG36 C.I. I. Pigment Green 36 PG58: C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 PY129: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129 PY185: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 PY215: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 215 PV23: C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23 IRGAPHORE: Irgaphor Black S 0100 CF (manufactured by BASF, a compound having the following structure, a lactam pigment) PBk32: C.I. I. Pigment Black 32 (compound with the following structure, perylene pigment)
  • (Comparative resin) cB-1 Resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight is 10885, acid value is 74 mgKOH / g. In the description of "Polym”, the repeating units of the structure indicated by “Polym” are combined by the number of subscripts. It shows that the polymer chain of the structure is bonded to the sulfur atom (S).)
  • Dispersions R1 to R26, B1 to B25, G1 to G27, Bk1 to Bk20, CR1, CB1, CG1, CBk1 to 3 Dispersions described above
  • ⁇ resin ⁇ Ba-1 Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio. Weight average molecular weight 11000)
  • Ba-2 Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio.
  • Bb-1 Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio. Weight average molecular weight 13000)
  • D-1 Acrylate compound (KAYARAD DPHA, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., a mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate)
  • D-2 Epoxy compound (TETRAD-X, manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc., N, N, N', N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine)
  • D-3 Oxetane compound (OXT-221, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., 3-ethyl-3 ⁇ [(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy] methyl ⁇ oxetane)
  • D-4 Oxetane compound (OX-SQ TX-100, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.)
  • E-1 Omnirad 379EG (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V., 2-dimethylamino-2- (4-methyl-benzyl) -1- (4-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl) -butane-1- on)
  • E-2 Irgure OXE01 (Oxime compound manufactured by BASF)
  • E-3 Compound with the following structure
  • ⁇ Vis was 0.5 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • B ⁇ Vis exceeded 0.5 mPa ⁇ s and was 1.0 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • C ⁇ Vis exceeded 1.0 mPa ⁇ s and was 2.0 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • D ⁇ Vis exceeded 2.0 mPa ⁇ s and was 2.5 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • the resin composition obtained above was dispensed into a 20 ml sample bottle and diluted with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate so that the solid content concentration became 0.2% by mass.
  • a 2 ml measuring quartz cell at a temperature of 25 ° C. and a dynamic light scattering type particle size distribution measuring device (LB-500, manufactured by Horiba Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) according to JIS8826: 2005 the data of the diluted solution was taken in 50 times. Then, the particle size (number average particle size) of the obtained arithmetic average pigment based on the number of pieces was obtained. It can be said that the smaller the value of the number average particle diameter of the pigment, the better the dispersibility of the pigment.
  • A The number average particle size of the pigment was 0.05 ⁇ m or less.
  • B The number average particle size of the pigment exceeded 0.05 ⁇ m and was 0.10 ⁇ m or less.
  • C The number average particle size of the pigment exceeded 0.10 ⁇ m and was 0.20 ⁇ m or less.
  • D The number average particle size of the pigment was more than 0.20 ⁇ m and 0.50 ⁇ m or less.
  • E The number average particle size of the pigment exceeded 0.50 ⁇ m.
  • the resin composition was applied on a glass substrate by spin coating, dried (prebaked) at 100 ° C. for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then heated at 200 ° C. for 30 minutes using an oven. (Post-baked) to produce a film having a thickness of 0.60 ⁇ m.
  • the film thickness is measured by scraping a part of the film to expose the surface of the glass substrate and measuring the step between the surface of the glass substrate and the coating film (the film thickness of the coating film) using a stylus type step meter (DektakXT, manufactured by BRUKER). did.
  • the obtained membrane was heat-treated at 300 ° C. for 5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the film shrinkage rate was obtained from the following formula, and the film shrinkage rate was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
  • T 0 and T 1 below were measured in a laboratory where the temperature and humidity were controlled to 22 ⁇ 5 ° C. and 60 ⁇ 20%, with the substrate temperature adjusted to 25 ° C. It can be said that the smaller the membrane shrinkage rate, the more the membrane shrinkage is suppressed, which is a preferable result.
  • Membrane shrinkage rate (%) (1- (T 1 / T 0 )) x 100
  • T 1 Film thickness after heat treatment at 300 ° C for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere-evaluation criteria-
  • D The membrane shrinkage rate was more than 10% and 30% or less.
  • E The membrane shrinkage rate exceeded 30%.
  • the resin composition was applied on a glass substrate by spin coating, dried (prebaked) at 100 ° C. for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then heated at 200 ° C. for 30 minutes using an oven. (Post-baked) to produce a film having a thickness of 0.60 ⁇ m.
  • SiO 2 was laminated at 200 nm on the surface of the obtained film by a sputtering method to form an inorganic film.
  • the film on which the inorganic film was formed was heat-treated at 300 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the surface of the inorganic film after the heat treatment was observed with an optical microscope, the number of cracks per 1 cm 2 was counted, and the presence or absence of cracks was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
  • E The number of cracks per 1 cm 2 was 101 or more.
  • the storage stability and the particle size were excellently evaluated, and the dispersibility of the pigment was excellent, as compared with the case where the resin composition of the comparative example was used. Furthermore, when the resin composition of the example was used, the film shrinkage rate was small and the generation of cracks was suppressed as compared with the case of using the resin composition of the comparative example. Therefore, it can be said that it is possible to expand the process window in the process after manufacturing the film as compared with the resin composition of the comparative example.
  • Example 1000 Pattern formation by photolithography method
  • the resin composition of Example 1 was applied on a silicon wafer by spin coating, dried at 100 ° C. for 120 seconds (pre-baked) using a hot plate, and then heated at 200 ° C. for 30 minutes (post-baked) using an oven.
  • a resin composition layer having a thickness of 0.60 ⁇ m was formed.
  • an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (Canon, Inc.) is provided via a mask pattern in which square non-masked portions having a side of 1.1 ⁇ m are arranged in a region of 4 mm ⁇ 3 mm.
  • the produced silicon wafer with pixels was divided into two, and one was heat-treated at 300 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere (hereinafter, one is a substrate before heat treatment at 300 ° C. and the other is a substrate after heat treatment at 300 ° C.).
  • one is a substrate before heat treatment at 300 ° C. and the other is a substrate after heat treatment at 300 ° C.
  • the cross sections of the pixels formed on the substrate before the heat treatment at 300 ° C. and the substrate after the heat treatment at 300 ° C. were evaluated by a scanning electron microscope (SEM), the height of the pixels formed on the substrate after the heat treatment at 300 ° C. was evaluated.
  • the thickness (thickness) was 97% of the height (thickness) of the pixels formed on the substrate before the heat treatment at 300 ° C.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a resin composition that includes a color material A containing a colorant, a resin B, and a solvent C, said resin B including a resin b-1 that includes structural units represented by formula (1-A) and structural units represented by formula (1-B). Further provided are a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging element, an image display device, and a resin.

Description

樹脂組成物、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置及び樹脂Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device and resin
 本発明は、樹脂組成物、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置及び樹脂に関する。 The present invention relates to a resin composition, a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, an image display device, and a resin.
 近年、デジタルカメラ、カメラ付き携帯電話等の普及から、電荷結合素子(CCD)イメージセンサなどの固体撮像素子の需要が大きく伸びている。固体撮像素子には、カラーフィルタなどの顔料を含む膜が用いられている。カラーフィルタなどの色材を含む膜は、顔料と樹脂と溶剤とを含む樹脂組成物などを用いて製造されている。 In recent years, with the widespread use of digital cameras, camera-equipped mobile phones, etc., demand for solid-state image sensors such as charge-coupled device (CCD) image sensors has increased significantly. A film containing a pigment such as a color filter is used for the solid-state image sensor. A film containing a color material such as a color filter is manufactured by using a resin composition containing a pigment, a resin, and a solvent.
 例えば、特許文献1には、顔料、分散剤、バインダー樹脂、エポキシ化合物、および溶剤を含有する樹脂組成物であって、分散剤が、テトラカルボン酸無水物(b1)及びトリカルボン酸無水物(b2)から選ばれる一種以上の酸無水物(b)中の酸無水物基と水酸基含有化合物(a)中の水酸基とを反応させてなる、カルボキシ基を有するポリエステル部分X1’と、エチレン性不飽和単量体(c)をラジカル重合してなり、かつ熱架橋性官能基を有するビニル重合体部分X2’とを有し、熱架橋性官能基が、水酸基、オキセタン基、t-ブチル基、ブロックイソシアネート基、および(メタ)アクリロイル基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種である分散剤(X)を含有する樹脂組成物に関する発明が記載されている。 For example, Patent Document 1 describes a resin composition containing a pigment, a dispersant, a binder resin, an epoxy compound, and a solvent, wherein the dispersants are a tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1) and a tricarboxylic acid anhydride (b2). ), A polyester moiety X1'having a carboxy group formed by reacting an acid anhydride group in one or more acid anhydrides (b) with a hydroxyl group in a hydroxyl group-containing compound (a), and ethylenically unsaturated. The monomer (c) is radically polymerized and has a vinyl polymer moiety X2'having a thermally crosslinkable functional group, and the thermally crosslinkable functional group is a hydroxyl group, an oxetane group, a t-butyl group, or a block. An invention relating to a resin composition containing a dispersant (X), which is at least one selected from the group consisting of an isocyanate group and a (meth) acryloyl group, is described.
特開2016-170325号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2016-17325
 顔料と樹脂と溶剤とを含む樹脂組成物においては、顔料の分散性が良好であることが好ましい。顔料の分散性が不十分であると、樹脂組成物中で顔料が凝集して粗大化したり、樹脂組成物の粘度が高くなり易い。また、製造直後の樹脂組成物の粘度は低くても、粘度が経時で増加することもある。 In a resin composition containing a pigment, a resin and a solvent, it is preferable that the dispersibility of the pigment is good. If the dispersibility of the pigment is insufficient, the pigment tends to aggregate and coarsen in the resin composition, or the viscosity of the resin composition tends to increase. Further, even if the viscosity of the resin composition immediately after production is low, the viscosity may increase with time.
 本発明者の検討によれば、特許文献1に記載された樹脂組成物においても、顔料の分散性は十分ではなく、更なる改善の余地があることが分かった。 According to the study by the present inventor, it was found that the dispersibility of the pigment is not sufficient even in the resin composition described in Patent Document 1, and there is room for further improvement.
 よって、本発明の目的は、顔料の分散性に優れた樹脂組成物を提供することにある。また、本発明の目的は、樹脂組成物を用いた膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置を提供することにある。また、本発明の目的は、樹脂を提供することにある。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition having excellent dispersibility of a pigment. Another object of the present invention is to provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image pickup device, and an image display device using a resin composition. Further, an object of the present invention is to provide a resin.
 本発明の代表的な実施態様の例を以下に示す。
 <1> 顔料を含む色材Aと、
 樹脂Bと、
 溶剤Cと、を含み、
 上記樹脂Bは、式(1-A)で表される構造単位と式(1-B)で表される構造単位とを含む樹脂b-1を含む、
 樹脂組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 式(1-A)中、X11は4価の連結基を表し、X12は2+n価の連結基を表し、Y11はOまたはNRY11を表し、R11、R12およびRY11は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、Lpは2価の連結基を表し、Pはポリマー鎖を表し、nは1以上の整数を表す;
 式(1-B)中、X51は4価の連結基を表し、X52は2価の連結基を表し、Y51はOまたはNRY51を表し、R51、R52、R61およびRY51は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す。
 <2> 上記式(1-A)で表される構造単位と、上記式(1-A)のnが0である構造の構造単位と、上記式(1-B)で表される構造単位との合計中における、上記式(1-B)で表される構造単位のモルでの割合が10~90モル%である、<1>に記載の樹脂組成物。
 <3> 式(1-A)で表される構造単位のモル数に対する式(1-B)で表される構造単位のモル数の比が0.2~5である、<1>または<2>に記載の樹脂組成物。
 <4> 上記式(1-A)のLpが表す2価の連結基は硫黄原子を含む基である、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <5> 上記式(1ーA)のX11および上記式(1ーB)のX51は、それぞれ独立して芳香族炭化水素環を含む基である、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <6> 上記式(1ーB)のX52は、フッ素原子及び芳香族炭化水素環を含む基である、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <7> 上記式(1-A)のPが表すポリマー鎖は、ポリ(メタ)アクリル構造、ポリスチレン構造、ポリエーテル構造およびポリエステル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造の繰り返し単位を含む、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <8> 上記式(1-A)のPが表すポリマー鎖は、式(P1-1)~式(P1-6)のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位を含む、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式中、RG1およびRG2は、それぞれアルキレン基を表す;
 RG3は、水素原子、メチル基、フッ素原子、塩素原子またはヒドロキシメチル基を表す;
 QG1は、-O-または-NR-を表し、Rは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基または複素環基を表す;
 LG1は、単結合またはアリーレン基を表す;
 LG2は、単結合または2価の連結基を表す;
 RG4は、水素原子または置換基を表す;
 RG5は、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、RG6はアリール基を表す。
 <9> RG4で示される置換基がエチレン性不飽和結合含有基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、およびt-ブチル基から選ばれる少なくとも1種である、<8>に記載の樹脂組成物。
 <10> 上記溶剤Cは、エステル系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤およびケトン系溶剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む、<1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <11> 上記色材Aは、ジケトピロロピロール顔料およびフタロシアニン顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む、<1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <12> 更に重合性モノマーを含む、<1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <13> 更に光重合開始剤を含む、<1>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <14> <1>~<13>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物を用いて得られる膜。
 <15> <14>に記載の膜を有する光学フィルタ。
 <16> <14>に記載の膜を有する固体撮像素子。
 <17> <14>に記載の膜を有する画像表示装置。
 <18> 式(1-A)で表される構造単位と式(1-B)で表される構造単位とを含む樹脂;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 式(1-A)中、X11は4価の連結基を表し、X12は2+n価の連結基を表し、Y11はOまたはNRY11を表し、R11、R12およびRY11は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、Lpは2価の連結基を表し、Pはポリマー鎖を表し、nは1以上の整数を表す;
 式(1-B)中、X51は4価の連結基を表し、X52は2価の連結基を表し、Y51はOまたはNRY51を表し、R51、R52、R61およびRY51は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す。
Examples of typical embodiments of the present invention are shown below.
<1> Color material A containing a pigment and
Resin B and
Containing solvent C,
The resin B includes a resin b-1 containing a structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) and a structural unit represented by the formula (1-B).
Resin composition;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Wherein (1-A), X 11 represents a tetravalent linking group, X 12 represents a 2 + n valent linking group, Y 11 represents O or NR Y11, R 11, R 12 and R Y11 are Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, Lp 1 represents a divalent linking group, P 1 represents a polymer chain, and n represents an integer greater than or equal to 1.
In formula (1-B), X 51 represents a tetravalent linking group, X 52 represents a divalent linking group, Y 51 represents O or NR Y 51 , and R 51, R 52 , R 61 and R. Y51 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
<2> The structural unit represented by the above formula (1-A), the structural unit of the structure in which n is 0 in the above formula (1-A), and the structural unit represented by the above formula (1-B). The resin composition according to <1>, wherein the ratio of the structural unit represented by the above formula (1-B) in moles is 10 to 90 mol%.
<3> The ratio of the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) to the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) is 0.2 to 5, <1> or <. 2> The resin composition according to.
<4> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the divalent linking group represented by Lp 1 of the above formula (1-A) is a group containing a sulfur atom.
<5> Any of <1> to <4>, wherein X 11 of the above formula (1-A) and X 51 of the above formula (1-B) are groups each independently containing an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. The resin composition according to one.
<6> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein X 52 of the above formula (1-B) is a group containing a fluorine atom and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring.
<7> The polymer chain represented by P 1 of the above formula (1-A) contains a repeating unit of at least one structure selected from a poly (meth) acrylic structure, a polystyrene structure, a polyether structure and a polyester structure. 1> The resin composition according to any one of <6>.
<8> The polymer chain represented by P 1 of the above formula (1-A) contains a repeating unit represented by any of the formulas (P1-1) to (P1-6), <1> to <6. > The resin composition according to any one of the above;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
In the formula, RG1 and RG2 each represent an alkylene group;
RG3 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a hydroxymethyl group;
Q G1 represents -O- or -NR q- , and R q represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group;
LG1 represents a single bond or an arylene group;
LG2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group;
RG4 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent;
RG5 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group and RG6 represents an aryl group.
<9> substituent represented by R G4 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, an epoxy group, at least one selected from an oxetanyl group, and t- butyl group, a resin composition according to <8>.
<10> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the solvent C contains at least one selected from an ester solvent, an ether solvent, an alcohol solvent and a ketone solvent. ..
<11> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <10>, wherein the coloring material A contains at least one selected from a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and a phthalocyanine pigment.
<12> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <11>, which further contains a polymerizable monomer.
<13> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <12>, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator.
<14> A film obtained by using the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <13>.
<15> An optical filter having the film according to <14>.
<16> A solid-state image sensor having the film according to <14>.
<17> An image display device having the film according to <14>.
<18> A resin containing a structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) and a structural unit represented by the formula (1-B);
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Wherein (1-A), X 11 represents a tetravalent linking group, X 12 represents a 2 + n valent linking group, Y 11 represents O or NR Y11, R 11, R 12 and R Y11 are Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, Lp 1 represents a divalent linking group, P 1 represents a polymer chain, and n represents an integer greater than or equal to 1.
In formula (1-B), X 51 represents a tetravalent linking group, X 52 represents a divalent linking group, Y 51 represents O or NR Y 51 , and R 51, R 52 , R 61 and R. Y51 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
 本発明によれば、顔料の分散性に優れた樹脂組成物を提供することができる。また、樹脂組成物を用いた膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置を提供することができる。また、樹脂を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a resin composition having excellent dispersibility of a pigment. Further, it is possible to provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image pickup device, and an image display device using a resin composition. In addition, a resin can be provided.
 以下、本発明の主要な実施形態について説明する。しかしながら、本発明は、明示した実施形態に限られるものではない。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線又は放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、(メタ)アリル基は、アリル及びメタリルの双方、又は、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの双方、又は、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリル及びメタクリルの双方、又は、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの双方、又は、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量及び数平均分子量は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値である。
 本明細書において、近赤外線とは、波長700~2500nmの光をいう。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は独立した工程だけを指すのではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 本明細書において、顔料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しにくい化合物を意味する。
 本明細書において、名称の前、又は名称の後に付記される記号(例えば、Aなど)は、構成要素を区別するために使用する用語であり、構成要素の種類、構成要素の数、及び構成要素の優劣を制限するものではない。
Hereinafter, the main embodiments of the present invention will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to the specified embodiments.
In the present specification, "to" is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
In the notation of a group (atomic group) in the present specification, the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution also includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group). For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
As used herein, the term "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Examples of the light used for exposure include the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active rays such as electron beams, or radiation.
In the present specification, the (meth) allyl group represents both allyl and metharyl, or either, and "(meth) acrylate" represents both acrylate and methacrylate, or either, and "(meth)". "Acrylic" represents both acrylic and methacrylic, or either, and "(meth) acryloyl" represents both acryloyl and methacrylic, or either.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are polystyrene-equivalent values measured by a GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method.
In the present specification, the near infrared ray means light having a wavelength of 700 to 2500 nm.
As used herein, the total solid content means the total mass of all the components of the composition excluding the solvent.
In the present specification, the term "process" does not only refer to an independent process, but also to the present term if the intended action of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. included.
As used herein, the term pigment means a compound that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
In the present specification, a symbol (for example, A) added before or after a name is a term used to distinguish components, and the type of component, the number of components, and the structure. It does not limit the superiority or inferiority of the elements.
<樹脂組成物>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、顔料を含む色材Aと、樹脂Bと、溶剤Cと、を含み、上記樹脂Bは、式(1-A)で表される構造単位と式(1-B)で表される構造単位とを含む樹脂b-1(以下、特定樹脂ともいう)を含むことを特徴とする。
<Resin composition>
The resin composition of the present invention contains a coloring material A containing a pigment, a resin B, and a solvent C, and the resin B is a structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) and the formula (1-B). ), The resin b-1 (hereinafter, also referred to as a specific resin) containing the structural unit represented by) is contained.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、顔料の分散性に優れている。このような効果が得られる詳細な理由は不明であるが、この特定樹脂は、4価の連結基であるX51に、アミド基(-C(=O)-NR61-など)が結合している構造単位である式(1-B)で表される構造単位を有しているため、顔料表面への特定樹脂の吸着が良好である。また、この特定樹脂は、ポリマー鎖Pを有するポリエステル構造の構造単位である、式(1-A)で表される構造単位を有しているので、このポリマー鎖Pが立体反発基となって顔料同士の凝集などを抑制できる。このような理由により、顔料の分散性に優れた樹脂組成物とすることができたと推測される。 The resin composition of the present invention is excellent in dispersibility of pigments. Such the effect details are obtained for unknown reasons, this particular resin, the X 51 is a tetravalent linking group, an amide group (-C (= O) -NR 61 - , etc.) is attached Since it has a structural unit represented by the formula (1-B), which is a structural unit, the adsorption of the specific resin to the pigment surface is good. Also, this particular resin is a structural unit of the polyester structure having a polymer chain P 1, since it has a structural unit represented by the formula (1-A), the polymer chain P 1 and a steric repulsion group Therefore, aggregation of pigments can be suppressed. For this reason, it is presumed that the resin composition having excellent dispersibility of the pigment could be obtained.
 また、この特定樹脂は、(1-B)で表される構造単位を有しているため、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いることで、高温でも分解されにくく、高温での加熱処理後も膜収縮が生じにくい耐熱性に優れた膜を形成できる。このため、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いて膜を形成した後、得られた膜に対して高温(例えば300℃以上)の加熱処理を行っても、膜収縮を抑制して、膜上に無機膜などの他の膜などを形成した場合であっても、他の膜にクラックが発生することなどを抑制できる。このため、本発明の樹脂組成物によれば、膜を製造した後の工程のプロセスウインドウを広げることができる。 Further, since this specific resin has a structural unit represented by (1-B), it is difficult to be decomposed even at a high temperature by using the resin composition of the present invention, and the film is not easily decomposed even after heat treatment at a high temperature. It is possible to form a film having excellent heat resistance, which is less likely to shrink. Therefore, even if a film is formed using the resin composition of the present invention and then the obtained film is heat-treated at a high temperature (for example, 300 ° C. or higher), the film shrinkage is suppressed and the film is formed on the film. Even when another film such as an inorganic film is formed, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of cracks in the other film. Therefore, according to the resin composition of the present invention, the process window of the process after manufacturing the film can be expanded.
 本発明の樹脂組成物を用いて、200℃で30分間加熱して厚さ0.60μmの膜を形成した際に、上記膜を窒素雰囲気下にて300℃で5時間加熱処理した後の膜の厚さは、加熱処理前の膜の厚さの70%以上であることが好ましく、80%以上であることがより好ましく、90%以上であることが更に好ましい。
 また、上記膜を窒素雰囲気下にて350℃で5時間加熱処理した後の膜の厚さは、加熱処理前の膜の厚さの70%以上であることが好ましく、80%以上であることがより好ましく、90%以上であることが更に好ましい。
 また、上記膜を窒素雰囲気下にて400℃で5時間加熱処理した後の膜の厚さは、加熱処理前の膜の厚さの70%以上であることが好ましく、80%以上であることがより好ましく、90%以上であることが更に好ましい。
 上記物性は、用いる特定樹脂の種類や含有量を調整する等の方法により達成することができる。
When a film having a thickness of 0.60 μm was formed by heating at 200 ° C. for 30 minutes using the resin composition of the present invention, the film was heat-treated at 300 ° C. for 5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The thickness of the film is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and further preferably 90% or more of the thickness of the film before the heat treatment.
The thickness of the film after being heat-treated at 350 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere is preferably 70% or more, preferably 80% or more of the thickness of the film before the heat treatment. Is more preferable, and 90% or more is further preferable.
The thickness of the film after being heat-treated at 400 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere is preferably 70% or more, preferably 80% or more of the thickness of the film before the heat treatment. Is more preferable, and 90% or more is further preferable.
The above physical properties can be achieved by a method such as adjusting the type and content of the specific resin to be used.
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いて、200℃で30分間加熱して厚さ0.60μmの膜を形成した際に、上記膜を窒素雰囲気下にて300℃で5時間加熱処理したときに、加熱処理後の膜の下記式(A1)で表される吸光度の変化率ΔAは、50%以下であることが好ましく、45%以下であることがより好ましく、40%以下であることが更に好ましく、35%以下であることが特に好ましい。
 ΔA(%)=|100-(A2/A1)×100|   ・・・(A1)
 ΔAは、加熱処理後の膜の吸光度の変化率であり、
 A1は、加熱処理前の膜の波長400~1100nmの範囲における吸光度の最大値であり、
 A2は、加熱処理後の膜の吸光度であって、加熱処理前の膜の波長400~1100nmの範囲における吸光度の最大値を示す波長での吸光度である。
 上記物性は、用いる特定樹脂の種類や含有量を調整する等の方法により達成することができる。
Further, when the resin composition of the present invention was heated at 200 ° C. for 30 minutes to form a film having a thickness of 0.60 μm, the film was heat-treated at 300 ° C. for 5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. In addition, the rate of change ΔA of the absorbance of the film after the heat treatment represented by the following formula (A1) is preferably 50% or less, more preferably 45% or less, and more preferably 40% or less. It is more preferably 35% or less, and particularly preferably 35% or less.
ΔA (%) = | 100- (A2 / A1) x 100 | ... (A1)
ΔA is the rate of change in the absorbance of the membrane after heat treatment.
A1 is the maximum value of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1100 nm of the film before the heat treatment.
A2 is the absorbance of the film after the heat treatment, and is the absorbance at a wavelength indicating the maximum value of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1100 nm of the film before the heat treatment.
The above physical properties can be achieved by a method such as adjusting the type and content of the specific resin to be used.
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物を用い、200℃で30分加熱して厚さ0.60μmの膜を形成した際に、上記膜の波長400~1100nmの範囲における吸光度の最大値を示す波長λ1と、上記膜を窒素雰囲気下にて、300℃で5時間加熱処理した後の膜の吸光度の最大値を示す波長λ2との差の絶対値は、50nm以下であることが好ましく、45nm以下であることがより好ましく、40nm以下であることが更に好ましい。
 上記物性は、用いる特定樹脂の種類や含有量を調整する等の方法により達成することができる。
Further, when the resin composition of the present invention is heated at 200 ° C. for 30 minutes to form a film having a thickness of 0.60 μm, the wavelength λ1 showing the maximum value of the absorbance of the film in the wavelength range of 400 to 1100 nm. The absolute value of the difference from the wavelength λ2, which indicates the maximum value of the absorbance of the film after heat-treating the film at 300 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere, is preferably 50 nm or less, preferably 45 nm or less. It is more preferably present, and further preferably 40 nm or less.
The above physical properties can be achieved by a method such as adjusting the type and content of the specific resin to be used.
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物を用い、200℃で30分加熱して厚さ0.60μmの膜を形成した際に、上記膜を窒素雰囲気下にて300℃で5時間加熱処理したとき、加熱処理後の膜の波長400~1100nmの範囲における吸光度の変化率ΔAλの最大値が30%以下であることが好ましく、27%以下であることがより好ましく、25%以下であることが更に好ましい。なお、吸光度の変化率は、下記式(2)から算出される値である。
 ΔAλ=|100-(A2λ/A1λ)×100|   ・・・(2)
 ΔAλは、加熱処理後の膜の波長λにおける吸光度の変化率であり、
 A1λは、加熱処理前の膜の波長λにおける吸光度であり、
 A2λは、加熱処理後の膜の波長λにおける吸光度である。
 上記物性は、用いる特定樹脂の種類や含有量を調整する等の方法により達成することができる。
Further, when the resin composition of the present invention was heated at 200 ° C. for 30 minutes to form a film having a thickness of 0.60 μm, the film was heat-treated at 300 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. The maximum value of the rate of change ΔA λ of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1100 nm after the heat treatment is preferably 30% or less, more preferably 27% or less, and further preferably 25% or less. preferable. The rate of change in absorbance is a value calculated from the following formula (2).
ΔA λ = | 100- (A2 λ / A1 λ ) × 100 | ... (2)
ΔA λ is the rate of change in absorbance at the wavelength λ of the film after heat treatment.
A1 λ is the absorbance at the wavelength λ of the film before heat treatment.
A2 λ is the absorbance at the wavelength λ of the film after the heat treatment.
The above physical properties can be achieved by a method such as adjusting the type and content of the specific resin to be used.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、光学フィルタ用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いられる。光学フィルタとしては、カラーフィルタ、近赤外線透過フィルタ、近赤外線カットフィルタなどが挙げられ、カラーフィルタであることが好ましい。また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、固体撮像素子用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いることができ、固体撮像素子に用いられる光学フィルタの画素形成用の樹脂組成物としてより好ましく用いることができる。 The resin composition of the present invention is preferably used as a resin composition for an optical filter. Examples of the optical filter include a color filter, a near-infrared transmission filter, a near-infrared cut filter, and the like, and a color filter is preferable. Further, the resin composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a resin composition for a solid-state image sensor, and more preferably as a resin composition for forming pixels of an optical filter used in a solid-state image sensor.
 カラーフィルタとしては、特定の波長の光を透過させる着色画素を有するフィルタが挙げられ、赤色画素、青色画素、緑色画素、黄色画素、シアン色画素及びマゼンタ色画素から選ばれる少なくとも1種の着色画素を有するフィルタであることが好ましい。カラーフィルタは、有彩色色材を含む樹脂組成物を用いて形成することができる。 Examples of the color filter include filters having colored pixels that transmit light of a specific wavelength, and at least one colored pixel selected from red pixels, blue pixels, green pixels, yellow pixels, cyan pixels, and magenta pixels. It is preferable that the filter has. The color filter can be formed by using a resin composition containing a chromatic color material.
 近赤外線カットフィルタとしては、極大吸収波長が波長700~1800nmの範囲に存在するフィルタが挙げられる。近赤外線カットフィルタの極大吸収波長は、波長700~1300nmの範囲に存在することが好ましく、波長700~1100nmの範囲に存在することがより好ましい。また、近赤外線カットフィルタの波長400~650nmの全範囲での透過率は70%以上であることが好ましく、80%以上であることがより好ましく、90%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、波長700~1800nmの範囲の少なくとも1点での透過率は20%以下であることが好ましい。また、近赤外線カットフィルタの極大吸収波長における吸光度Amaxと、波長550nmにおける吸光度A550との比である吸光度Amax/吸光度A550は、20~500であることが好ましく、50~500であることがより好ましく、70~450であることが更に好ましく、100~400であることが特に好ましい。近赤外線カットフィルタは、近赤外線吸収色材を含む樹脂組成物を用いて形成することができる。 Examples of the near-infrared cut filter include a filter having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm. The maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared cut filter is preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1300 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1100 nm. Further, the transmittance of the near-infrared cut filter in the entire wavelength range of 400 to 650 nm is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, still more preferably 90% or more. Further, the transmittance at at least one point in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm is preferably 20% or less. Further, the absorbance Amax / absorbance A550, which is the ratio of the absorbance Amax at the maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared cut filter to the absorbance A550 at a wavelength of 550 nm, is preferably 20 to 500, more preferably 50 to 500. , 70 to 450, more preferably 100 to 400, and particularly preferably 100 to 400. The near-infrared cut filter can be formed by using a resin composition containing a near-infrared absorbing color material.
 近赤外線透過フィルタは、近赤外線の少なくとも一部を透過させるフィルタである。近赤外線透過フィルタは、可視光の少なくとも一部を遮光し、近赤外線の少なくとも一部を透過させるフィルタであることが好ましい。近赤外線透過フィルタとしては、波長400~640nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1100~1300nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)である分光特性を満たしているフィルタなどが好ましく挙げられる。近赤外線透過フィルタは、以下の(1)~(5)のいずれかの分光特性を満たしているフィルタであることが好ましい。
 (1):波長400~640nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長800~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (2):波長400~750nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長900~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (3):波長400~830nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1000~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (4):波長400~950nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1100~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (5):波長400~1050nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1200~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
The near-infrared ray transmission filter is a filter that transmits at least a part of near-infrared rays. The near-infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that blocks at least a part of visible light and transmits at least a part of near-infrared light. As a near-infrared transmissive filter, the maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm. A filter satisfying the spectral characteristics having a minimum value of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) is preferably mentioned. The near-infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that satisfies any of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (5).
(1): The maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 800 to 1500 nm is. A filter of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
(2): The maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 900 to 1500 nm is. A filter of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
(3): The maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1500 nm is. A filter of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
(4): The maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1500 nm is. A filter of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
(5): The maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1200 to 1500 nm is. A filter of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
 本発明の樹脂組成物が備える分光特性の好ましい一態様としては、樹脂組成物を用いて厚さ5μmの膜を形成した際に、上記膜の厚み方向における光の透過率の波長360~700nmの範囲における最大値が50%以上である分光特性を満たしている態様が挙げられる。このような分光特性を満たしている樹脂組成物は、カラーフィルタの画素形成用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いることができる。具体的には、赤色画素、青色画素、緑色画素、黄色画素、シアン色画素及びマゼンタ色から選ばれる着色画素形成用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いることができる。 A preferred embodiment of the spectral characteristics of the resin composition of the present invention is that when a film having a thickness of 5 μm is formed using the resin composition, the wavelength of the light transmittance in the thickness direction of the film is 360 to 700 nm. Examples thereof include an embodiment satisfying the spectral characteristics in which the maximum value in the range is 50% or more. A resin composition satisfying such spectral characteristics can be preferably used as a resin composition for forming pixels of a color filter. Specifically, it can be preferably used as a resin composition for forming colored pixels selected from red pixels, blue pixels, green pixels, yellow pixels, cyan pixels and magenta colors.
 上記の分光特性を備える樹脂組成物は、有彩色色材を含むことが好ましい。例えば、赤色色材と黄色色材を含む樹脂組成物は、赤色画素形成用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いることができる。また、青色色材と紫色色材を含む樹脂組成物は、青色画素形成用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いることができる。また、緑色色材を含む樹脂組成物は、緑色またはシアン色画素形成用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いることができる。樹脂組成物を緑色画素形成用の樹脂組成物として用いる場合には、緑色色材のほかに更に黄色色材を含むことも好ましい。 The resin composition having the above spectral characteristics preferably contains a chromatic coloring material. For example, a resin composition containing a red color material and a yellow color material can be preferably used as a resin composition for forming red pixels. Further, the resin composition containing the blue color material and the purple color material can be preferably used as the resin composition for forming blue pixels. Further, the resin composition containing the green color material can be preferably used as the resin composition for forming green or cyan color pixels. When the resin composition is used as a resin composition for forming green pixels, it is also preferable to further contain a yellow color material in addition to the green color material.
 本発明の樹脂組成物が備える分光特性の別の好ましい一態様としては、波長400~640nmの範囲における吸光度の最小値Aminと、波長1500nmにおける吸光度Bとの比であるAmin/Bが5以上である分光特性を満たしている態様が挙げられる。このような分光特性を満たす樹脂組成物は、近赤外線透過フィルタ形成用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いることができる。上記の吸光度の比であるAmin/Bの値は、7.5以上であることが好ましく、15以上であることがより好ましく、30以上であることが更に好ましい。 Another preferred embodiment of the spectral characteristics of the resin composition of the present invention is that Amin / B, which is the ratio of the minimum absorbance Amin in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm to the absorbance B in the wavelength range of 1500 nm, is 5 or more. An embodiment that satisfies a certain spectral characteristic can be mentioned. A resin composition satisfying such spectral characteristics can be preferably used as a resin composition for forming a near-infrared transmission filter. The value of Amin / B, which is the above-mentioned absorbance ratio, is preferably 7.5 or more, more preferably 15 or more, and even more preferably 30 or more.
 ここで、波長λにおける吸光度Aλは、以下の式(λ1)により定義される。
 Aλ=-log(Tλ/100)   ・・・(λ1)
 Aλは、波長λにおける吸光度であり、Tλは、波長λにおける透過率(%)である。
 本発明において、吸光度の値は、溶液の状態で測定した値であってもよく、組成物を用いて製膜した膜の値であってもよい。膜の状態で吸光度を測定する場合は、ガラス基板上にスピンコート等の方法によって組成物を塗布し、ホットプレート等を用いて100℃、120秒間乾燥して得られた膜を用いて測定することが好ましい。
Here, the absorbance Aλ at the wavelength λ is defined by the following equation (λ1).
Aλ = -log (Tλ / 100) ... (λ1)
Aλ is the absorbance at the wavelength λ, and Tλ is the transmittance (%) at the wavelength λ.
In the present invention, the value of the absorbance may be a value measured in the state of a solution or a value of a film formed by using the composition. When measuring the absorbance in the state of a film, the composition is applied onto a glass substrate by a method such as spin coating, and the film is dried at 100 ° C. for 120 seconds using a hot plate or the like for measurement. Is preferable.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、以下の(Ir1)~(Ir5)のいずれかの分光特性を満たしていることが好ましい。
 (Ir1):波長400~640nmの範囲における吸光度の最小値A1と、波長800~1500nmの範囲における吸光度の最大値B1との比であるA1/B1の値は4.5以上であり、7.5以上であることが好ましく、15以上であることがより好ましく、30以上であることが更に好ましい。この態様によれば、波長400~640nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長750nmを超える光を透過させることができる膜を形成することができる。
 (Ir2):波長400~750nmの範囲における吸光度の最小値A2と、波長900~1500nmの範囲における吸光度の最大値B2との比であるA2/B2の値は4.5以上であり、7.5以上であることが好ましく、15以上であることがより好ましく、30以上であることが更に好ましい。この態様によれば、波長400~750nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長850nmを超える光を透過させることができる膜を形成することができる。
 (Ir3):波長400~830nmの範囲における吸光度の最小値A3と、波長1000~1500nmの範囲における吸光度の最大値B3との比であるA3/B3の値は4.5以上であり、7.5以上であることが好ましく、15以上であることがより好ましく、30以上であることが更に好ましい。この態様によれば、波長400~830nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長950nmを超える光を透過させることができる膜を形成することができる。
 (Ir4):波長400~950nmの範囲における吸光度の最小値A4と、波長1100~1500nmの範囲における吸光度の最大値B4との比であるA4/B4の値は4.5以上であり、7.5以上であることが好ましく、15以上であることがより好ましく、30以上であることが更に好ましい。この態様によれば、波長400~950nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長1050nmを超える光を透過させることができる膜を形成することができる。
 (Ir5):波長400~1050nmの範囲における吸光度の最小値A5と、波長1200~1500nmの範囲における吸光度の最大値B5との比であるA5/B5の値は4.5以上であり、7.5以上であることが好ましく、15以上であることがより好ましく、30以上であることが更に好ましい。この態様によれば、波長400~1050nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長1150nmを超える光を透過させることができる膜を形成することができる。
The resin composition of the present invention preferably satisfies any of the following spectral characteristics (Ir1) to (Ir5).
(Ir1): The value of A1 / B1, which is the ratio of the minimum value A1 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm and the maximum value B1 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 800 to 1500 nm, is 4.5 or more. It is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 15 or more, and even more preferably 30 or more. According to this aspect, it is possible to form a film capable of transmitting light having a wavelength of more than 750 nm by blocking light in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm.
(Ir2): The value of A2 / B2, which is the ratio of the minimum value A2 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm and the maximum value B2 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 900 to 1500 nm, is 4.5 or more. It is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 15 or more, and even more preferably 30 or more. According to this aspect, it is possible to form a film capable of transmitting light having a wavelength of more than 850 nm by blocking light in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm.
(Ir3): The value of A3 / B3, which is the ratio of the minimum value A3 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm and the maximum value B3 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1500 nm, is 4.5 or more. It is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 15 or more, and even more preferably 30 or more. According to this aspect, it is possible to form a film capable of transmitting light having a wavelength of more than 950 nm by blocking light in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm.
(Ir4): The value of A4 / B4, which is the ratio of the minimum value A4 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm and the maximum value B4 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1500 nm, is 4.5 or more. It is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 15 or more, and even more preferably 30 or more. According to this aspect, it is possible to form a film capable of transmitting light having a wavelength of more than 1050 nm by blocking light in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm.
(Ir5): The value of A5 / B5, which is the ratio of the minimum value A5 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm and the maximum value B5 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 1200 to 1500 nm, is 4.5 or more. It is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 15 or more, and even more preferably 30 or more. According to this aspect, it is possible to form a film capable of transmitting light having a wavelength of more than 1150 nm by blocking light in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、フォトリソグラフィ法でのパターン形成用の樹脂組成物であることも好ましい。この態様によれば、微細なサイズの画素を容易に形成することができる。このため、固体撮像素子に用いられる光学フィルタの画素形成用の樹脂組成物として特に好ましく用いることができる。例えば、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する成分(例えば、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する樹脂やエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有するモノマー)と、光重合開始剤とを含有する樹脂組成物は、フォトリソグラフィ法でのパターン形成用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いることができる。フォトリソグラフィ法でのパターン形成用の樹脂組成物は、更にアルカリ可溶性樹脂を含むことも好ましい。 It is also preferable that the resin composition of the present invention is a resin composition for pattern formation by a photolithography method. According to this aspect, pixels having a fine size can be easily formed. Therefore, it can be particularly preferably used as a resin composition for forming pixels of an optical filter used in a solid-state image sensor. For example, a resin composition containing a component having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group (for example, a resin having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group or a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group) and a photopolymerization initiator. Can be preferably used as a resin composition for pattern formation in a photolithography method. It is also preferable that the resin composition for pattern formation in the photolithography method further contains an alkali-soluble resin.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、ブラックマトリクス形成用の樹脂組成物や遮光膜形成用の樹脂組成物として用いることもできる。 The resin composition of the present invention can also be used as a resin composition for forming a black matrix or a resin composition for forming a light-shielding film.
 以下、本発明の樹脂組成物に用いられる各成分について説明する。 Hereinafter, each component used in the resin composition of the present invention will be described.
<色材A>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、色材A(以下、色材と記す)を含有する。色材としては白色色材、黒色色材、有彩色色材、近赤外線吸収色材が挙げられる。なお、本発明において、白色色材には純白色のみならず、白に近い明るい灰色(例えば灰白色、薄灰色など)の色材も含まれる。
<Color material A>
The resin composition of the present invention contains a coloring material A (hereinafter referred to as a coloring material). Examples of the coloring material include a white coloring material, a black coloring material, a chromatic coloring material, and a near-infrared absorbing coloring material. In the present invention, the white color material includes not only pure white color material but also a light gray color material close to white (for example, grayish white, light gray, etc.).
 色材は、有彩色色材、黒色色材、及び近赤外線吸収色材よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、有彩色色材及び近赤外線吸収色材よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことがより好ましく、有彩色色材を含むことが更に好ましく、赤色色材、黄色色材、青色色材及び紫色色材よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の有彩色色材を含むことが更に好ましい。 The color material preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a chromatic color material, a black color material, and a near-infrared absorbing color material, and is selected from the group consisting of a chromatic color material and a near-infrared absorbing color material. It is more preferable to contain at least one chromatic color material, further preferably to contain a chromatic color material, and at least one chromatic color selected from the group consisting of a red color material, a yellow color material, a blue color material and a purple color material. It is more preferable to include a material.
 また、色材は、有彩色色材及び近赤外線吸収色材を含むことも好ましく、2種以上の有彩色色材と近赤外線吸収色材とを含むことも好ましい。また、2種以上の有彩色色材の組み合わせで黒色を形成していてもよい。また、色材は、黒色色材と近赤外線吸収色材とを含むことも好ましい。これらの態様によれば、本発明の樹脂組成物を、近赤外線透過フィルタ形成用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いることができる。2種以上の有彩色色材の組み合わせで黒色を形成する色材の組み合わせについては、特開2013-077009号公報、特開2014-130338号公報、国際公開第2015/166779号等を参照できる。 Further, the coloring material preferably contains a chromatic color material and a near-infrared absorbing color material, and preferably contains two or more kinds of chromatic color materials and a near-infrared absorbing color material. Further, black may be formed by a combination of two or more kinds of chromatic color materials. Further, it is also preferable that the coloring material contains a black coloring material and a near-infrared absorbing coloring material. According to these aspects, the resin composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a resin composition for forming a near-infrared transmission filter. For the combination of the coloring materials forming black color by the combination of two or more kinds of chromatic color materials, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-077009, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-130338, International Publication No. 2015/166779 and the like can be referred to.
 本発明の着色組成物に含まれる色材は、顔料を含むものが用いられる。顔料は、無機顔料、有機顔料のいずれでもよいが、カラーバリエーションの多さ、分散の容易性、安全性等の観点から有機顔料であることが好ましい。また、顔料は、有彩色顔料及び近赤外線吸収顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、有彩色顔料を含むことがより好ましい。 As the coloring material contained in the coloring composition of the present invention, one containing a pigment is used. The pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, but is preferably an organic pigment from the viewpoint of many color variations, ease of dispersion, safety and the like. Further, the pigment preferably contains at least one selected from a chromatic pigment and a near-infrared absorbing pigment, and more preferably contains a chromatic pigment.
 また、顔料は、フタロシアニン顔料、ジオキサジン顔料、キナクリドン顔料、アントラキノン顔料、ペリレン顔料、アゾ顔料、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、ピロロピロール顔料、イソインドリン顔料及びキノフタロン顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むものであることが好ましく、フタロシアニン顔料、ジケトピロロピロール顔料及びピロロピロール顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むものであることがより好ましく、フタロシアニン顔料又はジケトピロロピロール顔料を含むものであることが更に好ましい。また、高温(例えば300℃以上)に加熱した後も分光特性が変動しにくい膜を形成しやすいという理由からフタロシアニン顔料は、中心金属を持たないフタロシアニン顔料や、中心金属として、銅又は亜鉛を有するフタロシアニン顔料が好ましい。 The pigment may include at least one selected from phthalocyanine pigments, dioxazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene pigments, azo pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, pyrolopyrrolop pigments, isoindrin pigments and quinophthalone pigments. It is more preferable that it contains at least one selected from a phthalocyanine pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and a pyrolopyrrolop pigment, and even more preferably it contains a phthalocyanine pigment or a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment. Further, the phthalocyanine pigment has a phthalocyanine pigment having no central metal and copper or zinc as the central metal because it is easy to form a film whose spectral characteristics do not easily change even after heating to a high temperature (for example, 300 ° C. or higher). Phthalocyanine pigments are preferred.
 顔料の平均一次粒子径は、1~200nmが好ましい。下限は5nm以上が好ましく、10nm以上がより好ましい。上限は、180nm以下が好ましく、150nm以下がより好ましく、100nm以下が更に好ましい。顔料の平均一次粒子径が上記範囲であれば、樹脂組成物中における顔料の分散安定性が良好である。なお、本発明において、顔料の一次粒子径は、顔料の一次粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた写真から求めることができる。具体的には、顔料の一次粒子の投影面積を求め、それに対応する円相当径を顔料の一次粒子径として算出する。また、本発明における平均一次粒子径は、400個の顔料の一次粒子についての一次粒子径の算術平均値とする。また、顔料の一次粒子とは、凝集のない独立した粒子をいう。 The average primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm. The lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, still more preferably 100 nm or less. When the average primary particle size of the pigment is in the above range, the dispersion stability of the pigment in the resin composition is good. In the present invention, the primary particle size of the pigment can be obtained from a photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is obtained, and the corresponding circle-equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. Further, the average primary particle size in the present invention is an arithmetic average value of the primary particle size for the primary particles of 400 pigments. Further, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without aggregation.
(有彩色色材)
 有彩色色材としては、波長400~700nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する色材が挙げられる。例えば、黄色色材、オレンジ色色材、赤色色材、緑色色材、紫色色材、青色色材などが挙げられる。耐熱性の観点から有彩色色材は、顔料(有彩色顔料)であることが好ましく、赤色顔料、黄色顔料、及び青色顔料がより好ましく、赤色顔料及び青色顔料が更に好ましい。有彩色顔料の具体例としては、例えば、以下に示すものが挙げられる。
(Coloring material)
Examples of the chromatic color material include a color material having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm. For example, a yellow color material, an orange color material, a red color material, a green color material, a purple color material, a blue color material, and the like can be mentioned. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, the chromatic color material is preferably a pigment (chromatic pigment), more preferably a red pigment, a yellow pigment, and a blue pigment, and even more preferably a red pigment and a blue pigment. Specific examples of the chromatic pigment include those shown below.
 C.I.ピグメントイエロー1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232(メチン系),233(キノリン系),234(アミノケトン系),235(アミノケトン系),236(アミノケトン系)等(以上、黄色顔料)、
 C.I.ピグメントオレンジ2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等(以上、オレンジ色顔料)、
 C.I.ピグメントレッド1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294(キサンテン系、Organo Ultramarine、Bluish Red),295(モノアゾ系),296(ジアゾ系),297(アミノケトン系)等(以上、赤色顔料)、
 C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64(フタロシアニン系),65(フタロシアニン系),66(フタロシアニン系)等(以上、緑色顔料)、
 C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60(トリアリールメタン系),61(キサンテン系)等(以上、紫色顔料)、
 C.I.ピグメントブルー1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87(モノアゾ系),88(メチン系)等(以上、青色顔料)。
C. I. Pigment Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35: 1,36, 36: 1,37,37: 1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97, 98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139, 147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179, 180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232 (methine type), 233 (quinoline type), 234 (aminoketone type), 235 (aminoketone type) ), 236 (aminoketone type), etc. (above, yellow pigment),
C. I. Pigment Orange 2,5,13,16,17: 1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73, etc. (The above is orange pigment),
C. I. Pigment Red 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48: 2,48:3,48:4 49,49: 1,49: 2,52: 1,52: 2,53: 1,57: 1,60: 1,63: 1,66,67,81: 1,81: 2,81: 3, 83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184 185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291 294 (xanthene type, Ultramarine, Blush Red), 295 (monoazo type), 296 (diazo type), 297 (aminoketone type), etc. (above, red pigment),
C. I. Pigment Green 7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64 (phthalocyanine type), 65 (phthalocyanine type), 66 (phthalocyanine type), etc. (above, green pigment),
C. I. Pigment Violet 1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60 (triarylmethane type), 61 (xanthene type), etc. (above, purple pigment),
C. I. Pigment Blue 1,2,15,15: 1,15: 2,15: 3,15: 4,15: 6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87 (monoazo system), 88 (methine-based) and the like (above, blue pigment).
 これらの有彩色顔料のうち、高温(例えば300℃以上)に加熱した後も分光特性が変動しにくい膜を形成しやすいという理由から赤色顔料としては、C.I.ピグメントレッド254、C.I.ピグメントレッド264、C.I.ピグメントレッド272、C.I.ピグメントレッド122、C.I.ピグメントレッド177が好ましい。また、青色顔料としては、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:3、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:4、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6、C.I.ピグメントブルー16が好ましい。 Among these chromatic pigments, C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, C.I. I. Pigment Red 264, C.I. I. Pigment Red 272, C.I. I. Pigment Red 122, C.I. I. Pigment Red 177 is preferred. Further, as the blue pigment, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 is preferred.
 また、緑色顔料として、1分子中のハロゲン原子数が平均10~14個であり、臭素原子数が平均8~12個であり、塩素原子数が平均2~5個であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/118720号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、緑色顔料として中国特許出願第106909027号明細書に記載の化合物、国際公開第2012/102395号に記載のリン酸エステルを配位子として有するフタロシアニン化合物、特開2019-008014号公報に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2018-180023号公報に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2019-038958号公報に記載の化合物などを用いることもできる。 Further, as a green pigment, a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having an average of 10 to 14 halogen atoms in one molecule, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms. Can also be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/118720. Further, as a green pigment, the compound described in Chinese Patent Application No. 106900927, the phthalocyanine compound having a phosphate ester described in International Publication No. 2012/102395 as a ligand, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-008014. Phthalocyanine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds described in JP-A-2018-180023, compounds described in JP-A-2019-038958, and the like can also be used.
 また、青色顔料として、リン原子を有するアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2012-247591号公報の段落番号0022~0030、特開2011-157478号公報の段落番号0047に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Further, as the blue pigment, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used. Specific examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0030 of JP2012-247591A and paragraph numbers 0047 of JP2011-157478A.
 また、黄色顔料として、特開2017-201003号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-197719号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-171912号公報の段落番号0011~0062、0137~0276に記載の化合物、特開2017-171913号公報の段落番号0010~0062、0138~0295に記載の化合物、特開2017-171914号公報の段落番号0011~0062、0139~0190に記載の化合物、特開2017-171915号公報の段落番号0010~0065、0142~0222に記載の化合物、特開2013-054339号公報の段落番号0011~0034に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-026228号公報の段落番号0013~0058に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-062644号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物、特開2018-203798号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-062578号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特許第6432076号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-155881号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-111757号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-040835号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2017-197640号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2016-145282号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-085565号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-021139号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-209614号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-209435号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-181015号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-061622号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-032486号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2012-226110号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-074987号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-081565号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-074986号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-074985号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-050420号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-031281号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特公昭48-032765号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2019-008014号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特許第6607427号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2014-0034963号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-095706号公報に記載の化合物、台湾特許出願公開第201920495号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6607427号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033521号公報に記載のキノフタロン二量体、下記式(QP1)で表される化合物、下記式(QP2)で表される化合物を用いることもできる。また、これらの化合物を多量体化したものも、色価向上の観点から好ましく用いられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Further, as the yellow pigment, the compounds described in JP-A-2017-201003, the compounds described in JP-A-2017-197719, and paragraph numbers 0011 to 0062 and 0137-0276 of JP-A-2017-171912 are described. Compounds, compounds described in paragraphs 0010 to 0062, 0138 to 0295 of JP-A-2017-171913, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0011 to 0062, 0139-0190 of JP-A-2017-171914, JP-A-2017- The compounds described in paragraphs 0010 to 0065 and 0142 to 0222 of JP-A-171915, the quinophthalone compounds described in paragraph numbers 0011 to 0034 of JP2013-054339, paragraph numbers 0013 to 0058 of JP-A-2014-026228. The quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-062644, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-203798, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-062578, Patent No. 6432076. The quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-155881, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-11175, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-040835, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-040835, JP-A-2017- The quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-197640, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2016-145282, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2014-0855565, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2014-021139, JP-A-B. The quinophthalone compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-209614, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2013-209435, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2013-181015, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2013-061622, The quinophthalone compound described in JP2013-032486, the quinophthalone compound described in JP2012-226110, the quinophthalone compound described in JP2008-074987, and the quinophthalone described in JP2008-081565. Compounds, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2008-074986, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2008-074985, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2008-050420, JP-A-2. The quinophthalone compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 008-031281, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-48-032765, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2019-008014, the quinophthalone compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6607427, published in Korea. Compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 10-2014-0034963, compounds described in JP-A-2017-095706, compounds described in Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 201920495, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6607427, special examples. A quinophthalone dimer described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2020-033521, a compound represented by the following formula (QP1), and a compound represented by the following formula (QP2) can also be used. Further, a multimerized version of these compounds is also preferably used from the viewpoint of improving the color value.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 式(QP1)中、X~X16は各々独立に水素原子又はハロゲン原子を表し、Zは炭素数1~3のアルキレン基を表す。式(QP1)で表される化合物の具体例としては、特許第6443711号公報の段落番号0016に記載されている化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
In the formula (QP1), X 1 to X 16 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and Z 1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (QP1) include the compound described in paragraph No. 0016 of Japanese Patent No. 6443711.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 式(QP2)中、Y~Yは、それぞれ独立にハロゲン原子を示す。n、mは0~6の整数、pは0~5の整数を表す。(n+m)は1以上である。式(QP2)で表される化合物の具体例としては、特許6432077号公報の段落番号0047~0048に記載されている化合物が挙げられる。 Wherein (QP2), Y 1 ~ Y 3 represents a halogen atom independently. n and m represent integers of 0 to 6, and p represents an integer of 0 to 5. (N + m) is 1 or more. Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (QP2) include the compounds described in paragraphs 0047 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077.
 赤色顔料として、特開2017-201384号公報に記載の構造中に少なくとも1つの臭素原子が置換したジケトピロロピロール化合物、特許第6248838号の段落番号0016~0022に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、国際公開第2012/102399号に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、国際公開第2012/117965号に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、特開2012-229344号公報に記載のナフトールアゾ化合物、特許第6516119号に記載の化合物、特許第6525101号に記載の化合物などを用いることもできる。また、赤色顔料として、芳香族炭化水素環に対して、酸素原子、硫黄原子又は窒素原子が結合した基が導入された芳香族炭化水素基がジケトピロロピロール骨格に結合した構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。このような化合物としては、式(DPP1)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(DPP2)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
As the red pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP-A-2017-201384, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in paragraphs 0016 to 0022 of Patent No. 6248838, Diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in WO2012 / 102399, diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in WO2012 / 117965, naphtholazo compound described in JP2012-229344, patent No. 6516119. , The compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6525101, and the like can also be used. Further, as the red pigment, a compound having a structure in which an aromatic hydrocarbon group having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom bonded to the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton is used. It can also be used. As such a compound, a compound represented by the formula (DPP1) is preferable, and a compound represented by the formula (DPP2) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 上記式中、R11及びR13はそれぞれ独立して置換基を表し、R12及びR14はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、n11及びn13はそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表し、X12及びX14はそれぞれ独立して酸素原子、硫黄原子又は窒素原子を表し、X12が酸素原子又は硫黄原子の場合は、m12は1を表し、X12が窒素原子の場合は、m12は2を表し、X14が酸素原子又は硫黄原子の場合は、m14は1を表し、X14が窒素原子の場合は、m14は2を表す。R11及びR13が表す置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、ヘテロアリールオキシカルボニル基、アミド基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、トリフルオロメチル基、スルホキシド基、スルホ基などが好ましい具体例として挙げられる。 In the above formula, R 11 and R 13 independently represent a substituent, R 12 and R 14 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and n 11 and n 13 are independent of each other. And X 12 and X 14 independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom, and when X 12 is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, m12 represents 1 and X. When 12 is a nitrogen atom, m12 represents 2, m14 represents 1 when X 14 is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and m14 represents 2 when X 14 is a nitrogen atom. The substituents represented by R 11 and R 13 include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group, an amide group, a cyano group, a nitro group and a trifluoro group. Preferred specific examples include a methyl group, a sulfoxide group, and a sulfo group.
 各種顔料が有していることが好ましい回折角については、特許第6561862号公報、特許第6413872号公報、特許第6281345号公報の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Regarding the diffraction angles preferably possessed by various pigments, the descriptions of Japanese Patent No. 6561862, Japanese Patent No. 6413872, and Japanese Patent No. 6281345 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 有彩色染料としては、ピラゾールアゾ化合物、アニリノアゾ化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アントラピリドン化合物、ベンジリデン化合物、オキソノール化合物、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ化合物、ピリドンアゾ化合物、シアニン化合物、フェノチアジン化合物、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン化合物、キサンテン化合物、フタロシアニン化合物、ベンゾピラン化合物、インジゴ化合物、ピロメテン化合物が挙げられる。また、特開2019-073695号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2019-073696号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2019-073697号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2019-073698号公報に記載のメチン染料を用いることもできる。 The chromatic dyes include pyrazole azo compound, anilino azo compound, triarylmethane compound, anthraquinone compound, anthrapyridone compound, benzylidene compound, oxonol compound, pyrazolotriazole azo compound, pyridone azo compound, cyanine compound, phenothiazine compound and pyrrolopyrazole azomethine compound. , Xanthene compound, phthalocyanine compound, benzopyran compound, indigo compound, pyrromethene compound and the like. Further, the methine dye described in JP-A-2019-073695, the methine dye described in JP-A-2019-073696, the methine dye described in JP-A-2019-073697, and JP-A-2019-073698 are described. It is also possible to use the methine dye of.
 有彩色色材は、2種以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、有彩色色材は、2種以上組み合わせて用いる場合、2種以上の有彩色色材の組み合わせで黒色を形成していてもよい。そのような組み合わせとしては、例えば以下の(1)~(7)の態様が挙げられる。樹脂組成物中に有彩色色材を2種以上含み、かつ、2種以上の有彩色色材の組み合わせで黒色を呈している場合においては、本発明の樹脂組成物は、近赤外線透過フィルタ形成用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いることができる。
(1)赤色色材と青色色材とを含有する態様。
(2)赤色色材と青色色材と黄色色材とを含有する態様。
(3)赤色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と紫色色材とを含有する態様。
(4)赤色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と紫色色材と緑色色材とを含有する態様。
(5)赤色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と緑色色材とを含有する態様。
(6)赤色色材と青色色材と緑色色材とを含有する態様。
(7)黄色色材と紫色色材とを含有する態様。
Two or more kinds of chromatic color materials may be used in combination. Further, when two or more kinds of chromatic color materials are used in combination, black may be formed by a combination of two or more kinds of chromatic color materials. Examples of such a combination include the following aspects (1) to (7). When two or more kinds of chromatic color materials are contained in the resin composition and a combination of two or more kinds of chromatic color materials exhibits black color, the resin composition of the present invention forms a near-infrared ray transmitting filter. It can be preferably used as a resin composition for use.
(1) An embodiment containing a red color material and a blue color material.
(2) An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, and a yellow color material.
(3) An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, a yellow color material, and a purple color material.
(4) An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, a yellow color material, a purple color material, and a green color material.
(5) An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, a yellow color material, and a green color material.
(6) An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, and a green color material.
(7) An embodiment containing a yellow color material and a purple color material.
(白色色材)
 白色色材としては、酸化チタン、チタン酸ストロンチウム、チタン酸バリウム、酸化亜鉛、酸化マグネシウム、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化アルミニウム、硫酸バリウム、シリカ、タルク、マイカ、水酸化アルミニウム、ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、中空樹脂粒子、硫化亜鉛などの無機顔料(白色顔料)が挙げられる。白色顔料は、チタン原子を有する粒子が好ましく、酸化チタンがより好ましい。また、白色顔料は、波長589nmの光に対する屈折率が2.10以上の粒子であることが好ましい。前述の屈折率は、2.10~3.00であることが好ましく、2.50~2.75であることがより好ましい。
(White color material)
White coloring materials include titanium oxide, strontium titanate, barium titanate, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, silica, talc, mica, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, Examples thereof include hollow resin particles and inorganic pigments (white pigments) such as zinc sulfide. The white pigment is preferably particles having a titanium atom, and more preferably titanium oxide. Further, the white pigment is preferably particles having a refractive index of 2.10 or more with respect to light having a wavelength of 589 nm. The above-mentioned refractive index is preferably 2.10 to 3.00, and more preferably 2.50 to 2.75.
 また、白色顔料は「酸化チタン 物性と応用技術 清野学著 13~45ページ 1991年6月25日発行、技報堂出版発行」に記載の酸化チタンを用いることもできる。 Further, as the white pigment, titanium oxide described in "Titanium Oxide Physical Properties and Applied Technology, by Manabu Kiyono, pp. 13-45, published on June 25, 1991, published by Gihodo Publishing" can also be used.
 白色顔料は、単一の無機物からなるものだけでなく、他の素材と複合させた粒子を用いてもよい。例えば、内部に空孔や他の素材を有する粒子、コア粒子に無機粒子を多数付着させた粒子、ポリマー粒子からなるコア粒子と無機ナノ微粒子からなるシェル層とからなるコア及びシェル複合粒子を用いることが好ましい。上記ポリマー粒子からなるコア粒子と無機ナノ微粒子からなるシェル層とからなるコア及びシェル複合粒子としては、例えば、特開2015-047520号公報の段落番号0012~0042の記載を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The white pigment is not limited to a single inorganic substance, but particles compounded with other materials may be used. For example, particles having pores or other materials inside, particles in which a large number of inorganic particles are attached to core particles, core particles composed of core particles composed of polymer particles, and core and shell composite particles composed of a shell layer composed of inorganic nanoparticles are used. Is preferable. As the core and shell composite particles composed of the core particles composed of the polymer particles and the shell layer composed of the inorganic nanoparticles, for example, the description in paragraphs 0012 to 0042 of JP2015-047520 can be referred to. This content is incorporated herein.
 白色顔料は、中空無機粒子を用いることもできる。中空無機粒子とは、内部に空洞を有する構造の無機粒子であり、外殻に包囲された空洞を有する無機粒子のことを言う。中空無機粒子としては、特開2011-075786号公報、国際公開第2013/061621号、特開2015-164881号公報などに記載された中空無機粒子が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Hollow inorganic particles can also be used as the white pigment. Hollow inorganic particles are inorganic particles having a structure having cavities inside, and refer to inorganic particles having cavities surrounded by an outer shell. Examples of the hollow inorganic particles include the hollow inorganic particles described in JP-A-2011-075786, International Publication No. 2013/06621, JP-A-2015-164881, and the like, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Is done.
(黒色色材)
 黒色色材としては特に限定されず、公知のものを用いることができる。例えば、無機黒色色材としては、カーボンブラック、チタンブラック、グラファイト等の無機顔料(黒色顔料)が挙げられ、カーボンブラック、チタンブラックが好ましく、チタンブラックがより好ましい。チタンブラックとは、チタン原子を含有する黒色粒子であり、低次酸化チタンや酸窒化チタンが好ましい。チタンブラックは、分散性向上、凝集性抑制などの目的で必要に応じ、表面を修飾することが可能である。例えば、酸化珪素、酸化チタン、酸化ゲルマニウム、酸化アルミニウム、酸化マグネシウム、又は、酸化ジルコニウムでチタンブラックの表面を被覆することが可能である。また、特開2007-302836号公報に表されるような撥水性物質での処理も可能である。黒色顔料として、カラーインデックス(C.I.)Pigment Black 1,7等が挙げられる。チタンブラックは、個々の粒子の一次粒子径及び平均一次粒子径のいずれもが小さいことが好ましい。具体的には、平均一次粒子径が10~45nmであることが好ましい。チタンブラックは、分散物として用いることもできる。例えば、チタンブラック粒子とシリカ粒子とを含み、分散物中のSi原子とTi原子との含有比が0.20~0.50の範囲に調整された分散物などが挙げられる。上記分散物については、特開2012-169556号公報の段落0020~0105の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。チタンブラックの市販品の例としては、チタンブラック10S、12S、13R、13M、13M-C、13R-N、13M-T(商品名:三菱マテリアル(株)製)、ティラック(Tilack)D(商品名:赤穂化成(株)製)などが挙げられる。
(Black color material)
The black color material is not particularly limited, and known materials can be used. For example, examples of the inorganic black coloring material include inorganic pigments (black pigments) such as carbon black, titanium black, and graphite, with carbon black and titanium black being preferable, and titanium black being more preferable. Titanium black is black particles containing a titanium atom, and low-order titanium oxide or titanium oxynitride is preferable. Titanium black can modify the surface as needed for the purpose of improving dispersibility and suppressing cohesion. For example, it is possible to coat the surface of titanium black with silicon oxide, titanium oxide, germanium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, or zirconium oxide. Further, it is also possible to treat with a water-repellent substance as shown in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-302836. Examples of the black pigment include Color Index (CI) Pigment Black 1, 7 and the like. Titanium black preferably has a small primary particle size and an average primary particle size of each particle. Specifically, it is preferable that the average primary particle size is 10 to 45 nm. Titanium black can also be used as a dispersion. For example, a dispersion containing titanium black particles and silica particles and having a content ratio of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersion adjusted to be in the range of 0.20 to 0.50 can be mentioned. Regarding the above dispersion, the description in paragraphs 0020 to 0105 of JP2012-169556A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Examples of commercially available titanium black products include titanium black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13RN, 13M-T (trade name: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation), Tilak D (Tilak) D (trade name: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation). Product name: Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 また、有機黒色色材として、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、ペリレン化合物、アゾ化合物などが挙げられる。ビスベンゾフラノン化合物としては、特表2010-534726号公報、特表2012-515233号公報、特表2012-515234号公報などに記載の化合物が挙げられ、例えば、BASF社製の「Irgaphor Black」として入手可能である。ペリレン化合物としては、特開2017-226821号公報の段落番号0016~0020に記載の化合物、C.I.Pigment Black 31、32などが挙げられる。アゾメチン化合物としては、特開平01-170601号公報、特開平02-034664号公報などに記載の化合物が挙げられ、例えば、大日精化社製の「クロモファインブラックA1103」として入手できる。 Further, examples of the organic black color material include a bisbenzofuranone compound, an azomethine compound, a perylene compound, and an azo compound. Examples of the bisbenzofuranone compound include the compounds described in JP-A-2010-534726, JP-A-2012-515233, JP-A-2012-515234, etc., for example, as "Irgaphor Black" manufactured by BASF. It is available. Examples of the perylene compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP-A-2017-226821, C.I. I. Pigment Black 31, 32 and the like can be mentioned. Examples of the azomethin compound include the compounds described in JP-A No. 01-17601, JP-A-02-0346664, and the like, and can be obtained as, for example, "Chromofine Black A1103" manufactured by Dainichiseika Co., Ltd.
 本発明の樹脂組成物に用いられる色材は、上述した黒色色材のみであってもよく、有彩色色材を更に含むものであってもよい。この態様によれば、可視領域での遮光性に優れた膜を形成できる樹脂組成物が得られやすい。色材として黒色色材と有彩色色材とを併用する場合、両者の質量比は、黒色色材:有彩色色材=100:10~300であることが好ましく、100:20~200であることがより好ましい。また、上記黒色色材としては黒色顔料を用いることが好ましく、上記有彩色色材としては有彩色顔料を用いることが好ましい。 The coloring material used in the resin composition of the present invention may be only the above-mentioned black coloring material, or may further contain a chromatic coloring material. According to this aspect, it is easy to obtain a resin composition capable of forming a film having excellent light-shielding property in the visible region. When a black color material and a chromatic color material are used in combination as the color material, the mass ratio of the two is preferably black color material: chromatic color material = 100: 10 to 300, preferably 100: 20 to 200. Is more preferable. Further, it is preferable to use a black pigment as the black color material, and it is preferable to use a chromatic pigment as the chromatic color material.
 黒色色材と有彩色色材の好ましい組み合わせとしては、例えば以下が挙げられる。
 (A-1)有機黒色色材と青色色材とを含有する態様。
 (A-2)有機黒色色材と青色色材と黄色色材とを含有する態様。
 (A-3)有機黒色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と赤色色材とを含有する態様。
 (A-4)有機黒色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と紫色色材とを含有する態様。
Preferred combinations of the black color material and the chromatic color material include, for example, the following.
(A-1) An embodiment containing an organic black color material and a blue color material.
(A-2) An embodiment containing an organic black color material, a blue color material, and a yellow color material.
(A-3) An embodiment containing an organic black color material, a blue color material, a yellow color material, and a red color material.
(A-4) An embodiment containing an organic black color material, a blue color material, a yellow color material, and a purple color material.
 上記(A-1)の態様において、有機黒色色材と青色色材との質量比は、有機黒色色材:青色色材=100:1~70であることが好ましく、100:5~60であることがより好ましく、100:10~50であることが更に好ましい。
 上記(A-2)の態様において、有機黒色色材と青色色材と黄色色材の質量比は、有機黒色色材:青色色材:黄色色材=100:10~90:10~90であることが好ましく、100:15~85:15~80であることがより好ましく、100:20~80:20~70であることが更に好ましい。
 上記(A-3)の態様において、有機黒色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と赤色色材との質量比は、有機黒色色材:青色色材:黄色色材:赤色色材=100:20~150:1~60:10~100であることが好ましく、100:30~130:5~50:20~90であることがより好ましく、100:40~120:10~40:30~80であることが更に好ましい。
 上記(A-4)の態様において、有機黒色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と紫色色材との質量比は、有機黒色色材:青色色材:黄色色材:紫色色材=100:20~150:1~60:10~100であることが好ましく、100:30~130:5~50:20~90であることがより好ましく、100:40~120:10~40:30~80であることが更に好ましい。
In the above aspect (A-1), the mass ratio of the organic black color material to the blue color material is preferably organic black color material: blue color material = 100: 1 to 70, preferably 100: 5 to 60. It is more preferable that there is, and it is further preferable that it is 100:10 to 50.
In the above aspect (A-2), the mass ratio of the organic black color material, the blue color material, and the yellow color material is organic black color material: blue color material: yellow color material = 100: 10 to 90: 10 to 90. It is preferably 100:15 to 85:15 to 80, more preferably 100:20 to 80:20 to 70, and even more preferably 100:20 to 80:20 to 70.
In the above aspect (A-3), the mass ratio of the organic black color material, the blue color material, the yellow color material, and the red color material is the organic black color material: blue color material: yellow color material: red color material = 100. : 20 to 150: 1 to 60: 10 to 100, more preferably 100: 30 to 130: 5 to 50: 20 to 90, 100: 40 to 120: 10 to 40: 30 to It is more preferably 80.
In the above aspect (A-4), the mass ratio of the organic black color material, the blue color material, the yellow color material, and the purple color material is the organic black color material: blue color material: yellow color material: purple color material = 100. : 20 to 150: 1 to 60: 10 to 100, more preferably 100: 30 to 130: 5 to 50: 20 to 90, 100: 40 to 120: 10 to 40: 30 to It is more preferably 80.
(近赤外線吸収色材)
 近赤外線吸収色材は、顔料であることが好ましく、有機顔料であることがより好ましい。また、近赤外線吸収色材は、波長700nmを超え1400nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有することが好ましい。また、近赤外線吸収色材の極大吸収波長は、1200nm以下であることが好ましく、1000nm以下であることがより好ましく、950nm以下であることが更に好ましい。また、近赤外線吸収色材は、波長550nmにおける吸光度A550と極大吸収波長における吸光度Amaxとの比であるA550/Amaxが0.1以下であることが好ましく、0.05以下であることがより好ましく、0.03以下であることが更に好ましく、0.02以下であることが特に好ましい。下限は、特に限定はないが、例えば、0.0001以上とすることができ、0.0005以上とすることもできる。上述の吸光度の比が上記範囲であれば、可視光透明性及び近赤外線遮蔽性に優れた近赤外線吸収色材とすることができる。なお、本発明において、近赤外線吸収色材の極大吸収波長及び各波長における吸光度の値は、近赤外線吸収色材を含む樹脂組成物を用いて形成した膜の吸収スペクトルから求めた値である。
(Near infrared absorbing color material)
The near-infrared absorbing color material is preferably a pigment, more preferably an organic pigment. Further, the near-infrared absorbing color material preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in a range of more than 700 nm and 1400 nm or less. The maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared absorbing color material is preferably 1200 nm or less, more preferably 1000 nm or less, and further preferably 950 nm or less. Further, the near-infrared absorbing color material preferably has A 550 / A max, which is the ratio of the absorbance A 550 at a wavelength of 550 nm and the absorbance A max at the maximum absorption wavelength, to be 0.1 or less, preferably 0.05 or less. It is more preferably 0.03 or less, and particularly preferably 0.02 or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 0.0001 or more, and may be 0.0005 or more. When the above-mentioned absorbance ratio is in the above range, a near-infrared absorbing color material having excellent visible light transparency and near-infrared shielding property can be obtained. In the present invention, the maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared absorbing color material and the value of the absorbance at each wavelength are values obtained from the absorption spectrum of the film formed by using the resin composition containing the near-infrared absorbing color material.
 近赤外線吸収色材としては、特に限定はないが、ピロロピロール化合物、シアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物、クアテリレン化合物、メロシアニン化合物、クロコニウム化合物、オキソノール化合物、イミニウム化合物、ジチオール化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、ピロメテン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、アントラキノン化合物、ジベンゾフラノン化合物、ジチオレン金属錯体等が挙げられる。ピロロピロール化合物としては、特開2009-263614号公報の段落番号0016~0058に記載の化合物、特開2011-068731号公報の段落番号0037~0052に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/166873号の段落番号0010~0033に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。スクアリリウム化合物としては、特開2011-208101号公報の段落番号0044~0049に記載の化合物、特許第6065169号公報の段落番号0060~0061に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/181987号の段落番号0040に記載の化合物、特開2015-176046号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/190162号の段落番号0072に記載の化合物、特開2016-074649号公報の段落番号0196~0228に記載の化合物、特開2017-067963号公報の段落番号0124に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/135359号に記載の化合物、特開2017-114956号公報に記載の化合物、特許6197940号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/120166号に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。シアニン化合物としては、特開2009-108267号公報の段落番号0044~0045に記載の化合物、特開2002-194040号公報の段落番号0026~0030に記載の化合物、特開2015-172004号公報に記載の化合物、特開2015-172102号公報に記載の化合物、特開2008-088426号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/190162号の段落番号0090に記載の化合物、特開2017-031394号公報に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。クロコニウム化合物としては、特開2017-082029号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。イミニウム化合物としては、例えば、特表2008-528706号公報に記載の化合物、特開2012-012399号公報に記載の化合物、特開2007-092060号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2018/043564号の段落番号0048~0063に記載の化合物が挙げられる。フタロシアニン化合物としては、特開2012-077153号公報の段落番号0093に記載の化合物、特開2006-343631号公報に記載のオキシチタニウムフタロシアニン、特開2013-195480号公報の段落番号0013~0029に記載の化合物、特許第6081771号公報に記載のバナジウムフタロシアニン化合物、国際公開第2020/071470号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。ナフタロシアニン化合物としては、特開2012-077153号公報の段落番号0093に記載の化合物が挙げられる。ジチオレン金属錯体としては、特許第5733804号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 The near-infrared absorbing color material is not particularly limited, but is limited to pyrolopyrrole compound, cyanine compound, squarylium compound, phthalocyanine compound, naphthalocyanine compound, quaterylene compound, merocyanine compound, croconium compound, oxonol compound, iminium compound, dithiol compound, and tria. Examples thereof include a reelmethane compound, a pyrromethene compound, an azomethin compound, an anthraquinone compound, a dibenzofuranone compound, and a dithiolene metal complex. Examples of the pyrrolopyrrole compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0058 of JP2009-263614, the compounds described in paragraphs 0037-0052 of JP2011-066731A, and International Publication No. 2015/166783. Examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraphs 0010 to 0033. Examples of the squarylium compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0044 to 0049 of JP2011-208101A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0060 to 0061 of Patent No. 6065169, and paragraph numbers 0040 of International Publication No. 2016/181987. , The compound described in JP-A-2015-176046, the compound described in paragraph No. 0072 of International Publication No. 2016/190162, the compound described in paragraph No. 0196-0228 of JP-A-2016-0734649. , The compound described in paragraph No. 0124 of JP-A-2017-066963, the compound described in International Publication No. 2017/135359, the compound described in JP-A-2017-114956, the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6197940, Examples thereof include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2016/120166. Examples of the cyanine compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0044 to 0045 of JP-A-2009-108267, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0026-0030 of JP-A-2002-194040, and JP-A-2015-172004. , The compound described in JP-A-2015-172102, the compound described in JP-A-2008-084246, the compound described in paragraph No. 0090 of International Publication No. 2016/190162, JP-A-2017-031394. Examples thereof include the compounds described in. Examples of the croconium compound include the compounds described in JP-A-2017-082029. Examples of the iminium compound include the compound described in JP-A-2008-528706, the compound described in JP-A-2012-02239, the compound described in JP-A-2007-09260, and International Publication No. 2018/043564. Examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0063 of. Examples of the phthalocyanine compound include the compound described in paragraph No. 0093 of JP2012-077153, the oxytitanium phthalocyanine described in JP2006-343631, and paragraphs 0013 to 0029 of JP2013-195480. , The vanadium phthalocyanine compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6081771, and the compound described in International Publication No. 2020/071470. Examples of the naphthalocyanine compound include the compounds described in paragraph No. 0093 of JP2012-07715A. Examples of the dithiolene metal complex include the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5733804.
 近赤外線吸収色材としては、また、特開2017-197437号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-025311号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、国際公開第2016/154782号に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第5884953号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第6036689号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第5810604号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、国際公開第2017/213047号の段落番号0090~0107に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2018-054760号公報の段落番号0019~0075に記載のピロール環含有化合物、特開2018-040955号公報の段落番号0078~0082に記載のピロール環含有化合物、特開2018-002773号公報の段落番号0043~0069に記載のピロール環含有化合物、特開2018-041047号公報の段落番号0024~0086に記載のアミドα位に芳香環を有するスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-179131号公報に記載のアミド連結型スクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-141215号公報に記載のピロールビス型スクアリリウム骨格又はクロコニウム骨格を有する化合物、特開2017-082029号公報に記載されたジヒドロカルバゾールビス型のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-068120号公報の段落番号0027~0114に記載の非対称型の化合物、特開2017-067963号公報に記載されたピロール環含有化合物(カルバゾール型)、特許第6251530号公報に記載されたフタロシアニン化合物、特開2013-077009号公報、特開2014-130338号公報、国際公開第2015/166779号に記載の色材、又は、これらの文献に記載の色材の組み合わせなどを用いることもできる。 Examples of the near-infrared absorbing color material include a squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-197437, a squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-025311, a squarylium compound described in International Publication No. 2016/154782, and a patent. Squarylium compound described in Japanese Patent No. 5884953, Squalylium compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6036689, Squalylium compound described in Japanese Patent No. 5810604, Squalylium compound described in paragraph Nos. 0090 to 0107 of International Publication No. 2017/213047. , Pyrol ring-containing compounds described in paragraphs 0019 to 0075 of JP-A-2018-054760, pyrrol ring-containing compounds described in paragraphs 0078-0082 of JP-A-2018-040955, JP-A-2018-002773. The pyrrol ring-containing compound described in paragraphs 0043 to 0069 of JP-A-2018-041047, the squarylium compound having an aromatic ring at the amide α-position described in paragraph numbers 0024-0086 of JP-A-2018-041047, and JP-A-2017-179131. The amide-linked squarylium compound of JP-A-2017-141215, a compound having a pyrrolbis-type squarylium skeleton or a croconium skeleton described in JP-A-2017-141215, a dihydrocarbazole-type squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-082029, JP-A-2017. The asymmetric compound described in paragraphs 0027 to 0114 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 068120, the pyrrol ring-containing compound (carbazole type) described in JP-A-2017-067963, and the phthalocyanine compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6251530. It is also possible to use the coloring materials described in JP2013-077009A, JP2014-130338A, International Publication No. 2015/166779, or combinations of the coloring materials described in these documents.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における色材の含有量は20~90質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、30質量%以上であることが好ましく、40質量%以上であることがより好ましく、50質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、70質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
 また、樹脂組成物の全固形分中における顔料の含有量は20~90質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、30質量%以上であることが好ましく、40質量%以上であることがより好ましく、50質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、70質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
 また、色材中における染料の含有量は50質量%以下であることが好ましく、40質量%以下であることがより好ましく、30質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、得られる膜を高温に加熱した際の膜厚変化をより効果的に抑制しやすいという理由から染料を実質的に含有しないことも好ましい。本発明の樹脂組成物が染料を実質的に含まない場合、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分中における染料の含有量が0.1質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.05質量%以下であることがより好ましく、含有しないことが特に好ましい。
The content of the coloring material in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 20 to 90% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, and further preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, and more preferably 70% by mass or less.
Further, the content of the pigment in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 20 to 90% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, and further preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, and more preferably 70% by mass or less.
The content of the dye in the coloring material is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and further preferably 30% by mass or less.
Further, it is also preferable that the resin composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a dye because it is easy to more effectively suppress the change in film thickness when the obtained film is heated to a high temperature. When the resin composition of the present invention contains substantially no dye, the content of the dye in the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1% by mass or less, preferably 0.05% by mass. The following is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that the content is not contained.
<樹脂B>
(特定樹脂(樹脂b-1))
 本発明の樹脂組成物は樹脂B(以下、樹脂ともいう)を含む。樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂は、式(1-A)で表される構造単位と式(1-B)で表される構造単位とを含む樹脂b-1(以下、特定樹脂ともいう)を含む。特定樹脂は、本発明の樹脂でもある。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 式(1-A)中、X11は4価の連結基を表し、X12は2+n価の連結基を表し、Y11はOまたはNRY11を表し、R11、R12およびRY11は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、Lpは2価の連結基を表し、Pはポリマー鎖を表し、nは1以上の整数を表す;
 式(1-B)中、X51は4価の連結基を表し、X52は2価の連結基を表し、Y51はOまたはNRY51を表し、R51、R52、R61およびRY51は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す。
<Resin B>
(Specific resin (resin b-1))
The resin composition of the present invention contains resin B (hereinafter, also referred to as resin). The resin contained in the resin composition is a resin b-1 (hereinafter, also referred to as a specific resin) containing a structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) and a structural unit represented by the formula (1-B). include. The specific resin is also the resin of the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Wherein (1-A), X 11 represents a tetravalent linking group, X 12 represents a 2 + n valent linking group, Y 11 represents O or NR Y11, R 11, R 12 and R Y11 are Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, Lp 1 represents a divalent linking group, P 1 represents a polymer chain, and n represents an integer greater than or equal to 1.
In formula (1-B), X 51 represents a tetravalent linking group, X 52 represents a divalent linking group, Y 51 represents O or NR Y 51 , and R 51, R 52 , R 61 and R. Y51 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
 まず、特定樹脂における式(1-A)で表される構造単位について説明する。 First, the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) in the specific resin will be described.
[n]
 式(1-A)において、nは1以上の整数を表し、1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1または2であることがより好ましく、1であることが更に好ましい。
[N]
In the formula (1-A), n represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1.
[X11
 式(1-A)において、X11が表す4価の連結基としては、炭化水素基を含む基であることが好ましい。炭化水素基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。また、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。また、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基は架橋構造を有していてもよい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tが挙げられる。
[X 11 ]
In the formula (1-A), the tetravalent linking group represented by X 11 is preferably a group containing a hydrocarbon group. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Further, the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. Further, the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a crosslinked structure. The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described later.
 上記炭化水素基を含む基としては、炭化水素基、2以上の炭化水素基を単結合又は連結基で結合した基などが挙げられる。 Examples of the group containing the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group include a hydrocarbon group and a group in which two or more hydrocarbon groups are bonded by a single bond or a linking group.
 上記2以上の炭化水素基を連結する連結基としては、-NRX1-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-、-NRX1CO-、-CONRX1-および-C(CF-が挙げられる。RX1は水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基または複素環基を表し、水素原子であることが好ましい。 As the linking group for linking the above two or more hydrocarbon groups, -NR X1- , -SO-, -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-,- Examples thereof include NR X1 CO-, -CONR X1- and -C (CF 3 ) 2- . RX1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
 X11が表す4価の連結基は、脂肪族炭化水素環または芳香族炭化水素環を含む基であることが好ましく、芳香族炭化水素環を含む基であることがより好ましい。また、X11が表す4価の連結基は、特定樹脂の溶剤への溶解性を向上できるという理由からフッ素原子またはスルホニル基(-SO-)を含む基であることが好ましい。なかでも、X11が表す4価の連結基は、特定樹脂の溶剤への溶解性に優れ、かつ、耐熱性に優れた膜を形成できるという理由からフッ素原子および芳香族炭化水素環を含む基であることが好ましい。フッ素原子および芳香族炭化水素環を含む基としては、2以上の芳香族炭化水素基を連結基で結合した基であって、上記連結基がフッ素原子を含む連結基である基、又は、2以上の芳香族炭化水素基を単結合又は連結基で結合した基であって、上記芳香族炭化水素基がフッ素原子を含む基で置換された基であることが好ましい。上記フッ素原子を含む連結基としては、-C(CF-等が挙げられる。上記フッ素原子を含む基としては、フッ化アルキル基が好ましく、トリフルオロメチル基がより好ましい。 The tetravalent linking group represented by X 11 is preferably a group containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and more preferably a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. Further, tetravalent linking group represented by X 11 is a fluorine atom or a sulfonyl group, since they can improve the solubility in solvents of the specific resin - is preferably a group containing a (-SO 2). Among them, the tetravalent linking group represented by X 11 is a group containing a fluorine atom and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring because it can form a film having excellent solubility in a solvent of a specific resin and excellent heat resistance. Is preferable. The group containing a fluorine atom and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring is a group in which two or more aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded with a linking group, and the linking group is a linking group containing a fluorine atom, or 2 It is preferable that the group is a group in which the above aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded by a single bond or a linking group, and the above aromatic hydrocarbon group is substituted with a group containing a fluorine atom. Examples of the linking group containing a fluorine atom include -C (CF 3 ) 2- and the like. As the group containing a fluorine atom, an alkyl fluoride group is preferable, and a trifluoromethyl group is more preferable.
 また、X11が表す4価の連結基は、(D-1)~式(D-3)のいずれかで表される基であることも好ましい。 Further, it is also preferable that the tetravalent linking group represented by X 11 is a group represented by any of the formulas (D-1) to (D-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式(D-1)~式(D-3)中、Cyはそれぞれ独立に、脂肪族炭化水素環を表し、Rd1は直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族炭化水素基を表し、Xd1は単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、*~*はそれぞれ、連結手を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
In formulas (D-1) to (D-3), Cy independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, R d1 represents a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and X d1 Represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and * 1 to * 4 represent a linking hand, respectively.
 式(D-1)~式(D-3)のCyが表す脂肪族炭化水素環は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。また、脂肪族炭化水素環は架橋構造を有していてもよい。Cyが表す脂肪族炭化水素環は、単環の脂肪族炭化水素環または架橋構造を有する脂肪族炭化水素環であることが好ましい。 The aliphatic hydrocarbon ring represented by Cy in the formulas (D-1) to (D-3) may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring may have a crosslinked structure. The aliphatic hydrocarbon ring represented by Cy is preferably a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring having a crosslinked structure.
 式(D-1)中、*と*、*と*は、脂肪族炭化水素環Cyにおける隣接位に存在することが好ましい。 In formula (D-1), * 1 and * 2 , * 3 and * 4 are preferably present at adjacent positions in the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring Cy.
 式(D-2)のRd1は直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族炭化水素基を表し、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族飽和炭化水素基であることが好ましい。上記脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、2~10であることが好ましく、2~4であることがより好ましく、2であることが更に好ましい。式(D-2)中、*と*は、脂肪族炭化水素基Rd1における、隣接する炭素原子に1つずつ存在することが好ましい。式(D-2)中、*と*は、脂肪族炭化水素環Cyにおける隣接位に存在することが好ましい。 R d1 of the formula (D-2) represents a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and is preferably a linear or branched aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 4, and even more preferably 2. In the formula (D-2), it is preferable that * 3 and * 4 are present one by one in the adjacent carbon atom in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group R d1. In formula (D-2), * 3 and * 4 are preferably present at adjacent positions in the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring Cy.
 式(D-3)中、Xd1は単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、単結合、又は、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NHC(=O)-、若しくは、これらを2以上組み合わせた基であることが好ましく、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、又は、-S(=O)-から選択される基であることがより好ましく、-CH-、-O-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-C(CF-、又は、-C(CH-であることが更に好ましい。 In formula (D-3), X d1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, which is a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, −O. -, -C (= O)-, -S-, -S (= O) 2- , -NHC (= O)-, or a group in which two or more of these are combined is preferable, and the group is substituted with a fluorine atom. It is more likely that the group is selected from an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, —O—, −C (= O) −, —S—, or —S (= O) 2-. It is preferable that it is −CH 2- , —O—, —S—, —S (= O) 2- , —C (CF 3 ) 2- , or —C (CH 3 ) 2- .
 また、X11が表す4価の連結基は式(E-1)で表される基であることも好ましい。 Further, it is also preferable that the tetravalent linking group represented by X 11 is a group represented by the formula (E-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式(E-1)中、Arはそれぞれ独立に芳香族炭化水素環を表し、Xe1はフッ素原子を含む2価の連結基を表し、*~*はそれぞれ、他の構造との結合部位を表す。
 式(E-1)のArが表す芳香族炭化水素環の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましい。Arが表す芳香族炭化水素環はベンゼン環であることが好ましい。
 式(E-1)のXe1は、フッ素原子で置換された炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、フッ素原子で置換された炭素数1~5のアルキレン基がより好ましく、-C(CF-、-C(CF)(C)-又は-C(C-が更に好ましく、-C(CF-が特に好ましい。式(D-1)中、*と*、*と*は、芳香環構造Arにおける隣接位に存在することが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
In the formula (E-1), Ar independently represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, X e1 represents a divalent linking group containing a fluorine atom, and * 1 to * 4 represent bonds to other structures, respectively. Represents a part.
The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring represented by Ar in the formula (E-1) is preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 20. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring represented by Ar is preferably a benzene ring.
For X e1 of the formula (E-1), an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms substituted with a fluorine atom is preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms substituted with a fluorine atom is more preferable, and —C (CF). 3 ) 2- , -C (CF 3 ) (C 2 F 5 )-or -C (C 2 F 5 ) 2- is more preferable, and -C (CF 3 ) 2- is particularly preferable. In formula (D-1), * 1 and * 2 , * 3 and * 4 are preferably present at adjacent positions in the aromatic ring structure Ar.
 X11が表す4価の連結基の具体例としては、式(I-1)~式(I-28)のいずれかで表される構造の基などが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式(I-1)~(I-28)中、X~Xは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Lは-CH=CH-又は-CH-を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、R及びRは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、*は式(1)における他の構造との連結手を表す。
Specific examples of the tetravalent linking group represented by X 11 include a group having a structure represented by any of the formulas (I-1) to (I-28).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
In formulas (I-1) to (I-28), X 1 to X 3 represent a single bond or a divalent linking group, L represents -CH = CH- or -CH 2- , and R 1 and R 2 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and * represents a link with another structure in the formula (1).
 X~Xが表す2価の連結基としては、-C(Rx)-(Rxは水素原子又は置換基を示す。Rxが置換基の場合、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい)、-O-、-SO-、-CO-、-S-、-NR-、フェニレン基、又はこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。Rは、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。Rxが置換基を示すとき、その具体例としては、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよいアルキル基が挙げられる。
 X~Xは、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-SO-又は-C(Rx)-が好ましく、-SO-又は-C(Rx)-がより好ましく、-C(Rx)-が更に好ましい。また、-C(Rx)-は、-C(CH-または-C(CF-が好ましく、-C(CF-がより好ましい。
As the divalent linking group represented by X 1 to X 3 , -C (Rx) 2- (Rx indicates a hydrogen atom or a substituent. When Rx is a substituent, they may be linked to each other to form a ring. Good), -O-, -SO 2- , -CO-, -S-, -NR N- , phenylene groups, or combinations thereof. RN represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. When Rx indicates a substituent, a specific example thereof includes an alkyl group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom.
X 1 ~ X 3 are each independently a single bond, -SO 2 - or -C (Rx) 2 - are preferred, -SO 2 - or -C (Rx) 2 - are more preferable, -C (Rx ) 2 -is more preferable. Further, as for -C (Rx) 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2- or -C (CF 3 ) 2- is preferable, and -C (CF 3 ) 2- is more preferable.
 Lは-CH=CH-であることが好ましい。 L is preferably -CH = CH-.
 R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子、メチル基又はエチル基であることがより好ましく、水素原子であることが更に好ましい。 R 1 and R 2 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group, and even more preferably a hydrogen atom.
[X12
 式(1-A)において、X12は2+n価の連結基を表す。X12が表す2+n価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、または、2以上の炭化水素基を単結合又は連結基で結合した基が挙げられる。炭化水素基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられ、脂肪族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。また、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。また、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基は架橋構造を有していてもよい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tが挙げられる。
 上記2以上の炭化水素基を連結する連結基としては、-NRX1-、-N<、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-、-NRX1CO-、-CONRX1-および-C(CF-が挙げられる。RX1は水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基または複素環基を表し、水素原子であることが好ましい。X12の炭素原子がLpと結合していることが好ましい。また、X12の窒素原子がLpと結合していることも好ましい。
[X 12 ]
In formula (1-A), X 12 represents a 2 + n-valent linking group. Examples of the 2 + n-valent linking group represented by X 12 include a hydrocarbon group or a group in which two or more hydrocarbon groups are bonded by a single bond or a linking group. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferable. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Further, the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. Further, the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a crosslinked structure. The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described later.
As the linking group for linking the above two or more hydrocarbon groups, -NR X1- , -N <, -SO-, -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-,- Examples thereof include S-, -NR X1 CO-, -CONR X1- and -C (CF 3 ) 2-. RX1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom. It is preferable that the carbon atom of X 12 is bonded to Lp 1. It is also preferable that the nitrogen atom of X 12 is bonded to Lp 1.
[R11およびR12
 式(1-A)において、R11およびR12は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す。
[R 11 and R 12 ]
In formula (1-A), R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or substituent.
 置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、複素環基などが挙げられる。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましく、1~5がより一層好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。複素環基は、非芳香族の複素環基であってもよく、芳香族複素環基であってもよい。複素環基は、5員環または6員環が好ましい。複素環基を構成するヘテロ原子の種類は窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子などが挙げられる。複素環基を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。複素環基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。上述したアルキル基、アリール基および複素環基は置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基T、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基およびブロックイソシアネート基などが挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group and the like. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, further preferably 1 to 8, further preferably 1 to 5, and particularly preferably 1 to 3. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The heterocyclic group may be a non-aromatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. Examples of the heteroatom constituting the heterocyclic group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. The number of heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The above-mentioned alkyl group, aryl group and heterocyclic group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a substituent T described later, an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a blocked isocyanate group and the like.
 式(1-A)において、R11およびR12は水素原子であることが好ましい。 In formula (1-A), R 11 and R 12 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
 式(1-A)において、Y11はOまたはNRY11を表し、RY11は水素原子または置換基を表す。RY11が表す置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、複素環基などが挙げられる。これらの基の詳細については、式(1-A)のR11およびR12の項で説明した基が挙げられる。RY11は水素原子であることが好ましい。 In the formula (1-A), Y 11 represents O or NR Y11, R Y11 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by RY11 include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group and the like. Details of these groups include the groups described in the sections R 11 and R 12 of formula (1-A). RY11 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
[Lp
 式(1-A)において、Lpは2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、-NRLp1-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-、-NRLp1CO-、-CONRLp1-、およびこれらの2以上を組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。RLp1は水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基または複素環基を表し、水素原子であることが好ましい。炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。また、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。また、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基は架橋構造を有していてもよい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。2価の連結基は、酸素原子または硫黄原子を含む基であることが好ましく、硫黄原子を含む基であることがより好ましく、-S-を含む基であることが更に好ましい。
[Lp 1 ]
In formula (1-A), Lp 1 represents a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group includes a hydrocarbon group, -NR Lp1- , -SO-, -SO 2- , -CO- , -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and -NR Lp1 CO. -, -CONR Lp1- , and a group consisting of a combination of two or more of these can be mentioned. RLp1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Further, the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. Further, the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a crosslinked structure. The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like. The divalent linking group is preferably a group containing an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, more preferably a group containing a sulfur atom, and further preferably a group containing —S—.
 Lpが表す2価の連結基は、式(Lp-1)または式(Lp-2)で表される基であることが好ましく、式(Lp-1)で表される基であることがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式、式(Lp-1)および式(Lp-2)中、Lp11は単結合または2価の連結基を表し、*1は式(1ーA)のX12との連結手であり、*2は式(1ーA)のPとの連結手である。
The divalent linking group represented by Lp 1 is preferably a group represented by the formula (Lp-1) or the formula (Lp-2), and is preferably a group represented by the formula (Lp-1). More preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
In the formula, the formula (Lp-1) and the formula (Lp-2), Lp 11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and * 1 is a linking hand with X 12 of the formula (1-A). * 2 is a connecting hand with P 1 of the formula (1-A).
 Lp11が表す2価の連結基としては炭化水素基、2以上の炭化水素基を単結合または連結基で結合した構造の基が挙げられる。炭化水素基としては上述したものが挙げられる。炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。2以上の炭化水素基を連結する連結基としては、-NRLp1-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-、-NRLp1CO-および-CONRLp1-が挙げられる。 Examples of the divalent linking group represented by Lp 11 include a hydrocarbon group and a group having a structure in which two or more hydrocarbon groups are bonded by a single bond or a linking group. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include those described above. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like. The linking groups that link two or more hydrocarbon groups include -NR Lp1- , -SO-, -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and -NR. Examples include Lp1 CO- and -CONR Lp1-.
[P
 式(1-A)において、Pはポリマー鎖を表す。Pの重量平均分子量は500~50000が好ましい。下限は800以上であることが好ましく、1000以上であることがより好ましい。上限は20000以下であることが好ましく、10000以下であることがより好ましい。上記ポリマー鎖の重量平均分子量が上記範囲であればより優れた顔料の分散性が得られやすい。ポリマー鎖の重量平均分子量は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法で測定することができる。より具体的には、ポリマー鎖の導入に用いた原料モノマーの重量平均分子量から算出することができる。
[P 1 ]
In formula (1-A), P 1 represents a polymer chain. The weight average molecular weight of P 1 is preferably 500 to 50,000. The lower limit is preferably 800 or more, and more preferably 1000 or more. The upper limit is preferably 20,000 or less, and more preferably 10,000 or less. When the weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain is in the above range, better dispersibility of the pigment can be easily obtained. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain can be measured by a GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method. More specifically, it can be calculated from the weight average molecular weight of the raw material monomer used for introducing the polymer chain.
 Pが表すポリマー鎖は、ポリ(メタ)アクリル構造、ポリスチレン構造、ポリエーテル構造およびポリエステル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造の繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましく、ポリ(メタ)アクリル構造およびポリスチレン構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造の繰り返し単位を含むことがより好ましく、顔料の分散性及び耐熱性の観点からポリ(メタ)アクリル構造の繰り返し単位を含むことが更に好ましい。また、Pが表すポリマー鎖がポリエーテル構造の繰り返し単位を有する場合、繰り返し単位の数は9以上であることが好ましい。Pが表すポリマー鎖がポリエステル構造の繰り返し単位を有する場合、繰り返し単位の数は5以上であることが好ましい。 The polymer chain represented by P 1 preferably contains repeating units of at least one structure selected from poly (meth) acrylic structure, polystyrene structure, polyether structure and polyester structure, and poly (meth) acrylic structure and polystyrene structure. It is more preferable to include a repeating unit having at least one structure selected from the above, and it is further preferable to include a repeating unit having a poly (meth) acrylic structure from the viewpoint of dispersibility and heat resistance of the pigment. Further, when the polymer chain represented by P 1 has repeating units having a polyether structure, the number of repeating units is preferably 9 or more. When the polymer chain represented by P 1 has repeating units of a polyester structure, the number of repeating units is preferably 5 or more.
 Pが表すポリマー鎖は、架橋性基を有していてもよい。架橋性基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基等のエチレン性不飽和結合含有基、エポキシ基、オキセタン基などの環状エーテル基、ブロックイソシアネート基などが挙げられる。なお、本明細書においてブロックイソシアネート基とは、熱によりイソシアネート基を生成することが可能な基であり、例えば、ブロック剤とイソシアネート基とを反応させイソシアネート基を保護した基が好ましく例示できる。ブロック剤としては、オキシム化合物、ラクタム化合物、フェノール化合物、アルコール化合物、アミン化合物、活性メチレン化合物、ピラゾール化合物、メルカプタン化合物、イミダゾール系化合物、イミド系化合物等を挙げることができる。ブロック剤については、特開2017-067930号公報の段落番号0115~0117に記載された化合物が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、ブロックイソシアネート基は、90~260℃の熱によりイソシアネート基を生成することが可能な基であることが好ましい。 The polymer chain represented by P 1 may have a crosslinkable group. Examples of the crosslinkable group include an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group such as a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group, a cyclic ether group such as an epoxy group and an oxetane group, and a blocked isocyanate group. In the present specification, the blocked isocyanate group is a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat, and for example, a group in which a blocking agent and an isocyanate group are reacted to protect the isocyanate group can be preferably exemplified. Examples of the blocking agent include oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, pyrazole compounds, mercaptan compounds, imidazole compounds, imide compounds and the like. Examples of the blocking agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0115 to 0117 of JP-A-2017-06793, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification. Further, the blocked isocyanate group is preferably a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat at 90 to 260 ° C.
 Pが表すポリマー鎖は、3級アルキル基を有していることも好ましい。3級アルキル基としては、t-ブチル基などが挙げられる。 It is also preferable that the polymer chain represented by P 1 has a tertiary alkyl group. Examples of the tertiary alkyl group include a t-butyl group.
 Pが表すポリマー鎖は、式(P1-1)~式(P1-6)のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましく、式(P1-5)または式(P1-6)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことがより好ましく、式(P1-5)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことが更に好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
The polymer chain represented by P 1 preferably contains a repeating unit represented by any of the formulas (P1-1) to (P1-6), and is preferably represented by the formula (P1-5) or the formula (P1-6). It is more preferable to include the repeating unit represented by the formula (P1-5), and further preferably to include the repeating unit represented by the formula (P1-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 上記式中、RG1およびRG2は、それぞれアルキレン基を表す。RG1およびRG2が表すアルキレン基としては、炭素数1~20の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、炭素数2~16の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキレン基であることがより好ましく、炭素数3~12の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキレン基であることが更に好ましい。 In the above formula, RG1 and RG2 each represent an alkylene group. The alkylene group represented R G1 and R G2 are, it is preferable, a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms is a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms More preferably, it is a linear or branched alkylene group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
 上記式中、RG3は、水素原子、メチル基、フッ素原子、塩素原子またはヒドロキシメチル基を表し、水素原子またはメチル基であることが好ましい。 In the above formula, RG3 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a hydroxymethyl group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 上記式中、QG1は、-O-または-NR-を表し、Rは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基または複素環基を表す。QG1は、-O-であることが好ましい。
 Rが表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましく、1~5がより一層好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。
 Rが表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。
 Rが表す複素環基は、非芳香族の複素環基であってもよく、芳香族複素環基であってもよい。複素環基は、5員環または6員環が好ましい。複素環基を構成するヘテロ原子の種類は窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子などが挙げられる。複素環基を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。複素環基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。
 上述したアルキル基、アリール基および複素環基は置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tが挙げられる。
In the above formula, Q G1 represents -O- or -NR q- , and R q represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. Q G1 is preferably —O—.
The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R q is 1-30, more preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-8, more preferably more 1 to 5, it is 1-3 especially preferred. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group R q represents is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12.
The heterocyclic group represented by R q may be a non-aromatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. Examples of the heteroatom constituting the heterocyclic group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. The number of heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a fused ring.
The above-mentioned alkyl group, aryl group and heterocyclic group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described later.
 上記式中、LG1は、単結合またはアリーレン基を表し、単結合であることが好ましい。 In the above formula, L G1 represents a single bond or an arylene group, is preferably a single bond.
 上記式中、LG2は、単結合または2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~12のアルキレン基)、アリーレン基(好ましくは炭素数6~20のアリーレン基)、-NRLG1-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-、-NRLG1CO-、-CONRLG1-、およびこれらの2以上を組み合わせてなる基が挙げられ、アルキレン基またはアリーレン基を含む基であることが好ましい。上述したアルキレン基、アリーレンは置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tが挙げられる。RLG1は水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基または複素環基を表し、水素原子であることが好ましい。 In the above formula, LG2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group includes an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NR LG1- , -SO-, and -SO 2. -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO- , -S-, -NR LG1 CO-, -CONR LG1-, and a group consisting of a combination of two or more of these can be mentioned as an alkylene group or a group. It is preferably a group containing an arylene group. The above-mentioned alkylene group and arylene may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described later. RLG1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
 上記式中、RG4は、水素原子または置換基を表す。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、アルキル基、アリール基、複素環基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルチオエーテル基、アリールチオエーテル基、複素環チオエーテル基、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基およびブロックイソシアネート基等が挙げられる。RG4は、アルキル基、アリール基、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基、エポキシ基およびオキセタニル基から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、およびt-ブチル基から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることがより好ましい。 In the above formula, RG4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Substituents include hydroxy group, carboxy group, alkyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkylthioether group, arylthioether group, heterocyclic thioether group and ethylenically unsaturated group. Examples thereof include a bond-containing group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group and a blocked isocyanate group. R G4 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is preferably at least one selected from epoxy group and oxetanyl group, an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, an epoxy group, oxetanyl group, and More preferably, it is at least one selected from t-butyl groups.
 上記式中、RG5は、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、RG6はアリール基を表す。RG6が表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。RG6が表すアリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、アルキル基、アリール基、複素環基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルチオエーテル基、アリールチオエーテル基、複素環チオエーテル基、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基およびブロックイソシアネート基等が挙げられる。 In the above formula, RG5 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and RG6 represents an aryl group. The aryl group represented by RG6 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group represented by RG6 may have a substituent. Substituents include hydroxy group, carboxy group, alkyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkylthioether group, arylthioether group, heterocyclic thioether group and ethylenically unsaturated group. Examples thereof include a bond-containing group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group and a blocked isocyanate group.
 Pが表すポリマー鎖は、2種以上の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。 The polymer chain represented by P 1 may contain two or more repeating units.
(置換基T)
 アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキル基)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルケニル基)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルキニル基)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリール基)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のアミノ基)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルコキシ基)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールオキシ基)、ヘテロアリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールオキシ基)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシル基)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルコキシカルボニル基)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~30のアリールオキシカルボニル基)、アシルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシルオキシ基)、アシルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシルアミノ基)、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルコキシカルボニルアミノ基)、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数7~30のアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基)、スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のスルファモイル基)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のカルバモイル基)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルチオ基)、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールチオ基)、ヘテロアリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールチオ基)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルホニル基)、アリールスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルホニル基)、ヘテロアリールスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールスルホニル基)、アルキルスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルフィニル基)、アリールスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルフィニル基)、ヘテロアリールスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールスルフィニル基)、ウレイド基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のウレイド基)、リン酸アミド基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のリン酸アミド基)、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子など)、シアノ基、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキサム酸基、スルフィノ基、ヒドラジノ基、イミノ基、複素環基。これらの基は、さらに置換可能な基である場合、さらに置換基を有してもよい。さらなる置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで説明した基が挙げられる。
(Substituent T)
An alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkynyl group (preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably an aryl group). Aryl groups with 6 to 30 carbon atoms), amino groups (preferably amino groups with 0 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (preferably alkoxy groups with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), aryloxy groups (preferably 6 to 30 carbon atoms). 30 aryloxy groups), heteroaryloxy groups (preferably heteroaryloxy groups with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), acyl groups (preferably acyl groups with 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl groups (preferably 2 carbon atoms). ~ 30 alkoxycarbonyl groups), aryloxycarbonyl groups (preferably aryloxycarbonyl groups with 7-30 carbon atoms), acyloxy groups (preferably acyloxy groups with 2-30 carbon atoms), acylamino groups (preferably 2 carbon atoms). ~ 30 acylamino groups), alkoxycarbonylamino groups (preferably alkoxycarbonylamino groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), aryloxycarbonylamino groups (preferably aryloxycarbonylamino groups having 7 to 30 carbon atoms), sulfamoyl groups (preferably aryloxycarbonylamino groups having 7 to 30 carbon atoms). Preferably, a sulfamoyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), a carbamoyl group (preferably a carbamoyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylthio group (preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an arylthio group (preferably 6 carbon atoms). ~ 30 arylthio groups), heteroarylthio groups (preferably heteroarylthio groups with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonyl groups (preferably alkylsulfonyl groups with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), arylsulfonyl groups (preferably carbons). Arylsulfonyl groups with a number of 6 to 30), heteroarylsulfonyl groups (preferably heteroarylsulfonyl groups with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkylsulfinyl groups (preferably alkylsulfinyl groups with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), arylsulfinyl groups (preferably arylsulfinyl groups with 1 to 30 carbon atoms). Arylsulfinyl groups with 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heteroarylsulfinyl groups (preferably heteroarylsulfinyl groups with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), ureido groups (preferably ureido groups with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), phosphate amides. Group (preferably a phosphate amide group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), hydroxy group, mercapto group, halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.), cyano group, sulfo group, carboxy group, nitro Group, hydroxamic acid group, sulfino group, hydrazino group, imino group, heterocyclic group. These groups may have additional substituents if they are further substitutable groups. Further examples of the substituent include the group described in Substituent T described above.
 次に、特定樹脂における式(1-B)で表される構造単位について説明する。 Next, the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) in the specific resin will be described.
[X51
 式(1-B)において、X51が表す4価の連結基としては、炭化水素基を含む基であることが好ましい。炭化水素基としては、式(1-A)のX11の項で説明したものが挙げられる。
[X 51 ]
In the formula (1-B), the tetravalent linking group represented by X 51 is preferably a group containing a hydrocarbon group. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include those described in the section X 11 of the formula (1-A).
 上記炭化水素基を含む基としては、炭化水素基、2以上の炭化水素基を単結合又は連結基で結合した基などが挙げられる。 Examples of the group containing the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group include a hydrocarbon group and a group in which two or more hydrocarbon groups are bonded by a single bond or a linking group.
 上記2以上の炭化水素基を連結する連結基としては、-NRX1-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-、-NRX1CO-、-CONRX1-および-C(CF-が挙げられる。RX1は水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基または複素環基を表し、水素原子であることが好ましい。 As the linking group for linking the above two or more hydrocarbon groups, -NR X1- , -SO-, -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-,- Examples thereof include NR X1 CO-, -CONR X1- and -C (CF 3 ) 2- . RX1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
 X51が表す4価の連結基は、脂肪族炭化水素環または芳香族炭化水素環を含む基であることが好ましく、芳香族炭化水素環を含む基であることがより好ましい。また、X51が表す4価の連結基は、特定樹脂の溶剤への溶解性を向上できるという理由からフッ素原子またはスルホニル基(-SO-)を含む基であることが好ましい。なかでも、X51が表す4価の連結基は、特定樹脂の溶剤への溶解性に優れ、かつ、耐熱性に優れた膜を形成できるという理由からフッ素原子および芳香族炭化水素環を含む基であることが好ましい。フッ素原子および芳香族炭化水素環を含む基としては、2以上の芳香族炭化水素基を連結基で結合した基であって、上記連結基がフッ素原子を含む連結基である基、又は、2以上の芳香族炭化水素基を単結合又は連結基で結合した基であって、上記芳香族炭化水素基がフッ素原子を含む基で置換された基であることが好ましい。上記フッ素原子を含む連結基としては、-C(CF-等が挙げられる。上記フッ素原子を含む基としては、フッ化アルキル基が好ましく、トリフルオロメチル基がより好ましい。 The tetravalent linking group represented by X 51 is preferably a group containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and more preferably a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. Further, tetravalent linking group represented by X 51 is a fluorine atom or a sulfonyl group, since they can improve the solubility in solvents of the specific resin - is preferably a group containing a (-SO 2). Among them, the tetravalent linking group represented by X 51 is a group containing a fluorine atom and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring because it can form a film having excellent solubility in a solvent of a specific resin and excellent heat resistance. Is preferable. The group containing a fluorine atom and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring is a group in which two or more aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded with a linking group, and the linking group is a linking group containing a fluorine atom, or 2 It is preferable that the group is a group in which the above aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded by a single bond or a linking group, and the above aromatic hydrocarbon group is substituted with a group containing a fluorine atom. Examples of the linking group containing a fluorine atom include -C (CF 3 ) 2- and the like. As the group containing a fluorine atom, an alkyl fluoride group is preferable, and a trifluoromethyl group is more preferable.
 X51が表す4価の連結基の具体例としては、X11が表す4価の連結基の具体例として挙げた、式(I-1)~式(I-28)で表される構造の基などが挙げられる。 As a specific example of the tetravalent linking group represented by X 51 , the structures represented by the formulas (I-1) to (I-28) mentioned as specific examples of the tetravalent linking group represented by X 11 The group etc. can be mentioned.
 X51が表す4価の連結基は、「-Lp51-P51」で表される基を置換基として有していてもよい。Lp51は、2価の連結基を表し、P51はポリマー鎖を表す。Lp51が表す2価の連結基としては、式(1-A)のLpが表す2価の連結基として説明したものが挙げられる。P51が表すポリマー鎖としては、式(1-A)が表すポリマー鎖Pとして説明したものが挙げられる。 The tetravalent linking group represented by X 51 may have a group represented by " -Lp 51- P 51" as a substituent. Lp 51 represents a divalent linking group and P 51 represents a polymer chain. Examples of the divalent linking group represented by Lp 51 include those described as the divalent linking group represented by Lp 1 in the formula (1-A). Examples of the polymer chain represented by P 51 include those described as the polymer chain P 1 represented by the formula (1-A).
[X52
 式(1-B)において、X52が表す2価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、または、2以上の炭化水素基を単結合又は連結基で結合した基が挙げられる。
[X 52 ]
In the formula (1-B), examples of the divalent linking group represented by X 52 include a hydrocarbon group or a group in which two or more hydrocarbon groups are bonded by a single bond or a linking group.
 炭化水素基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。また、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。また、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基は架橋構造を有していてもよい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tが挙げられる。 Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Further, the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. Further, the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a crosslinked structure. The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described later.
 2以上の炭化水素基を連結する連結基としては、-O-、-S-、-C(CH-、-C(CF-、-CO-、-SO-、-SiR-(Rはそれぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表し、炭素数1~4のアルキル基又はフェニル基が好ましい。)、ポリシロキサン基(-Si(R)-(O-Si)-、Rは炭化水素基を表し、炭素数1~4のアルキル基又はフェニル基が好ましい。nは1以上の整数を表し、1~10が好ましい)等が挙げられる。 The linking groups that link two or more hydrocarbon groups include -O-, -S-, -C (CH 3 ) 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , -CO-, -SO 2 -,-. SiR 2- (R independently represents a hydrocarbon group, preferably an alkyl group or a phenyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), a polysiloxane group (-Si (R)-(O-Si) n- , R represents a hydrocarbon group, and an alkyl group or a phenyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable. N represents an integer of 1 or more, and 1 to 10 is preferable).
 X52が表す2価の連結基は、脂肪族炭化水素環または芳香族炭化水素環を含む基であることが好ましく、芳香族炭化水素環を含む基であることがより好ましい。また、X52が表す2価の連結基は、特定樹脂の溶剤への溶解性を向上できるという理由からフッ素原子またはスルホニル基(-SO-)を含む基であることが好ましい。なかでも、X52が表す2価の連結基は、特定樹脂の溶剤への溶解性に優れ、かつ、耐熱性に優れた膜を形成できるという理由からフッ素原子および芳香族炭化水素環を含む基であることが好ましい。フッ素原子および芳香族炭化水素環を含む基としては、2以上の芳香族炭化水素基を連結基で結合した基であって、上記連結基がフッ素原子を含む連結基である基、又は、2以上の芳香族炭化水素基を単結合又は連結基で結合した基であって、上記芳香族炭化水素基がフッ素原子を含む基で置換された基であることが好ましい。上記フッ素原子を含む連結基としては、-C(CF-等が挙げられる。上記フッ素原子を含む基としては、フッ化アルキル基が好ましく、トリフルオロメチル基がより好ましい。X52が表す2価の連結基がフッ素原子及び芳香族炭化水素環を含む基である場合、例えば、下記構造の基が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 上記構造中、*は他の構造との結合部位を表す。
The divalent linking group represented by X 52 is preferably a group containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and more preferably a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. Further, the divalent linking group is X 52 represents a fluorine atom or a sulfonyl group, since they can improve the solubility in solvents of the specific resin - is preferably a group containing a (-SO 2). Among them, the divalent linking group represented by X 52 is a group containing a fluorine atom and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring because it can form a film having excellent solubility in a solvent of a specific resin and excellent heat resistance. Is preferable. The group containing a fluorine atom and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring is a group in which two or more aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded with a linking group, and the linking group is a linking group containing a fluorine atom, or 2 It is preferable that the group is a group in which the above aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded by a single bond or a linking group, and the above aromatic hydrocarbon group is substituted with a group containing a fluorine atom. Examples of the linking group containing a fluorine atom include -C (CF 3 ) 2- and the like. As the group containing a fluorine atom, an alkyl fluoride group is preferable, and a trifluoromethyl group is more preferable. When the divalent linking group represented by X 52 is a group containing a fluorine atom and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, for example, a group having the following structure is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
In the above structure, * represents a binding site with another structure.
 X52が表す2価の連結基は、ジアミン化合物により誘導される構造の基であることが好ましい。ジアミン化合物としては、例えば、下記化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
The divalent linking group represented by X 52 is preferably a group having a structure derived from a diamine compound. Examples of the diamine compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 X52が表す2価の連結基は、「-Lp51-P51」で表される基を置換基として有していてもよい。Lp51およびP51についてはX51で説明したものと同義である。 The divalent linking group represented by X 52 may have a group represented by " -Lp 51- P 51" as a substituent. Lp 51 and P 51 are synonymous with those described in X 51.
[R51、R52およびR61]、
 式(1-B)において、R51、R52およびR61は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す。置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、複素環基などが挙げられる。これらの基の詳細については、式(1-A)のR11およびR12の項で説明した基が挙げられる。式(1-B)において、R51およびR52は水素原子であることが好ましい。また、R61およびR62についても水素原子であることが好ましい。
[R 51 , R 52 and R 61 ],
In formula (1-B), R 51 , R 52 and R 61 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group and the like. Details of these groups include the groups described in the sections R 11 and R 12 of formula (1-A). In formula (1-B), R 51 and R 52 are preferably hydrogen atoms. Further, it is preferable that R 61 and R 62 are also hydrogen atoms.
[Y51
 式(1-B)において、Y51はOまたはNRY51を表し、RY51は水素原子または置換基を表す。RY51が表す置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、複素環基などが挙げられる。これらの基の詳細については、式(1-A)のR11およびR12の項で説明した基が挙げられる。RY51は水素原子であることが好ましい。また、Y51はNRY51であることが好ましい。
[Y 51 ]
In the formula (1-B), Y 51 represents O or NR Y51, R Y51 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by RY51 include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group and the like. Details of these groups include the groups described in the sections R 11 and R 12 of formula (1-A). RY51 is preferably a hydrogen atom. Further, it is preferable that Y 51 is NR Y51.
 特定樹脂は、上述した式(1-B)で表される構造のイミド環化構造を含んでいてもよい。 The specific resin may contain an imide cyclized structure having a structure represented by the above-mentioned formula (1-B).
 特定樹脂は、更に、式(1-A)のnが0である構造の構造単位、すなわち、下記式(1-A-0)で表される構造単位を含んでいてもよい。特定樹脂が更に式(1-A-0)で表される構造単位を含むことで樹脂の酸価を調節でき、顔料との吸着性を調節できる。また、特定樹脂は式(1-A-0)で表される構造単位を実質的に含まないことも好ましい。この態様によれば樹脂の立体反発基の密度を増やすことができ、顔料の安定性をより向上できる。ここで、特定樹脂は式(1-A-0)で表される構造単位を実質的に含まない場合とは、式(1-A)で表される構造単位と、式(1-A-0)である構造の構造単位と 、式(1-B)で表される構造単位との合計中における、式(1-A-0)で表される構造単位のモルでの割合が0.5モル%以下であることを意味し、0.1モル%以下であることが好ましく、0.01モル%以下であることが更に好ましく、式(1-A-0)で表される構造単位を含まないことが特に好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式(1-A-0)中、X11は4価の連結基を表し、X12aは2価の連結基を表し、Y11はOまたはNRY11を表し、R11、R12およびRY11は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す。
 式(1-A-0)のX11、Y11、R11およびR12は、式(1-A)のX11、Y11、R11およびR12と同義である。
 式(1-A-0)のX12aが表す2価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、または、2以上の炭化水素基を単結合又は連結基で結合した基が挙げられる。炭化水素基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられ、脂肪族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。また、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。また、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基は架橋構造を有していてもよい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tが挙げられる。上記2以上の炭化水素基を連結する連結基としては、-NRX1-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-、-NRX1CO-、-CONRX1-および-C(CF-が挙げられる。RX1は水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基または複素環基を表し、水素原子であることが好ましい。
The specific resin may further contain a structural unit having a structure in which n in the formula (1-A) is 0, that is, a structural unit represented by the following formula (1-A-0). By further including the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A-0) in the specific resin, the acid value of the resin can be adjusted, and the adsorptivity with the pigment can be adjusted. Further, it is also preferable that the specific resin does not substantially contain the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A-0). According to this aspect, the density of the three-dimensional repulsive group of the resin can be increased, and the stability of the pigment can be further improved. Here, when the specific resin does not substantially contain the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A-0), the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) and the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A-) are not included. The ratio of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A-0) in mol to the total of the structural unit of the structure of 0) and the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) is 0. It means that it is 5 mol% or less, preferably 0.1 mol% or less, further preferably 0.01 mol% or less, and the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A-0). Is particularly preferable not to contain.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Wherein (1-A-0), X 11 represents a tetravalent linking group, X 12a represents a divalent linking group, Y 11 represents O or NR Y11, R 11, R 12 and R Y11 Represents a hydrogen atom or substituent independently of each other.
X 11, Y 11 of the formula (1-A-0), R 11 and R 12 are synonymous with X 11, Y 11, R 11 and R 12 of formula (1-A).
Examples of the divalent linking group represented by X 12a of the formula (1-A-0) include a hydrocarbon group or a group in which two or more hydrocarbon groups are bonded by a single bond or a linking group. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferable. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Further, the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. Further, the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a crosslinked structure. The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituent T. As the linking group for linking the above two or more hydrocarbon groups, -NR X1- , -SO-, -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-,- Examples thereof include NR X1 CO-, -CONR X1- and -C (CF 3 ) 2- . RX1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
 特定樹脂の少なくとも一方の末端は、末端封止剤で封止されていてもよいし、ポリマー鎖が結合していてもよい。末端封止剤としては、モノアミン、酸無水物、モノカルボン酸、モノカルボン酸塩化物、モノカルボン酸ハライド化合物、又はモノカルボン酸活性エステル等が挙げられ、例えば、1置換の酸無水物又は1置換のアミンを用いることができる。また、末端封止剤としては、例えば特開2019-101440号公報の段落0034~0036に記載の化合物も使用することもできる。また、特定樹脂の末端をヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ酸基、チオール基、ビニル基、エチニル基又はアリル基を有する末端封止剤により封止することで、特定樹脂のアルカリ溶液に対する溶解速度や得られる硬化膜の機械特性を好ましい範囲に容易に調整することができる。ポリマー鎖としては、ポリ(メタ)アクリル構造、ポリスチレン構造、ポリエーテル構造およびポリエステル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造の繰り返し単位を含むポリマー鎖などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、上述したポリマー鎖Pとして説明したものが挙げられる。 At least one end of the specific resin may be sealed with an end sealant, or a polymer chain may be bonded. Examples of the terminal encapsulant include monoamines, acid anhydrides, monocarboxylic acids, monocarboxylic acid salts, monocarboxylic acid halide compounds, monocarboxylic acid active esters and the like, and examples thereof include monosubstituted acid anhydrides or 1-substituted acid anhydrides. Substituted amines can be used. Further, as the terminal encapsulant, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of JP-A-2019-101440 can also be used. Further, by sealing the end of the specific resin with a terminal sealant having a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfoic acid group, a thiol group, a vinyl group, an ethynyl group or an allyl group, the dissolution rate of the specific resin in an alkaline solution can be determined. The mechanical properties of the obtained cured film can be easily adjusted to a preferable range. Examples of the polymer chain include a polymer chain containing a repeating unit of at least one structure selected from a poly (meth) acrylic structure, a polystyrene structure, a polyether structure and a polyester structure. These details include those described as the polymer chain P 1 described above.
 特定樹脂においては、式(1-A)で表される構造単位と、式(1-A)のnが0である構造の構造単位(すなわち、上述した式(1-A-0)で表される構造単位)と 、式(1-B)で表される構造単位との合計中における、式(1-B)で表される構造単位のモルでの割合(={式(1-B)で表される構造単位のモル数/(式(1-A)で表される構造単位のモル数+式(1-A)のnが0である構造の構造単位のモル数+式(1-B)で表される構造単位のモル数)}×100)が10~90モル%であることが好ましい。式(1-B)で表される構造単位の割合が上記範囲であれば、顔料の分散性に優れ、かつ、耐熱性に優れた膜を形成できる樹脂組成物とすることができる。すなわち、式(1-B)で表される構造単位の割合が90モル%以下であれば、優れた顔料分散性が得られる。また、式(1-B)で表される構造単位の割合が10モル%以上であれば、耐熱性に優れた膜を形成することができる。上記式(1-B)で表される構造単位の割合の上限は、顔料分散性の観点から80モル%以下であることが好ましく、70モル%以下であることがより好ましく、60モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。上記式(1-B)で表される構造単位の割合の下限は、得られる膜の耐熱性の観点から20モル%以上であることが好ましく、30モル%以上であることがより好ましく、40モル%以上であることが更に好ましい。 In the specific resin, the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) and the structural unit of the structure in which n of the formula (1-A) is 0 (that is, the structural unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (1-A-0)) are represented. The ratio of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) in molars to the total of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) and the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) (= {formula (1-B)). The number of moles of the structural unit represented by) / (the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) + the number of moles of the structural unit of the structure in which n in the formula (1-A) is 0 + the formula ( The number of moles of the structural unit represented by 1-B))} × 100) is preferably 10 to 90 mol%. When the ratio of the structural units represented by the formula (1-B) is in the above range, the resin composition can be a resin composition capable of forming a film having excellent dispersibility of the pigment and excellent heat resistance. That is, when the ratio of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) is 90 mol% or less, excellent pigment dispersibility can be obtained. Further, when the ratio of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) is 10 mol% or more, a film having excellent heat resistance can be formed. The upper limit of the ratio of the structural unit represented by the above formula (1-B) is preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, and 60 mol% or less from the viewpoint of pigment dispersibility. Is more preferable. The lower limit of the ratio of the structural unit represented by the above formula (1-B) is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, and more preferably 40 mol% or more from the viewpoint of heat resistance of the obtained film. It is more preferably mol% or more.
 特定樹脂においては、式(1-A)で表される構造単位のモル数に対する式(1-B)で表される構造単位のモル数の比(=式(1-B)で表される構造単位のモル数/式(1-A)で表される構造単位のモル数)は、0.1~10であることが好ましい。上記比が上記範囲であれば、顔料の分散性に優れ、かつ、耐熱性に優れた膜を形成できる樹脂組成物とすることができる。すなわち、上記比が10以下であれば、優れた顔料分散性が得られる。また、上記比が0.1以上であれば耐熱性に優れた膜を形成することができる。上記比の上限は5以下であることが好ましく、3以下であることがより好ましい。上記比の下限は0.2以上であることが好ましく、0.3以上であることがより好ましい。 In the specific resin, the ratio of the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) to the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) (= represented by the formula (1-B)). The number of moles of the structural unit / the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A)) is preferably 0.1 to 10. When the above ratio is within the above range, a resin composition capable of forming a film having excellent dispersibility of the pigment and excellent heat resistance can be obtained. That is, when the above ratio is 10 or less, excellent pigment dispersibility can be obtained. Further, if the above ratio is 0.1 or more, a film having excellent heat resistance can be formed. The upper limit of the above ratio is preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. The lower limit of the ratio is preferably 0.2 or more, and more preferably 0.3 or more.
 特定樹脂の酸価は10~150mgKOH/gが好ましい。上限は100mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、80mgKOH/g以下がより好ましい。下限は20mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、30mgKOH/g以上がより好ましい。 The acid value of the specific resin is preferably 10 to 150 mgKOH / g. The upper limit is preferably 100 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 80 mgKOH / g or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more.
 特定樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~200000が好ましく、2500~100000がより好ましく、3000~50000が更に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the specific resin is preferably 2000 to 200,000, more preferably 2500 to 100,000, and even more preferably 3000 to 50,000.
 特定樹脂は、窒素雰囲気下でのTG/DTA(熱質量測定/示差熱測定)による5%質量減少温度は280℃以上であることが好ましく、300℃以上であることがより好ましく、320℃以上であることがさらに好ましい。上記5%質量減少温度の上限は、特に限定されず、例えば1,000℃以下であればよい。上記5%質量減少温度は、窒素雰囲気下で特定の温度で5時間静置した時の質量減少率が5%となる温度として、公知のTG/DTA測定方法により求められる。
 また、特定樹脂は、窒素雰囲気下で300℃、5時間静置したときの質量減少率が10%以下であることが好ましく、5%以下であることがより好ましく、2%以下であることがさらに好ましい。上記質量減少率の下限は特に限定されず、0%以上であればよい。
 上記質量減少率は、窒素雰囲気下で300℃、5時間静置する前後の特定樹脂における質量の減少の割合として算出される値である。
The 5% mass reduction temperature of the specific resin by TG / DTA (thermogravimetric measurement / differential thermal measurement) in a nitrogen atmosphere is preferably 280 ° C. or higher, more preferably 300 ° C. or higher, and 320 ° C. or higher. Is more preferable. The upper limit of the 5% mass reduction temperature is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1,000 ° C. or lower. The 5% mass loss temperature is determined by a known TG / DTA measuring method as a temperature at which the mass loss rate becomes 5% when the mixture is allowed to stand at a specific temperature for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere.
Further, the specific resin preferably has a mass reduction rate of 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and more preferably 2% or less when left to stand at 300 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. More preferred. The lower limit of the mass reduction rate is not particularly limited, and may be 0% or more.
The mass reduction rate is a value calculated as the rate of mass reduction in the specific resin before and after standing at 300 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere.
 特定樹脂は、例えば以下の(1)または(2)の方法で合成することができる。
 (1)酸二無水物とヒドロキシ基を2個有するマクロモノマーを重縮合させて末端酸二無水物のポリエステルプレポリマーを得たのち、重合伸長剤としてジアミンを加えて合成する方法。
 (2)酸二無水物とジアミンを重縮合させて末端酸二無水物のアミック酸プレポリマーを得たのち、重合伸長剤として末端にヒドロキシ基を2個有するマクロモノマーを加えて合成する方法。
The specific resin can be synthesized, for example, by the following method (1) or (2).
(1) A method of polycondensing an acid dianhydride and a macromonomer having two hydroxy groups to obtain a polyester prepolymer of terminal acid dianhydride, and then adding diamine as a polymerization extender for synthesis.
(2) A method of polycondensing an acid dianhydride and a diamine to obtain an amic acid prepolymer of a terminal acid dianhydride, and then adding a macromonomer having two hydroxy groups at the terminal as a polymerization extender for synthesis.
 上記(1)、(2)の合成方法において、必要に応じて末端封止剤を用いることができる。末端封止剤としては、ヒドロキシ基、1級アミノ基および酸無水物基のいずれかの官能基を1分子に1個有する化合物であれば特に限定されない。末端封止剤は上記条件を満たせばポリマーであってもよい。 In the above synthesis methods (1) and (2), an end-capping agent can be used if necessary. The terminal encapsulant is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having one functional group of any one of a hydroxy group, a primary amino group and an acid anhydride group in one molecule. The terminal encapsulant may be a polymer as long as the above conditions are satisfied.
 上記(1)、(2)の合成方法に用いられる末端にヒドロキシ基を2個有するマクロモノマーは、例えば、ヒドロキシ基を2個、メルカプト基を1個または2個有する連鎖移動剤を用いてラジカル重合性化合物をラジカル重合をして合成することができる。また、特開2016-170325号公報に記載された方法により合成することもできる。 The macromonomer having two hydroxy groups at the terminal used in the above synthesis methods (1) and (2) is a radical using, for example, a chain transfer agent having two hydroxy groups and one or two mercapto groups. The polymerizable compound can be synthesized by radical polymerization. Further, it can also be synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2016-170325.
(他の樹脂)
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、樹脂として上述した特定樹脂以外の他の樹脂を含んでもよい。他の樹脂としては、例えば、アルカリ現像性を有する樹脂、又は、分散剤としての樹脂等が挙げられる。また、特定樹脂を合成した時の副生成物を含んでいてもよい。
(Other resins)
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a resin other than the above-mentioned specific resin as the resin. Examples of the other resin include a resin having alkali developability, a resin as a dispersant, and the like. In addition, it may contain a by-product of synthesizing the specific resin.
〔アルカリ現像性を有する樹脂〕
 アルカリ現像性を有する樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、3000~2000000が好ましい。上限は、1000000以下がより好ましく、500000以下がさらに好ましい。下限は、4000以上がより好ましく、5000以上がさらに好ましい。
[Resin with alkali developability]
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-developable resin is preferably 3000 to 2000000. The upper limit is more preferably 1,000,000 or less, still more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 4000 or more, further preferably 5000 or more.
 アルカリ現像性を有する樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、ポリイミン樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂などが挙げられ、(メタ)アクリル樹脂及びポリイミン樹脂が好ましく、(メタ)アクリル樹脂がより好ましい。また、他の樹脂として、特開2017-206689号公報の段落番号0041~0060に記載の樹脂、特開2018-010856号公報の段落番号0022~0071に記載の樹脂、特開2017-057265号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2017-032685号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2017-075248号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2017-066240号公報に記載の樹脂を用いることもできる。 Examples of the resin having alkali developability include (meth) acrylic resin, polyimine resin, polyether resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, and polyimide resin, and (meth) acrylic resin and polyimine resin. Is preferable, and (meth) acrylic resin is more preferable. Further, as other resins, the resin described in paragraph numbers 0041 to 0060 of JP-A-2017-206689, the resin described in paragraph numbers 0022-0071 of JP-A-2018-010856, JP-A-2017-057256. , The resin described in JP-A-2017-032685, the resin described in JP-A-2017-075248, and the resin described in JP-A-2017-066240 can also be used.
 また、アルカリ現像性を有する樹脂としては、酸基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。この態様によれば、樹脂組成物の現像性をより向上させることができる。酸基としては、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ホスホン酸基、活性イミド基、スルホンアミド基などが挙げられ、カルボキシ基が好ましい。また、酸基を有する樹脂としては、エポキシ開環で生じたヒドロキシ基に酸無水物を反応させて酸基を導入した樹脂を用いてもよい。このような樹脂としては、特許6349629号公報に記載された樹脂が挙げられる。酸基を有する樹脂は、例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂として用いることができる。 Further, as the resin having alkali developability, it is preferable to use a resin having an acid group. According to this aspect, the developability of the resin composition can be further improved. Examples of the acid group include a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group, an active imide group, a sulfonamide group and the like, and a carboxy group is preferable. Further, as the resin having an acid group, a resin in which an acid anhydride is reacted with a hydroxy group generated by epoxy ring opening and an acid group is introduced may be used. Examples of such a resin include the resin described in Japanese Patent No. 6349629. The resin having an acid group can be used, for example, as an alkali-soluble resin.
 アルカリ現像性を有する樹脂は、側鎖に酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましく、側鎖に酸基を有する繰り返し単位を樹脂の全繰り返し単位中1~70モル%含むことがより好ましい。側鎖に酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量の上限は、50モル%以下であることが好ましく、40モル%以下であることがより好ましい。側鎖に酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量の下限は、2モル%以上であることが好ましく、5モル%以上であることがより好ましい。 The alkali-developable resin preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain, and more preferably contains 1 to 70 mol% of the repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain in all the repeating units of the resin. The upper limit of the content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 40 mol% or less. The lower limit of the content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain is preferably 2 mol% or more, and more preferably 5 mol% or more.
 アルカリ現像性を有する樹脂の酸価は、200mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、100mgKOH/g以下が特に好ましい。また、酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、5mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、10mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、20mgKOH/g以上が更に好ましい。 The acid value of the alkali-developable resin is preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 120 mgKOH / g or less, and particularly preferably 100 mgKOH / g or less. The acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 5 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more.
 アルカリ現像性を有する樹脂は、更にエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有することも好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられ、アリル基及び(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイル基がより好ましい。 It is also preferable that the resin having alkali developability further has an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, and the like, an allyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group are preferable, and a (meth) acryloyl group is more preferable.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する樹脂は、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましく、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する繰り返し単位を樹脂の全繰り返し単位中5~80モル%含むことがより好ましい。側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量の上限は、60モル%以下であることが好ましく、40モル%以下であることがより好ましい。側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量の下限は、10モル%以上であることが好ましく、15モル%以上であることがより好ましい。 The resin having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group preferably contains a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain, and the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain is the whole of the resin. It is more preferable to contain 5 to 80 mol% in the repeating unit. The upper limit of the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain is preferably 60 mol% or less, more preferably 40 mol% or less. The lower limit of the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 15 mol% or more.
 アルカリ現像性を有する樹脂は、下記式(ED1)で示される化合物及び/又は下記式(ED2)で表される化合物(以下、これらの化合物を「エーテルダイマー」と称することもある。)を含むモノマー成分に由来する繰り返し単位を含むことも好ましい。 The alkali-developable resin contains a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and / or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as "ether dimer"). It is also preferable to include repeating units derived from the monomer component.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 式(ED1)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式(ED2)中、Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~30の有機基を表す。式(ED2)の詳細については、特開2010-168539号公報の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
In the formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
In the formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. For the details of the formula (ED2), the description in JP-A-2010-168539 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 エーテルダイマーの具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029760号公報の段落番号0317を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As a specific example of the ether dimer, for example, paragraph number 0317 of JP2013-029760A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in the present specification.
 アルカリ現像性を有する樹脂は、下記式(X)で示される化合物に由来する繰り返し単位を含むことも好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式(X)中、Rは、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Rは炭素数2~10のアルキレン基を表し、Rは、水素原子又はベンゼン環を含んでもよい炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表す。nは1~15の整数を表す。
The alkali-developable resin preferably contains a repeating unit derived from the compound represented by the following formula (X).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
In formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a benzene ring having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Represents the alkyl group of. n represents an integer from 1 to 15.
 アルカリ現像性を有する樹脂としては、例えば下記構造の樹脂などが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Examples of the resin having alkali developability include a resin having the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
〔分散剤〕
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、分散剤としての樹脂を含むこともできる。分散剤は、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)は、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、酸基の量が70モル%以上を占める樹脂が好ましく、実質的に酸基のみからなる樹脂がより好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシ基が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は、40~105mgKOH/gが好ましく、50~105mgKOH/gがより好ましく、60~105mgKOH/gがさらに好ましい。また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)は、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、塩基性基の量が50モル%を超える樹脂が好ましい。塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基であることが好ましい。
[Dispersant]
The resin composition of the present invention may also contain a resin as a dispersant. Examples of the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (basic resin). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is larger than the amount of basic groups. The acid dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol% or more when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%, and is substantially acid. A resin consisting only of a group is more preferable. The acid group of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 40 to 105 mgKOH / g, more preferably 50 to 105 mgKOH / g, and even more preferably 60 to 105 mgKOH / g. Further, the basic dispersant (basic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is larger than the amount of acid groups. The basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of basic groups exceeds 50 mol% when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%. The basic group of the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。 The resin used as the dispersant preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、グラフトポリマーであることも好ましい。グラフトポリマーとしては、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0025~0094に記載された樹脂が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as the dispersant is a graft polymer. Examples of the graft polymer include the resins described in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に窒素原子を含むポリイミン系分散剤(ポリイミン樹脂)であることも好ましい。ポリイミン系分散剤としては、pKa14以下の官能基を有する部分構造を有する主鎖と、原子数40~10000の側鎖とを有し、かつ主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に塩基性窒素原子を有する樹脂が好ましい。塩基性窒素原子とは、塩基性を呈する窒素原子であれば特に制限はない。ポリイミン系分散剤としては、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0102~0166に記載された樹脂が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as the dispersant is a polyimine-based dispersant (polyimine resin) containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain. The polyimine-based dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group of pKa14 or less, a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain. The resin to have is preferable. The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a nitrogen atom exhibiting basicity. Examples of the polyimine-based dispersant include the resins described in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP2012-255128A, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂であることも好ましい。このような樹脂としては、例えばデンドリマー(星型ポリマーを含む)が挙げられる。また、デンドリマーの具体例としては、特開2013-043962号公報の段落番号0196~0209に記載された高分子化合物C-1~C-31などが挙げられる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as the dispersant is a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core portion. Examples of such a resin include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers). Specific examples of the dendrimer include the polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962.
 分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、BYKChemie社製のDISPERBYKシリーズ(例えば、DISPERBYK-111、161など)、Lubrizol製のSolsperseシリーズ(例えば、Solsperse 36000など)などが挙げられる。また、特開2014-130338号公報の段落番号0041~0130に記載された顔料分散剤を用いることもでき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、分散剤は、特開2018-150498号公報、特開2017-100116号公報、特開2017-100115号公報、特開2016-108520号公報、特開2016-108519号公報、特開2015-232105号公報に記載の化合物を用いてもよい。 The dispersant is also available as a commercially available product, and specific examples thereof include DISPERBYK series manufactured by BYK Chemie (for example, DISPERBYK-111, 161 etc.) and Solsperse series manufactured by Lubrizol (for example, Solsperse 36000). And so on. Further, the pigment dispersants described in paragraphs 0041 to 0130 of JP2014-130338A can also be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. The dispersants are JP-A-2018-150498, JP-A-2017-100116, JP-A-2017-100115, JP-A-2016-108520, JP-A-2016-10851, JP-A-2015. The compound described in JP-A-232105 may be used.
 なお、上記分散剤として説明した樹脂は、分散剤以外の用途で使用することもできる。例えば、バインダーとして用いることもできる。 The resin described above as the dispersant can also be used for purposes other than the dispersant. For example, it can also be used as a binder.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における樹脂の含有量は、5~60質量%が好ましい。下限は、10質量%以上が好ましく、15質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、50質量%以下が好ましく、40質量%以下がより好ましい。 The content of the resin in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 5 to 60% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における上述した特定樹脂の含有量は、5~60質量%が好ましい。下限は、10質量%以上が好ましく、15質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、50質量%以下が好ましく、40質量%以下がより好ましい。 The content of the above-mentioned specific resin in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 5 to 60% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less.
 上述した特定樹脂の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して10~80質量部が好ましい。下限は、20質量部以上が好ましく、30質量部以上がより好ましい。上限は、70質量部以下が好ましく、50質量部以下がより好ましい。 The content of the above-mentioned specific resin is preferably 10 to 80 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 70 parts by mass or less, more preferably 50 parts by mass or less.
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、樹脂組成物の全固形分から色材を除いた成分中に、特定樹脂を20質量%以上含むことが好ましく、30質量%以上含むことがより好ましく、40質量%以上含むことが更に好ましい。上限は、100質量%とすることもでき、90質量%以下とすることもでき、85質量%以下とすることもできる。特定樹脂の含有量が上記範囲であれば、耐熱性に優れた膜を形成しやすく、加熱後の膜収縮などをより抑制しやすい。更には、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いて得られる膜の表面に無機膜などを形成した際において、この積層体が高温に晒されても、無機膜にクラックなどが生じることも抑制することもできる。
 また、樹脂組成物の全固形分中における色材と上述した特定樹脂の合計の含有量は、25~100質量%が好ましい。下限は、30質量%以上がより好ましく、40質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、90質量%以下がより好ましく、80質量%以下がさらに好ましい。
Further, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains the specific resin in an amount of 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and more preferably 40% by mass, in the components obtained by removing the coloring material from the total solid content of the resin composition. It is more preferable to contain% or more. The upper limit may be 100% by mass, 90% by mass or less, or 85% by mass or less. When the content of the specific resin is within the above range, it is easy to form a film having excellent heat resistance, and it is easy to suppress film shrinkage after heating. Furthermore, when an inorganic film or the like is formed on the surface of a film obtained by using the resin composition of the present invention, even if the laminate is exposed to a high temperature, cracks or the like are suppressed in the inorganic film. You can also.
The total content of the coloring material and the above-mentioned specific resin in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 25 to 100% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 30% by mass or more, further preferably 40% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 90% by mass or less, further preferably 80% by mass or less.
 樹脂組成物において、上述した他の樹脂の含有量は、上述した特定樹脂の100質量部に対して230質量部以下であることが好ましく、200質量部以下であることがより好ましく、150質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は0質量部であってもよく、5質量部以上とすることもでき、10質量部以上とすることもできる。また、樹脂組成物は上述した他の樹脂を実質的に含まないことも好ましい。この態様によれば、より耐熱性に優れた膜を形成しやすい。他の樹脂を実質的に含まない場合とは、樹脂組成物の全固形分中における他の樹脂の含有量が0.1質量%以下であることを意味し、0.05質量%以下であることが好ましく、含有しないことがより好ましい。 In the resin composition, the content of the above-mentioned other resin is preferably 230 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less, and 150 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned specific resin. The following is more preferable. The lower limit may be 0 parts by mass, 5 parts by mass or more, or 10 parts by mass or more. It is also preferable that the resin composition does not substantially contain the above-mentioned other resins. According to this aspect, it is easy to form a film having more excellent heat resistance. The case where the other resin is substantially not contained means that the content of the other resin in the total solid content of the resin composition is 0.1% by mass or less, and is 0.05% by mass or less. It is preferable, and it is more preferable that it is not contained.
<溶剤C>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、溶剤C(以下、溶剤という)を含有する。溶剤としては、各成分の溶解性や樹脂組成物の塗布性を満足すれば基本的には特に制限はない。溶剤は有機溶剤であることが好ましい。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられ、エステル系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤およびケトン系溶剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0223を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤を好ましく用いることもできる。有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-メチルシクロヘキサノン、3-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、シクロオクタノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、メチルエチルケトン、ガンマブチロラクトン、スルホラン、アニソールなどが挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下とすることもでき、10質量ppm以下とすることもでき、1質量ppm以下とすることもできる)。
<Solvent C>
The resin composition of the present invention contains a solvent C (hereinafter referred to as a solvent). The solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coatability of the resin composition. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, hydrocarbon-based solvents, and the like, from ester-based solvents, ether-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, and ketone-based solvents. It is preferably at least one selected. For these details, paragraph No. 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Further, an ester solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and a ketone solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used. Specific examples of the organic solvent include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethylcarbitol acetate, butylcarbitol acetate, propylene Glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane , Anisole, etc. However, aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may need to be reduced for environmental reasons (for example, 50 parts by mass (parts) with respect to the total amount of organic solvent. Per millision) or less, 10 mass ppm or less, or 1 mass ppm or less).
 本発明においては、金属含有量の少ない有機溶剤を用いることが好ましく、有機溶剤の金属含有量は、例えば10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下であることが好ましい。必要に応じて質量ppt(parts per trillion)レベルの有機溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような有機溶剤は例えば東洋合成社が提供している(化学工業日報、2015年11月13日)。有機溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留(分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等)やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましく、3μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフロロエチレン、ポリエチレン又はナイロンが好ましい。 In the present invention, it is preferable to use an organic solvent having a low metal content, and the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per parts) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent at the mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015). Examples of the method for removing impurities such as metals from the organic solvent include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter. The filter pore diameter of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
 有機溶剤は、異性体(原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物)が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体は、1種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。 The organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds having the same number of atoms but different structures). Further, only one kind of isomer may be contained, or a plurality of kinds may be contained.
 有機溶剤中の過酸化物の含有率が0.8mmol/L以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。 The content of peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol / L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
 樹脂組成物中における溶剤の含有量は、10~95質量%であることが好ましく、20~90質量%であることがより好ましく、30~90質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the solvent in the resin composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.
<顔料誘導体>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は顔料誘導体を含有することが好ましい。顔料誘導体としては、発色団の一部分を、酸基、塩基性基又はフタルイミドメチル基で置換した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。顔料誘導体を構成する発色団としては、キノリン骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン骨格、ジケトピロロピロール骨格、アゾ骨格、フタロシアニン骨格、アンスラキノン骨格、キナクリドン骨格、ジオキサジン骨格、ペリノン骨格、ペリレン骨格、チオインジゴ骨格、イソインドリン骨格、イソインドリノン骨格、キノフタロン骨格、スレン骨格、金属錯体系骨格等が挙げられ、キノリン骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン骨格、ジケトピロロピロール骨格、アゾ骨格、キノフタロン骨格、イソインドリン骨格及びフタロシアニン骨格が好ましく、アゾ骨格及びベンゾイミダゾロン骨格がより好ましい。顔料誘導体が有する酸基としては、スルホ基、カルボキシ基が好ましく、スルホ基がより好ましい。顔料誘導体が有する塩基性基としては、アミノ基が好ましく、三級アミノ基がより好ましい。
<Pigment derivative>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment derivative. Examples of the pigment derivative include compounds having a structure in which a part of the chromophore is replaced with an acid group, a basic group or a phthalimide methyl group. The chromogens constituting the pigment derivative include quinoline skeleton, benzoimidazolone skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton, azo skeleton, phthalocyanine skeleton, anthracinone skeleton, quinacridone skeleton, dioxazine skeleton, perinone skeleton, perylene skeleton, thioindigo skeleton, and iso. Indoline skeleton, isoindolinone skeleton, quinophthalone skeleton, slene skeleton, metal complex skeleton, etc. Preferably, the azo skeleton and the benzoimidazolone skeleton are more preferable. As the acid group of the pigment derivative, a sulfo group and a carboxy group are preferable, and a sulfo group is more preferable. As the basic group of the pigment derivative, an amino group is preferable, and a tertiary amino group is more preferable.
 顔料誘導体としては、可視光透明性に優れた顔料誘導体(以下、透明顔料誘導体ともいう)を用いることもできる。透明顔料誘導体の400~700nmの波長領域におけるモル吸光係数の最大値(εmax)は3000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが好ましく、1000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがより好ましく、100L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがさらに好ましい。εmaxの下限は、例えば1L・mol-1・cm-1以上であり、10L・mol-1・cm-1以上でもよい。 As the pigment derivative, a pigment derivative having excellent visible light transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can be used. The maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient in the wavelength region of 400 ~ 700 nm of the transparent pigment derivative (.epsilon.max) is that it is preferable, 1000L · mol -1 · cm -1 or less is not more than 3000L · mol -1 · cm -1 Is more preferable, and 100 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or less is further preferable. The lower limit of εmax is, for example, 1 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or more, and may be 10 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or more.
 顔料誘導体の具体例としては、特開昭56-118462号公報、特開昭63-264674号公報、特開平01-217077号公報、特開平03-009961号公報、特開平03-026767号公報、特開平03-153780号公報、特開平03-045662号公報、特開平04-285669号公報、特開平06-145546号公報、特開平06-212088号公報、特開平06-240158号公報、特開平10-030063号公報、特開平10-195326号公報、国際公開第2011/024896号の段落番号0086~0098、国際公開第2012/102399号の段落番号0063~0094、国際公開第2017/038252号の段落番号0082、特開2015-151530号公報の段落番号0171、特開2011-252065号公報の段落番号0162~0183、特開2003-081972号公報、特許第5299151号公報、特開2015-172732号公報、特開2014-199308号公報、特開2014-085562号公報、特開2014-035351号公報、特開2008-081565号公報、特開2019-109512号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the pigment derivative include JP-A-56-118462, JP-A-63-264674, JP-A-01-217777, JP-A-03-09961 and JP-A-03-026767. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-153780, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-405662, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 04-285646, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-145546, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-212088, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-240158, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-030063, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-195326, paragraph numbers 0086 to 0998 of International Publication No. 2011/024896, paragraph numbers 0063 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2012/102399, International Publication No. 2017/038252. Paragraph No. 1982, Paragraph No. 0171 of JP-A-2015-151530, Paragraph Nos. 0162 to 0183 of JP-A-2011-52065, JP-A-2003-081972, Japanese Patent No. 5299151, JP-A-2015-172732 Examples thereof include the compounds described in JP-A-2014-199308, JP-A-2014-085562, JP-A-2014-035351, JP-A-2008-081565, and JP-A-2019-109512.
 顔料誘導体の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して1~30質量部が好ましく、3~20質量部が更に好ましい。顔料誘導体は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. As the pigment derivative, only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.
<重合性モノマー>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、重合性モノマーを含有することが好ましい。重合性モノマーは、例えば、ラジカル、酸または熱により架橋可能な公知の化合物を用いることができる。重合性モノマーとしては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物、環状エーテル基を有する化合物などが挙げられ、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物であることが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられる。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタン基などが挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物はラジカル重合性モノマーとして好ましく用いることができる。また、環状エーテル基を有する化合物はカチオン重合性モノマーとして好ましく用いることができる。重合性モノマーは、多官能の重合性モノマーであることが好ましい。すなわち、重合性モノマーは、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基や環状エーテル基などの重合性基を2個以上有するモノマーであることが好ましい。
<Polymerizable monomer>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable monomer. As the polymerizable monomer, for example, a known compound that can be crosslinked by radicals, acids or heat can be used. Examples of the polymerizable monomer include a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having a cyclic ether group, and the like, and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is preferable. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetane group. A compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group can be preferably used as a radically polymerizable monomer. Further, the compound having a cyclic ether group can be preferably used as a cationically polymerizable monomer. The polymerizable monomer is preferably a polyfunctional polymerizable monomer. That is, the polymerizable monomer is preferably a monomer having two or more polymerizable groups such as an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group.
 重合性モノマーの分子量は、100~3000が好ましい。上限は、2000以下がより好ましく、1500以下が更に好ましい。下限は、150以上がより好ましく、250以上が更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 to 3000. The upper limit is more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1500 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 150 or more, and even more preferably 250 or more.
(エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物)
 重合性モノマーとして用いられるエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、多官能の化合物であることが好ましい。すなわち、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を2個以上含む化合物であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を3個以上含む化合物であることがより好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を3~15個含む化合物であることが更に好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を3~6個含む化合物であることがより一層好ましい。また、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物は、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物の具体例としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落番号0095~0108、特開2013-029760号公報の段落0227、特開2008-292970号公報の段落番号0254~0257、特開2013-253224号公報の段落番号0034~0038、特開2012-208494号公報の段落番号0477、特開2017-048367号公報、特許第6057891号公報、特許第6031807号公報、特開2017-194662号公報に記載されている化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
(Compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group)
The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group used as the polymerizable monomer is preferably a polyfunctional compound. That is, it is preferably a compound containing two or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, more preferably a compound containing three or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, and three ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups. It is more preferably a compound containing up to 15 elements, and even more preferably a compound containing 3 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups. Further, the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth) acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth) acrylate compound. Specific examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include paragraph Nos. 0095 to 0108 of JP2009-288705, paragraph 0227 of JP2013-209760, and paragraphs of JP-A-2008-292970. Nos. 0254 to 0257, paragraph numbers 0034 to 0038 of JP2013-253224A, paragraph numbers 0477 of JP2012-208494A, JP-A-2017-048367, Patent No. 6057891 and Patent No. 6031807. , JP-A-2017-194662, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、NKエステルA-DPH-12E;新中村化学工業(株)製)、及びこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコール及び/又はプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造の化合物(例えば、サートマー社から市販されている、SR454、SR499)が好ましい。また、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、ジグリセリンEO(エチレンオキシド)変性(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはM-460;東亞合成製)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製、NKエステルA-TMMT)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(日本化薬(株)製、KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製)、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、NKオリゴUA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)などを用いることもできる。 Compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include dipentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate (commercially available). KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nihon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) ) Acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and these (meth) acryloyl groups are ethylene glycol and / or Compounds having a structure bonded via a propylene glycol residue (for example, SR454, SR499 commercially available from Sartmer) are preferable. Compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth) acrylate (commercially available M-460; manufactured by Toa Synthetic) and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). NK Ester A-TMMT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd., NK Oligo UA-7200 (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light Acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) ), Etc. can also be used.
 また、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物として、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンプロピレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンエチレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートなどの3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物を用いることも好ましい。3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(東亞合成(株)製)、NKエステル A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(新中村化学工業(株)製)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane propylene oxide modified tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide modified tri (meth) acrylate, and isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide modified. It is also preferable to use a trifunctional (meth) acrylate compound such as a tri (meth) acrylate or a pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate. Commercially available trifunctional (meth) acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, and M-305. , M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) And so on.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物は、酸基を有する化合物を用いることもできる。酸基を有する化合物を用いることで、現像残渣の発生を抑制できる。酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基等が挙げられ、カルボキシ基が好ましい。酸基を有する重合性モノマーの市販品としては、アロニックスM-305、M-510、M-520、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)等が挙げられる。酸基を有する重合性モノマーの好ましい酸価としては、0.1~40mgKOH/gであり、より好ましくは5~30mgKOH/gである。重合性化合物の酸価が0.1mgKOH/g以上であれば、現像液に対する溶解性が良好であり、40mgKOH/g以下であれば、製造や取扱い上、有利である。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having an acid group can also be used. By using a compound having an acid group, the generation of development residue can be suppressed. Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group and the like, and a carboxy group is preferable. Examples of commercially available products of the polymerizable monomer having an acid group include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520, and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.). The preferable acid value of the polymerizable monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, and more preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g. When the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH / g or more, the solubility in a developing solution is good, and when the acid value is 40 mgKOH / g or less, it is advantageous in production and handling.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物は、カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物であることも好ましい態様である。カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物は、例えば、日本化薬(株)からKAYARAD DPCAシリーズとして市販されており、DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等が挙げられる。 It is also a preferable embodiment that the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is a compound having a caprolactone structure. Compounds having a caprolactone structure are commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series, and examples thereof include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, and DPCA-120.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物は、アルキレンオキシ基を有する化合物を用いることもできる。アルキレンオキシ基を有する化合物は、エチレンオキシ基及び/又はプロピレンオキシ基を有する化合物が好ましく、エチレンオキシ基を有する化合物がより好ましく、エチレンオキシ基を4~20個有する3~6官能(メタ)アクリレート化合物がさらに好ましい。アルキレンオキシ基を有する化合物の市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ基を4個有する4官能(メタ)アクリレートであるSR-494、イソブチレンオキシ基を3個有する3官能(メタ)アクリレートであるKAYARAD TPA-330などが挙げられる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having an alkyleneoxy group can also be used. The compound having an alkyleneoxy group is preferably a compound having an ethyleneoxy group and / or a propyleneoxy group, more preferably a compound having an ethyleneoxy group, and a 3 to 6 functional (meth) acrylate having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups. Compounds are more preferred. Commercially available products of the compound having an alkyleneoxy group include, for example, SR-494, which is a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartmer, and a trifunctional (meth) acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy groups. A certain KAYARAD TPA-330 and the like can be mentioned.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物は、フルオレン骨格を有する化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン骨格を有する化合物の市販品としては、オグソールEA-0200、EA-0300(大阪ガスケミカル(株)製、フルオレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートモノマー)などが挙げられる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used. Examples of commercially available compounds having a fluorene skeleton include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., a (meth) acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、トルエンなどの環境規制物質を実質的に含まない化合物を用いることも好ましい。このような化合物の市販品としては、KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain an environmentally regulatory substance such as toluene. Examples of commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、特公昭48-041708号公報、特開昭51-037193号公報、特公平02-032293号公報、特公平02-016765号公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-049860号公報、特公昭56-017654号公報、特公昭62-039417号公報、特公昭62-039418号公報に記載されたエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物も好適である。また、特開昭63-277653号公報、特開昭63-260909号公報、特開平01-105238号公報に記載された分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する重合性化合物を用いることも好ましい。また、重合性化合物は、UA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(共栄社化学(株)製)などの市販品を用いることもできる。 Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group are described in JP-A-48-041708, JP-A-51-037193, JP-B-02-032293, and JP-B-02-016765. Such urethane acrylates and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide-based skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418. Is also suitable. Further, it is also preferable to use a polymerizable compound having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A No. 01-105238. The polymerizable compounds are UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, Commercially available products such as T-600, AI-600, and LINK-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used.
(環状エーテル基を有する化合物)
 重合性モノマーとしても用いられる環状エーテル基を有する化合物としては、エポキシ基を有する化合物(以下、エポキシ化合物ともいう)、オキセタン基を有する化合物(以下、オキセタン化合物ともいう)が挙げられる。エポキシ化合物は、多官能のエポキシ化合物であることが好ましい。すなわち、エポキシ化合物は、エポキシ基を2個以上有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ基の数の上限は、20個以下が好ましく、10個以下がより好ましい。また、オキセタン化合物は、多官能のオキセタン化合物であることが好ましい。すなわち、オキセタン化合物は、オキセタン基を2個以上有する化合物であることが好ましい。オキセタン基の数の上限は、20個以下が好ましく、10個以下がより好ましい。
(Compound having a cyclic ether group)
Examples of the compound having a cyclic ether group, which is also used as a polymerizable monomer, include a compound having an epoxy group (hereinafter, also referred to as an epoxy compound) and a compound having an oxetane group (hereinafter, also referred to as an oxetane compound). The epoxy compound is preferably a polyfunctional epoxy compound. That is, the epoxy compound is preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups. The upper limit of the number of epoxy groups is preferably 20 or less, and more preferably 10 or less. Further, the oxetane compound is preferably a polyfunctional oxetane compound. That is, the oxetane compound is preferably a compound having two or more oxetane groups. The upper limit of the number of oxetane groups is preferably 20 or less, and more preferably 10 or less.
 エポキシ化合物の市販品としては、JER828、JER1007、JER157S70(三菱ケミカル(株)製)、JER157S65((株)三菱ケミカルホールディングス製)など、特開2011-221494号公報の段落0189に記載の市販品などが挙げられる。その他の市販品として、ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S、EP-4003S、EP-4010S、EP-4011S(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、デナコールEX-611、EX-612、EX-614、EX-614B、EX-622、EX-512、EX-521、EX-411、EX-421、EX-313、EX-314、EX-321、EX-211、EX-212、EX-810、EX-811、EX-850、EX-851、EX-821、EX-830、EX-832、EX-841、EX-911、EX-941、EX-920、EX-931、EX-212L、EX-214L、EX-216L、EX-321L、EX-850L、DLC-201、DLC-203、DLC-204、DLC-205、DLC-206、DLC-301、DLC-402、EX-111,EX-121、EX-141、EX-145、EX-146、EX-147、EX-171、EX-192(以上ナガセケムテック製)、YH-300、YH-301、YH-302、YH-315、YH-324、YH-325(以上、新日鐵住金化学(株)製)、セロキサイド2021P、2081、2000、3000、EHPE3150、エポリードGT400、セルビナースB0134、B0177((株)ダイセル製)、TETRAD-X(三菱ガス化学(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available epoxy compounds include JER828, JER1007, JER157S70 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), JER157S65 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Holdings, Inc.), etc. Can be mentioned. Other commercially available products include ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, EP-4003S, EP-4010S, EP-4011S (all manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300, XD-1000, EPPN. -501, EPPN-502 (all manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), Denacol EX-611, EX-612, EX-614, EX-614B, EX-622, EX-512, EX-521, EX-411, EX 421, EX-313, EX-314, EX-321, EX-211, EX-212, EX-810, EX-811, EX-850, EX-851, EX-821, EX-830, EX-832 , EX-841, EX-911, EX-941, EX-920, EX-931, EX-212L, EX-214L, EX-216L, EX-321L, EX-850L, DLC-201, DLC-203, DLC -204, DLC-205, DLC-206, DLC-301, DLC-402, EX-111, EX-121, EX-141, EX-145, EX-146, EX-147, EX-171, EX-192 (Made by Nagase Chemtech), YH-300, YH-301, YH-302, YH-315, YH-324, YH-325 (Made by Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Metal Chemical Co., Ltd.), Serokiside 2021P, 2081, 2000, 3000, EHPE3150, Epolide GT400, Serviners B0134, B0177 (manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.), TETRAD-X (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like can be mentioned.
 オキセタン化合物の市販品としては、OXT-201、OXT-211、OXT-212、OXT-213、OXT-121、OXT-221、OX-SQ TX-100、(以上、東亞合成(株)製)などを用いることができる。 Commercially available products of oxetane compounds include OXT-201, OXT-221, OXT-212, OXT-213, OXT-121, OXT-221, OX-SQ TX-100, etc. (all manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.). Can be used.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における重合性モノマーの含有量は0.1~40質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下が好ましく、20質量%以下がより好ましい。 The content of the polymerizable monomer in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
 重合性モノマーとしてエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物を用いる場合、重合性モノマーとしてのエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物の含有量は、上述した特定樹脂100質量部に対して、1~50質量部であることが好ましい。下限は、3質量部以上であることが好ましく、5質量部以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、40質量部以下であることが好ましく、30質量部以下であることがより好ましい。 When a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is used as the polymerizable monomer, the content of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group as the polymerizable monomer is 1 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned specific resin. It is preferably about 50 parts by mass. The lower limit is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or less.
 重合性モノマーとして環状エーテル基を有する化合物を用いる場合、重合性モノマーとしての環状エーテル基を有する化合物の含有量は、上述した特定樹脂100質量部に対して、1~50質量部であることが好ましい。下限は、3質量部以上であることが好ましく、5質量部以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、40質量部以下であることが好ましく、30質量部以下であることがより好ましい。 When a compound having a cyclic ether group as a polymerizable monomer is used, the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group as a polymerizable monomer may be 1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned specific resin. preferable. The lower limit is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or less.
 重合性モノマーとしてエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物と環状エーテル基を有する化合物とを用いる場合、樹脂組成物は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物の100質量部に対して環状エーテル基を有する化合物を10~500質量部含有することが好ましい。下限は、20質量部以上であることが好ましく、30質量部以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、400質量部以下であることが好ましく、300質量部以下であることがより好ましい。両者の割合が上記範囲であれば、より耐熱性(クラック抑制と膜収縮抑制)に優れた膜を形成できる。 When a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a compound having a cyclic ether group are used as the polymerizable monomer, the resin composition is a cyclic ether with respect to 100 parts by mass of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. It is preferable to contain 10 to 500 parts by mass of the compound having a group. The lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 400 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 300 parts by mass or less. When the ratio of both is within the above range, a film having more excellent heat resistance (suppression of cracks and film shrinkage) can be formed.
<光重合開始剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は光重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する化合物が好ましい。光重合開始剤は光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
<Photopolymerization initiator>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferable. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
 光重合開始剤としては、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物、イミダゾール骨格を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物などが挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ビイミダゾール化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物及び3-アリール置換クマリン化合物であることが好ましく、ビイミダゾール化合物、オキシム化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、及び、アシルホスフィン化合物から選ばれる化合物であることがより好ましく、オキシム化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、光重合開始剤としては、特開2014-130173号公報の段落0065~0111に記載された化合物、特許第6301489号公報に記載された化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019に記載されたパーオキサイド系光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/221177号に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/110179号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-043864号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-044030号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-167313号公報に記載の過酸化物系開始剤が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having an imidazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazoles, oxime compounds, and organic compounds. Examples thereof include peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxyketone compounds and α-aminoketone compounds. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photopolymerization initiator is a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a biimidazole compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, or an oxime compound. , Triarylimidazole dimer, onium compound, benzothiazole compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, halomethyloxadiazole compound and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound, preferably biimidazole compound, A compound selected from an oxime compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound is more preferable, and an oxime compound is further preferable. Further, as the photopolymerization initiator, the compound described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37-60p, vol. 19, No. Peroxide-based photopolymerization initiator described in 3, 2019, photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, JP-A-2019-043864. Examples thereof include the photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2019-044030, the photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2019-167313, and the contents thereof are described in the present invention. Incorporated in the specification.
 ビイミダゾール化合物としては、2,2-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(o-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5-テトラキス(3,4,5-トリメトキシフェニル)-1,2’-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(2,3-ジクロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール、及び2,2’-ビス(o-クロロフェニル)-4,4,5,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾールなどが挙げられる。α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 1173、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 127(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。α-アミノケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 907、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 369E、Irgacure 379EG(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。アシルホスフィン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 819、Irgacure TPO(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the biimidazole compound include 2,2-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis (o-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5 , 5-Tetrakiss (3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) -1,2'-biimidazole, 2,2'-bis (2,3-dichlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenyl Examples thereof include biimidazole and 2,2'-bis (o-chlorophenyl) -4,4,5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole. Commercially available α-hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (above, IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure27, Irgacure29. (Manufactured by the company) and the like. Commercially available α-aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (above, IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369, Irger Made) and so on. Examples of commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (above, manufactured by IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 819, and Irgacure TPO (above, manufactured by BASF).
 オキシム化合物としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)に記載の化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)に記載の化合物、特開2000-066385号公報に記載の化合物、特表2004-534797号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-019766号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6065596号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/152153号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/051680号に記載の化合物、特開2017-198865号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0038に記載の化合物、国際公開第2013/167515号に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、及び2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光重合開始剤2)が挙げられる。また、オキシム化合物としては、着色性が無い化合物や、透明性が高く変色し難い化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the oxime compound include the compound described in JP-A-2001-233842, the compound described in JP-A-2000-080068, the compound described in JP-A-2006-342166, and J. Am. C. S. The compound according to Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), J. Mol. C. S. The compound described in Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), the compound described in Journal of Photopolisr Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), the compound described in JP-A-2000-066385, the compound described in JP-A-2000-066385. Compounds described in JP-A-2004-534977, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in JP-A-2017-109766, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6065596, International Publication No. 2015. The compound described in / 152153, the compound described in International Publication No. 2017/051680, the compound described in JP-A-2017-198865, the compound described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, Examples thereof include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/167515. Specific examples of the oxime compound include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminovtan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, and the like. 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutane-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxy Examples thereof include imino-1-phenylpropane-1-one. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, Irgacure OXE04 (above, manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Powerful Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.), ADEKA PTOMER N-1919 (Co., Ltd.). Examples thereof include a photopolymerization initiator 2) manufactured by ADEKA and described in JP2012-014552A. Further, as the oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a compound having no coloring property or a compound having high transparency and hardly discoloring. Examples of commercially available products include ADEKA ARCLUS NCI-730, NCI-831, and NCI-930 (all manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
 光重合開始剤として、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2014-137466号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include the compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466.
 また、光重合開始剤として、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2013/083505号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Further, as the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such an oxime compound include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
 光重合開始剤として、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載の化合物、特表2014-500852号公報に記載の化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報に記載の化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom are described in the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36-40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471. Compound (C-3) and the like can be mentioned.
 光重合開始剤として、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。このような光重合開始剤としては国際公開第2019/088055号に記載された化合物などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used. Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
 光重合開始剤として、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物を用いることができる。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物は、二量体とすることも好ましい。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2013-114249号公報の段落番号0031~0047、特開2014-137466号公報の段落番号0008~0012、0070~0079に記載されている化合物、特許4223071号公報の段落番号0007~0025に記載されている化合物、アデカアークルズNCI-831((株)ADEKA製)が挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as the photopolymerization initiator. The oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP2013-114249A and paragraphs 0008-0012 and 0070-0079 of JP-A-2014-137466. Examples thereof include the compound described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, ADEKA ARCULDS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
 光重合開始剤として、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/036910号に記載されるOE-01~OE-75が挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.
 光重合開始剤として、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。このような光重合開始剤としては国際公開第2019/088055号に記載された化合物などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used. Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
 オキシム化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the oxime compound are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 オキシム化合物は、波長350~500nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物が好ましく、波長360~480nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物がより好ましい。また、オキシム化合物の波長365nm又は波長405nmにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、高いことが好ましく、1000~300000であることがより好ましく、2000~300000であることが更に好ましく、5000~200000であることが特に好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチルを用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, and more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm. Further, the molar extinction coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or a wavelength of 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1000 to 300,000, still more preferably 2000 to 300,000, and more preferably 5000 to 200,000. It is particularly preferable to have. The molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using ethyl acetate with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
 光重合開始剤としては、2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いてもよい。そのような光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることにより、光ラジカル重合開始剤の1分子から2つ以上のラジカルが発生するため、良好な感度が得られる。また、非対称構造の化合物を用いた場合においては、結晶性が低下して溶剤などへの溶解性が向上して、経時で析出しにくくなり、樹脂組成物の経時安定性を向上させることができる。2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、特表2010-527339号公報、特表2011-524436号公報、国際公開第2015/004565号、特表2016-532675号公報の段落番号0407~0412、国際公開第2017/033680号の段落番号0039~0055に記載されているオキシム化合物の2量体、特表2013-522445号公報に記載されている化合物(E)及び化合物(G)、国際公開第2016/034963号に記載されているCmpd1~7、特表2017-523465号公報の段落番号0007に記載されているオキシムエステル類光開始剤、特開2017-167399号公報の段落番号0020~0033に記載されている光開始剤、特開2017-151342号公報の段落番号0017~0026に記載されている光重合開始剤(A)、特許第6469669号に記載されているオキシム化合物などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher photoradical polymerization initiator may be used. By using such a photoradical polymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained. Further, when a compound having an asymmetric structure is used, the crystallinity is lowered, the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, the precipitation is less likely to occur with time, and the stability of the resin composition with time can be improved. .. Specific examples of the bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photo-radical polymerization initiators include Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No. 2015/004565, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-532675. Dimerics of oxime compounds described in paragraphs 0407 to 0412, paragraphs 0039 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2017/033680, compounds (E) and compounds described in JP-A-2013-522445. G), Cmpd1-7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034943, Oxime Esters Photoinitiator described in paragraph No. 0007 of JP-A-2017-523465, JP-A-2017-167399. Photoinitiator described in paragraphs 0020 to 0033, photopolymerization initiator (A) described in paragraphs 0017 to 0026 of JP-A-2017-151342, oxime described in Japanese Patent No. 6469669. Examples include compounds.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中の光重合開始剤の含有量は0.1~30質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、20質量%以下が好ましく、15質量%以下がより好ましい。光重合開始剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less. Only one kind of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more kinds may be used.
<シランカップリング剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。本明細書において、シランカップリング剤は、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物を意味する。また、加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応及び縮合反応の少なくともいずれかによってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシリル基を有する化合物が好ましい。また、加水分解性基以外の官能基としては、例えば、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、メルカプト基、エポキシ基、アミノ基、ウレイド基、スルフィド基、イソシアネート基、フェニル基などが挙げられ、アミノ基、(メタ)アクリロイル基及びエポキシ基が好ましい。シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、特開2009-288703号公報の段落番号0018~0036に記載の化合物、特開2009-242604号公報の段落番号0056~0066に記載の化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<Silane coupling agent>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent. As used herein, the silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. Further, the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly linked to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group and the like, and an alkoxy group is preferable. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. Examples of the functional group other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group, an isocyanate group and a phenyl group. And the like, an amino group, a (meth) acryloyl group and an epoxy group are preferable. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0018 to 0036 of JP2009-288703 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0056 to 0066 of JP2009-242604A. The contents of are incorporated herein by reference.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中におけるシランカップリング剤の含有量は、0.1~5質量%が好ましい。上限は、3質量%以下が好ましく、2質量%以下がより好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましい。シランカップリング剤は、1種のみでもよく、2種以上でもよい。 The content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 3% by mass or less, more preferably 2% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more. The silane coupling agent may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
<硬化促進剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、樹脂や重合性化合物の反応を促進させたり、硬化温度を下げる目的で、硬化促進剤をさらに含有することができる。硬化促進剤は、メチロール系化合物(例えば特開2015-034963号公報の段落番号0246において、架橋剤として例示されている化合物)、アミン類、ホスホニウム塩、アミジン塩、アミド化合物(以上、例えば特開2013-041165号公報の段落番号0186に記載の硬化剤)、塩基発生剤(例えば、特開2014-055114号公報に記載のイオン性化合物)、シアネート化合物(例えば、特開2012-150180号公報の段落番号0071に記載の化合物)、アルコキシシラン化合物(例えば、特開2011-253054号公報に記載のエポキシ基を有するアルコキシシラン化合物)、オニウム塩化合物(例えば、特開2015-034963号公報の段落番号0216に酸発生剤として例示されている化合物、特開2009-180949号公報に記載の化合物)などを用いることもできる。
<Curing accelerator>
The resin composition of the present invention may further contain a curing accelerator for the purpose of accelerating the reaction of the resin or the polymerizable compound and lowering the curing temperature. The curing accelerator is a methylol-based compound (for example, a compound exemplified as a cross-linking agent in paragraph No. 0246 of JP-A-2015-034963), amines, a phosphonium salt, an amidin salt, and an amide compound (for example, JP-A-2015). The curing agent described in paragraph No. 0186 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-041165), the base generator (for example, the ionic compound described in JP-A-2014-0551114), and the cyanate compound (for example, JP-A-2012-150180). The compound described in paragraph No. 0071), the alkoxysilane compound (for example, the alkoxysilane compound having an epoxy group described in JP-A-2011-253504), and the onium salt compound (for example, the paragraph number of JP-A-2015-0349463). A compound exemplified as an acid generator in 0216, a compound described in JP-A-2009-180949) and the like can also be used.
 本発明の樹脂組成物が硬化促進剤を含有する場合、硬化促進剤の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分中0.3~8.9質量%が好ましく、0.8~6.4質量%がより好ましい。 When the resin composition of the present invention contains a curing accelerator, the content of the curing accelerator is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass in the total solid content of the resin composition. More preferably by mass.
<重合禁止剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)が挙げられる。中でも、p-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。樹脂組成物の全固形分中における重合禁止剤の含有量は、0.0001~5質量%が好ましい。
<Polymerization inhibitor>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), and the like. Examples thereof include 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salt, first cerium salt, etc.). Of these, p-methoxyphenol is preferable. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass.
<界面活性剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することができる。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤、アニオン性界面活性剤、シリコン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0238~0245に記載された界面活性剤が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<Surfactant>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicon-based surfactant can be used. As for the surfactant, the surfactant described in paragraph Nos. 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 is mentioned, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
 界面活性剤はフッ素系界面活性剤であることが好ましい。樹脂組成物にフッ素系界面活性剤を含有させることで液特性(特に、流動性)がより向上し、省液性をより改善することができる。また、厚みムラの小さい膜を形成することもできる。 The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant. By containing a fluorine-based surfactant in the resin composition, the liquid characteristics (particularly, fluidity) can be further improved, and the liquid saving property can be further improved. It is also possible to form a film having a small thickness unevenness.
 フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、樹脂組成物中における溶解性も良好である。 The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass. A fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity in the thickness of the coating film and liquid saving, and has good solubility in the resin composition.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、特開2014-041318号公報の段落番号0060~0064(対応する国際公開第2014/017669号の段落番号0060~0064)等に記載の界面活性剤、特開2011-132503号公報の段落番号0117~0132に記載の界面活性剤、特開2020-008634号公報に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。フッ素系界面活性剤の市販品としては、例えば、メガファックF-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP、MFS-330、R-41、R-41-LM、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、RS-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、FC431、FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上、AGC(株)製)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上、OMNOVA社製)、フタージェント710FM、610FM、601AD、601ADH2、602A、215M、245F(以上、株)NEOS製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include the surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-041318 (paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of International Publication No. 2014/017669) and the like, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-. The surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 132503 and the surfactants described in JP-A-2020-008634 are mentioned, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Commercially available products of fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafax F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F-144. , F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560. , F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, R-41, R-41-LM, R-01, R-40, R -40-LM, RS-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (above, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.), Fluorard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, Sumitomo) 3M Co., Ltd.), Surfron S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (above, AGC Co., Ltd.), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (all manufactured by OMNOVA), Surfactant 710FM, 610FM, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 215M, 245F (manufactured by NEOS), etc. Can be mentioned.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素化アルキル基又はフッ素化アルキレンエーテル基を有するフッ素原子含有ビニルエーテル化合物と、親水性のビニルエーテル化合物との重合体を用いることも好ましい。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2016-216602号公報の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound. For such a fluorine-based surfactant, the description in JP-A-2016-216602 can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、ブロックポリマーを用いることもできる。例えば特開2011-089090号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができる。下記化合物も本発明で用いられるフッ素系界面活性剤として例示される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 上記の化合物の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは3000~50000であり、例えば、14000である。上記の化合物中、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%はモル%である。
As the fluorine-based surfactant, a block polymer can also be used. For example, the compounds described in JP-A-2011-089090 can be mentioned. The fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth). A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used. The following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactant used in the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
The weight average molecular weight of the above compounds is preferably 3000 to 50,000, for example 14000. Among the above compounds,% indicating the ratio of the repeating unit is mol%.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2010-164965号公報の段落番号0050~0090及び段落番号0289~0295に記載された化合物、例えばDIC(株)製のメガファックRS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等が挙げられる。フッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2015-117327号公報の段落番号0015~0158に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain can also be used. Specific examples thereof include compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP2010-164965, for example, Megafuck RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation. , RS-72-K and the like. As the fluorine-based surfactant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be used.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における界面活性剤の含有量は、0.001質量%~5.0質量%が好ましく、0.005~3.0質量%がより好ましい。界面活性剤は、1種のみでもよく、2種以上でもよい。2種以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 3.0% by mass. The surfactant may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
<紫外線吸収剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤は、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物などを用いることができる。これらの詳細については、特開2012-208374号公報の段落番号0052~0072、特開2013-068814号公報の段落番号0317~0334、特開2016-162946号公報の段落番号0061~0080の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。紫外線吸収剤の市販品としては、例えば、UV-503(大東化学(株)製)などが挙げられる。また、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物としては、ミヨシ油脂製のMYUAシリーズ(化学工業日報、2016年2月1日)が挙げられる。また、紫外線吸収剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0049~0059に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。樹脂組成物の全固形分中における紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~5質量%がより好ましい。紫外線吸収剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<UV absorber>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber. As the ultraviolet absorber, a conjugated diene compound, an aminodiene compound, a salicylate compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, an acrylonitrile compound, a hydroxyphenyltriazine compound, an indole compound, a triazine compound and the like can be used. For details thereof, refer to paragraph numbers 0052 to 0072 of JP2012-208374A, paragraph numbers 0317 to 0334 of JP2013-066814, and paragraph numbers 0061 to 0080 of JP2016-162946. It can be taken into consideration and these contents are incorporated in the present specification. Examples of commercially available products of ultraviolet absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Kagaku Co., Ltd.). Examples of the benzotriazole compound include the MYUA series made of Miyoshi Oil & Fat (The Chemical Daily, February 1, 2016). Further, as the ultraviolet absorber, the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used. The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. Only one kind of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more kinds may be used. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
<酸化防止剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール化合物、亜リン酸エステル化合物、チオエーテル化合物などが挙げられる。フェノール化合物としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤として知られる任意のフェノール化合物を使用することができる。好ましいフェノール化合物としては、ヒンダードフェノール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール性ヒドロキシ基に隣接する部位(オルト位)に置換基を有する化合物が好ましい。前述の置換基としては炭素数1~22の置換又は無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、同一分子内にフェノール基と亜リン酸エステル基を有する化合物も好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤も好適に使用することができる。また、酸化防止剤は、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0059371号公報に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。樹脂組成物の全固形分中における酸化防止剤の含有量は、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.3~15質量%であることがより好ましい。酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<Antioxidant>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain an antioxidant. Examples of the antioxidant include phenol compounds, phosphite ester compounds, thioether compounds and the like. As the phenol compound, any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used. Preferred phenolic compounds include hindered phenolic compounds. A compound having a substituent at a site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferable. As the above-mentioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable. Further, as the antioxidant, a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule is also preferable. Further, as the antioxidant, a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be preferably used. Further, as the antioxidant, the compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371 can also be used. The content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass. Only one kind of antioxidant may be used, or two or more kinds may be used. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
<その他成分>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、必要に応じて、増感剤、熱硬化促進剤、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、充填剤、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、香料、表面張力調整剤、連鎖移動剤など)を含有してもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、例えば、特開2012-003225号公報の段落番号0183以降(対応する米国特許出願公開第2013/0034812号明細書の段落番号0237)の記載、特開2008-250074号公報の段落番号0101~0104、0107~0109等の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、樹脂組成物は、必要に応じて、潜在酸化防止剤を含有してもよい。潜在酸化防止剤としては、酸化防止剤として機能する部位が保護基で保護された化合物であって、100~250℃で加熱するか、又は酸/塩基触媒存在下で80~200℃で加熱することにより保護基が脱離して酸化防止剤として機能する化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤としては、国際公開第2014/021023号、国際公開第2017/030005号、特開2017-008219号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。市販品としては、アデカアークルズGPA-5001((株)ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。
<Other ingredients>
The resin composition of the present invention may be used as a sensitizer, a thermosetting accelerator, a plasticizer and other auxiliaries (eg, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, etc.), if necessary. It may contain a peeling accelerator, a fragrance, a surface tension adjusting agent, a chain transfer agent, etc.). By appropriately containing these components, properties such as film physical characteristics can be adjusted. These components are described in, for example, paragraph No. 0183 or later of JP2012-003225A (paragraph number 0237 of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), paragraph 2008-250074. The descriptions of Nos. 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109, etc. can be taken into consideration, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification. In addition, the resin composition may contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary. The latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group, and is heated at 100 to 250 ° C. or at 80 to 200 ° C. in the presence of an acid / base catalyst. This includes compounds in which the protecting group is desorbed and functions as an antioxidant. Examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219. Examples of commercially available products include ADEKA ARKULS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) and the like.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、得られる膜の屈折率を調整するために金属酸化物を含有させてもよい。金属酸化物としては、TiO、ZrO、Al、SiO等が挙げられる。金属酸化物の一次粒子径は1~100nmが好ましく、3~70nmがより好ましく、5~50nmが更に好ましい。金属酸化物はコア-シェル構造を有していてもよい。また、この場合、コア部は中空状であってもよい。 The resin composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the obtained film. Examples of the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , SiO 2 and the like. The primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 3 to 70 nm, still more preferably 5 to 50 nm. The metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. Further, in this case, the core portion may be hollow.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、耐光性改良剤を含んでもよい。耐光性改良剤としては、特開2017-198787号公報の段落番号0036~0037に記載の化合物、特開2017-146350号公報の段落番号0029~0034に記載の化合物、特開2017-129774号公報の段落番号0036~0037、0049~0052に記載の化合物、特開2017-129674号公報の段落番号0031~0034、0058~0059に記載の化合物、特開2017-122803号公報の段落番号0036~0037、0051~0054に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0039に記載の化合物、特開2017-186546号公報の段落番号0034~0047に記載の化合物、特開2015-025116号公報の段落番号0019~0041に記載の化合物、特開2012-145604号公報の段落番号0101~0125に記載の化合物、特開2012-103475号公報の段落番号0018~0021に記載の化合物、特開2011-257591号公報の段落番号0015~0018に記載の化合物、特開2011-191483号公報の段落番号0017~0021に記載の化合物、特開2011-145668号公報の段落番号0108~0116に記載の化合物、特開2011-253174号公報の段落番号0103~0153に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。 The resin composition of the present invention may contain a light resistance improving agent. Examples of the light resistance improving agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2017-198787, the compounds described in paragraphs 0029 to 0034 of JP-A-2017-146350, and JP-A-2017-129774. The compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 and 0049 to 0052, the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0034 and 0058 to 0059 of JP-A-2017-129674, paragraph numbers 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2017-122803. , 0051 to 0054, the compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0039 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, the compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0047 of JP-A-2017-186546, the compounds of JP-A-2015-025116. The compounds described in paragraph numbers 0019 to 0041 of JP-A, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0101 to 0125 of JP2012-145604, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0018 to 0021 of JP-A-2012-103475, the present invention. The compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0018 of JP-A-2011-257591, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0017 to 0021 of JP-A-2011-191483, and paragraph numbers 0108 to 0116 of JP-A-2011-145668. , And the compounds described in paragraphs 0103 to 0153 of JP-A-2011-253174.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、顔料などと結合又は配位していない遊離の金属の含有量が100ppm以下であることが好ましく、50ppm以下であることがより好ましく、10ppm以下であることが更に好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが特に好ましい。この態様によれば、顔料分散性の安定化(凝集抑止)、分散性向上に伴う分光特性の向上、硬化性成分の安定化、金属原子・金属イオンの溶出に伴う導電性変動の抑止、表示特性の向上などの効果が期待できる。また、特開2012-153796号公報、特開2000-345085号公報、特開2005-200560号公報、特開平08-043620号公報、特開2004-145078号公報、特開2014-119487号公報、特開2010-083997号公報、特開2017-090930号公報、特開2018-025612号公報、特開2018-025797号公報、特開2017-155228号公報、特開2018-036521号公報などに記載された効果も得られる。上記の遊離の金属の種類としては、Na、K、Ca、Sc、Ti、Mn、Cu、Zn、Fe、Cr、Co、Mg、Al、Sn、Zr、Ga、Ge、Ag、Au、Pt、Cs、Ni、Cd、Pb、Bi等が挙げられる。また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、顔料などと結合又は配位していない遊離のハロゲンの含有量が100ppm以下であることが好ましく、50ppm以下であることがより好ましく、10ppm以下であることが更に好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが特に好ましい。ハロゲンとしては、F、Cl、Br、I及びそれらの陰イオンが挙げられる。樹脂組成物中の遊離の金属やハロゲンの低減方法としては、イオン交換水による洗浄、ろ過、限外ろ過、イオン交換樹脂による精製等の方法が挙げられる。 The resin composition of the present invention preferably has a free metal content of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less, and further preferably 10 ppm or less, which is not bonded or coordinated with a pigment or the like. , It is particularly preferable that it is not substantially contained. According to this aspect, stabilization of pigment dispersibility (agglomeration suppression), improvement of spectral characteristics due to improvement of dispersibility, stabilization of curable components, suppression of conductivity fluctuation due to elution of metal atoms / metal ions, and display. Effects such as improvement of characteristics can be expected. In addition, JP-A-2012-153996, JP-A-2000-34585, JP-A-2005-2005, JP-A-08-043620, JP-A-2004-145878, JP-A-2014-119487, Described in JP-A-2010-083979, JP-A-2017-090930, JP-A-2018-025612, JP-A-2018-025797, JP-A-2017-155228, JP-A-2018-036521 and the like. The effect that was done is also obtained. Examples of the types of free metals include Na, K, Ca, Sc, Ti, Mn, Cu, Zn, Fe, Cr, Co, Mg, Al, Sn, Zr, Ga, Ge, Ag, Au, Pt, and the like. Examples thereof include Cs, Ni, Cd, Pb and Bi. Further, the resin composition of the present invention preferably has a content of free halogen not bonded or coordinated with a pigment or the like of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less, and more preferably 10 ppm or less. It is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that it is not substantially contained. Examples of the halogen include F, Cl, Br, I and their anions. Examples of the method for reducing free metals and halogens in the resin composition include washing with ion-exchanged water, filtration, ultrafiltration, and purification with an ion-exchange resin.
 環境規制の観点から、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用が規制されることがある。本発明の樹脂組成物において、上記した化合物の含有率を小さくする場合、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸)及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸)及びその塩の含有率は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01ppb~1,000ppbの範囲であることが好ましく、0.05ppb~500ppbの範囲であることがより好ましく、0.1ppb~300ppbの範囲であることが更に好ましい。本発明の樹脂組成物は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まなくてもよい。例えば、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物を用いることで、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まない樹脂組成物を選択してもよい。規制化合物の代替となりうる化合物としては、例えば、パーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数の違いによって規制対象から除外された化合物が挙げられる。ただし、上記した内容は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用を妨げるものではない。本発明の樹脂組成物は、許容される最大の範囲内で、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を含んでもよい。 From the viewpoint of environmental regulation, the use of perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt may be restricted. In the resin composition of the present invention, when the content of the above-mentioned compound is reduced, the perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid (particularly the perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group), a salt thereof, and a per. The content of the fluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (particularly the perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salt is 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition. It is preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb. The resin composition of the present invention may be substantially free of perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and salts thereof, as well as perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and salts thereof. For example, by using a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salt, and a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt, perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid can be used. And a resin composition that is substantially free of salts thereof may be selected. Examples of compounds that can substitute for the regulated compound include compounds excluded from the regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms of the perfluoroalkyl group. However, the above-mentioned contents do not prevent the use of perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt. The resin composition of the present invention may contain a perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and a salt thereof, and a perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and a salt thereof within the maximum allowable range.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、テレフタル酸エステルを実質的に含まないことも好ましい。ここで、「実質的に含まない」とは、テレフタル酸エステルの含有量が、樹脂組成物の全量中、1000質量ppb以下であることを意味し、100質量ppb以下であることがより好ましく、ゼロであることが特に好ましい。 It is also preferable that the resin composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a terephthalic acid ester. Here, "substantially free" means that the content of the terephthalic acid ester is 1000 mass ppb or less in the total amount of the resin composition, and more preferably 100 mass ppb or less. Zero is particularly preferred.
<収容容器>
 樹脂組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、原材料や樹脂組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成する多層ボトルや6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。また、容器内壁は、容器内壁からの金属溶出を防ぎ、樹脂組成物の保存安定性を高めたり、成分変質を抑制するなど目的で、ガラス製やステンレス製などにすることも好ましい。
<Accommodation container>
The storage container for the resin composition is not particularly limited, and a known storage container can be used. In addition, as a storage container, for the purpose of suppressing contamination of raw materials and resin compositions with impurities, a multi-layer bottle having a container inner wall composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resin and a bottle having 6 types of resin having a 7-layer structure. It is also preferable to use. Examples of such a container include the container described in JP-A-2015-123351. Further, the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass or stainless steel for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, improving the storage stability of the resin composition, and suppressing the deterioration of the components.
<樹脂組成物の調製方法>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。樹脂組成物の調製に際しては、全成分を同時に有機溶剤に溶解及び/又は分散して樹脂組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じて、各成分を適宜2つ以上の溶液又は分散液としておいて、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して樹脂組成物を調製してもよい。
<Preparation method of resin composition>
The resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. When preparing the resin composition, all the components may be simultaneously dissolved and / or dispersed in an organic solvent to prepare a resin composition, or if necessary, each component may be appropriately dissolved in two or more solutions or dispersions. However, these may be mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare a resin composition.
 また、樹脂組成物の調製に際して、顔料を分散させるプロセスを含むことが好ましい。顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーションなどが挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散などが挙げられる。またサンドミル(ビーズミル)における顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離などで粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、顔料を分散させるプロセス及び分散機は、「分散技術大全集、株式会社情報機構発行、2005年7月15日」や「サスペンション(固/液分散系)を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際 総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、1978年10月10日」、特開2015-157893号公報の段落番号0022に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用出来る。また、顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて粒子の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば特開2015-194521号公報、特開2012-046629号公報の記載を参酌できる。 Further, when preparing the resin composition, it is preferable to include a process of dispersing the pigment. In the process of dispersing the pigment, the mechanical force used for dispersing the pigment includes compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation and the like. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion and the like. Further, in the pulverization of the pigment in the sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use beads having a small diameter and to perform the treatment under the condition that the pulverization efficiency is increased by increasing the filling rate of the beads. Further, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation or the like after the pulverization treatment. In addition, the process and disperser for dispersing pigments are "Dispersion Technology Complete Works, Published by Information Organization Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" and "Dispersion technology centered on suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system) and industrial". Practical application The process and disperser described in paragraph No. 0022 of JP-A-2015-157893, "Comprehensive Data Collection, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978" can be preferably used. Further, in the process of dispersing the pigment, the particles may be miniaturized in the salt milling step. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling step, for example, the descriptions in JP-A-2015-194521 and JP-A-2012-046629 can be referred to.
 樹脂組成物の調製にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、樹脂組成物をフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。フィルタとしては、従来からろ過用途等に用いられているフィルタであれば特に限定されることなく用いることができる。例えば、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)、ポリフッ化ビニリデン(PVDF)等のフッ素樹脂、ナイロン(例えばナイロン-6、ナイロン-6,6)等のポリアミド樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン(PP)等のポリオレフィン樹脂(高密度、超高分子量のポリオレフィン樹脂を含む)等の素材を用いたフィルタが挙げられる。これら素材の中でもポリプロピレン(高密度ポリプロピレンを含む)及びナイロンが好ましい。 When preparing the resin composition, it is preferable to filter the resin composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances and reducing defects. As the filter, any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration or the like can be used without particular limitation. For example, fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), polyamide resins such as nylon (eg, nylon-6, nylon-6,6), and polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (for example, A filter using a material such as (including a high-density, ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene resin) and the like can be mentioned. Among these materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferable.
 フィルタの孔径は、0.01~7.0μmが好ましく、0.01~3.0μmがより好ましく、0.05~0.5μmが更に好ましい。フィルタの孔径が上記範囲であれば、微細な異物をより確実に除去できる。フィルタの孔径値については、フィルタメーカーの公称値を参照することができる。フィルタは、日本ポール株式会社(DFA4201NXEY、DFA4201NAEY、DFA4201J006Pなど)、アドバンテック東洋株式会社、日本インテグリス株式会社(旧日本マイクロリス株式会社)及び株式会社キッツマイクロフィルタ等が提供する各種フィルタを用いることができる。 The pore diameter of the filter is preferably 0.01 to 7.0 μm, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0 μm, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 μm. If the pore diameter of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably. For the hole diameter value of the filter, the nominal value of the filter manufacturer can be referred to. As the filter, various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NXEY, DFA4201NAEY, DFA4201J006P, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Japan Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Nippon Microlith Co., Ltd.), KITZ Microfilter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used. ..
 また、フィルタとしてファイバ状のろ材を用いることも好ましい。ファイバ状のろ材としては、例えばポリプロピレンファイバ、ナイロンファイバ、グラスファイバ等が挙げられる。市販品としては、ロキテクノ社製のSBPタイプシリーズ(SBP008など)、TPRタイプシリーズ(TPR002、TPR005など)、SHPXタイプシリーズ(SHPX003など)が挙げられる。 It is also preferable to use a fiber-like filter medium as the filter. Examples of the fiber-like filter medium include polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber and the like. Examples of commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.) and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno Co., Ltd.
 フィルタを使用する際、異なるフィルタ(例えば、第1のフィルタと第2のフィルタなど)を組み合わせてもよい。その際、各フィルタでのろ過は、1回のみでもよいし、2回以上行ってもよい。また、上述した範囲内で異なる孔径のフィルタを組み合わせてもよい。また、第1のフィルタでのろ過は、分散液のみに対して行い、他の成分を混合した後で、第2のフィルタでろ過を行ってもよい。また樹脂組成物の親疎水性に合わせて、適宜フィルタを選択することができる。 When using a filter, different filters (for example, a first filter and a second filter) may be combined. At that time, the filtration with each filter may be performed only once or twice or more. Further, filters having different pore diameters may be combined within the above-mentioned range. Further, the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion liquid, and after mixing the other components, the filtration may be performed with the second filter. Further, the filter can be appropriately selected according to the hydrophobicity of the resin composition.
(膜)
 本発明の膜は、上述した本発明の樹脂組成物から得られる膜である。本発明の膜は、カラーフィルタ、近赤外線透過フィルタ、近赤外線カットフィルタなどの光学フィルタに用いることができる。また、本発明の膜は、ブラックマトリクスや遮光膜などに用いることもできる。
(film)
The film of the present invention is a film obtained from the above-mentioned resin composition of the present invention. The film of the present invention can be used for an optical filter such as a color filter, a near-infrared transmission filter, and a near-infrared cut filter. The film of the present invention can also be used as a black matrix, a light-shielding film, or the like.
 本発明の膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。例えば、膜厚は、20μm以下が好ましく、10μm以下がより好ましく、5μm以下がさらに好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上がさらに好ましい。 The film thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. For example, the film thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, still more preferably 0.3 μm or more.
 本発明の膜をカラーフィルタとして用いる場合、本発明の膜は、緑色、赤色、青色、シアン色、マゼンタ色または黄色の色相を有することが好ましい。また、本発明の膜は、カラーフィルタの着色画素として好ましく用いることができる。着色画素としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素などが挙げられる。 When the film of the present invention is used as a color filter, the film of the present invention preferably has a hue of green, red, blue, cyan, magenta or yellow. Further, the film of the present invention can be preferably used as a colored pixel of a color filter. Examples of the colored pixel include a red pixel, a green pixel, a blue pixel, a magenta color pixel, a cyan color pixel, and a yellow pixel.
 本発明の膜を近赤外線カットフィルタとして用いる場合、本発明の膜の極大吸収波長は、波長700~1800nmの範囲に存在することが好ましく、波長700~1300nmの範囲に存在することがより好ましく、波長700~1100nmの範囲に存在することが更に好ましい。また、膜の波長400~650nmの全範囲での透過率は70%以上であることが好ましく、80%以上であることがより好ましく、90%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、膜の波長700~1800nmの範囲の少なくとも1点での透過率は20%以下であることが好ましい。また、極大吸収波長における吸光度Amaxと、波長550nmにおける吸光度A550との比である吸光度Amax/吸光度A550は、20~500であることが好ましく、50~500であることがより好ましく、70~450であることが更に好ましく、100~400であることが特に好ましい。 When the film of the present invention is used as a near-infrared cut filter, the maximum absorption wavelength of the film of the present invention preferably exists in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1300 nm. It is more preferably present in the wavelength range of 700 to 1100 nm. Further, the transmittance of the film in the entire wavelength range of 400 to 650 nm is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, still more preferably 90% or more. Further, the transmittance at at least one point in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm of the film is preferably 20% or less. The absorbance Amax / absorbance A550, which is the ratio of the absorbance Amax at the maximum absorption wavelength to the absorbance A550 at a wavelength of 550 nm, is preferably 20 to 500, more preferably 50 to 500, and 70 to 450. It is more preferably present, and particularly preferably 100 to 400.
 本発明の膜を近赤外線透過フィルタとして用いる場合、本発明の膜は、例えば、以下の(i1)~(i5)のいずれかの分光特性を有することが好ましい。
 (i1):波長400~640nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長800~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~640nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長750nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
 (i2):波長400~750nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長900~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~750nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長850nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
 (i3):波長400~830nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1000~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~830nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長950nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
 (i4):波長400~950nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1100~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~950nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長1050nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
 (i5):波長400~1050nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1200~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~1050nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長1150nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
When the film of the present invention is used as a near-infrared ray transmitting filter, it is preferable that the film of the present invention has, for example, any of the following spectral characteristics (i1) to (i5).
(I1): The maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 800 to 1500 nm is. A filter of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm and transmit light having a wavelength of more than 750 nm.
(I2): The maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 900 to 1500 nm is. A filter of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm and transmit light having a wavelength of more than 850 nm.
(I3): The maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1500 nm is. A filter of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm and transmit light having a wavelength exceeding 950 nm.
(I4): The maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1500 nm is. A filter of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm and transmit light having a wavelength exceeding 1050 nm.
(I5): The maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1200 to 1500 nm is. A filter of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm and transmit light having a wavelength exceeding 1150 nm.
 本発明の膜は、窒素雰囲気下にて300℃で5時間加熱処理した後の膜の厚さが、加熱処理前の膜の厚さの70%以上であることが好ましく、80%以上であることがより好ましく、90%以上であることが更に好ましく、95%以上であることがより一層好ましく、99%以上であることが特に好ましい。
 また、上記膜を窒素雰囲気下にて350℃で5時間加熱処理した後の膜の厚さは、加熱処理前の膜の厚さの70%以上であることが好ましく、80%以上であることがより好ましく、90%以上であることが更に好ましく、95%以上であることがより一層好ましく、99%以上であることが特に好ましい。
 また、上記膜を窒素雰囲気下にて400℃で5時間加熱処理した後の膜の厚さは、加熱処理前の膜の厚さの70%以上であることが好ましく、80%以上であることがより好ましく、90%以上であることが更に好ましく、95%以上であることがより一層好ましく、99%以上であることが特に好ましい。
The thickness of the film of the present invention after being heat-treated at 300 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere is preferably 70% or more, preferably 80% or more of the thickness of the film before the heat treatment. It is more preferably 90% or more, further preferably 95% or more, and particularly preferably 99% or more.
The thickness of the film after being heat-treated at 350 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere is preferably 70% or more, preferably 80% or more of the thickness of the film before the heat treatment. Is more preferably 90% or more, further preferably 95% or more, and particularly preferably 99% or more.
The thickness of the film after being heat-treated at 400 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere is preferably 70% or more, preferably 80% or more of the thickness of the film before the heat treatment. Is more preferably 90% or more, further preferably 95% or more, and particularly preferably 99% or more.
<膜の製造方法>
 本発明の膜は、上述した本発明の樹脂組成物を支持体上に塗布する工程を経て製造できる。本発明の膜の製造方法においては、更にパターン(画素)を形成する工程を含むことが好ましい。パターン(画素)の形成方法としては、フォトリソグラフィ法及びドライエッチング法が挙げられ、フォトリソグラフィ法が好ましい。
<Membrane manufacturing method>
The film of the present invention can be produced through the steps of applying the above-mentioned resin composition of the present invention onto a support. The film manufacturing method of the present invention preferably further includes a step of forming a pattern (pixel). Examples of the pattern (pixel) forming method include a photolithography method and a dry etching method, and a photolithography method is preferable.
(フォトリソグラフィ法)
 まず、フォトリソグラフィ法によりパターンを形成して膜を製造する場合について説明する。フォトリソグラフィ法によるパターン形成は、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いて支持体上に樹脂組成物層を形成する工程と、樹脂組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、樹脂組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する工程と、を含むことが好ましい。必要に応じて、樹脂組成物層をベークする工程(プリベーク工程)、及び、現像されたパターン(画素)をベークする工程(ポストベーク工程)を設けてもよい。
(Photolithography method)
First, a case where a film is manufactured by forming a pattern by a photolithography method will be described. The pattern formation by the photolithography method includes a step of forming a resin composition layer on a support using the resin composition of the present invention, a step of exposing the resin composition layer in a pattern, and a step of exposing the resin composition layer in a pattern. It is preferable to include a step of developing and removing the exposed portion to form a pattern (pixel). If necessary, a step of baking the resin composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-baking step) may be provided.
 樹脂組成物層を形成する工程では、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いて、支持体上に樹脂組成物層を形成する。支持体としては、特に限定は無く、用途に応じて適宜選択できる。例えば、ガラス基板、シリコン基板などが挙げられ、シリコン基板であることが好ましい。また、シリコン基板には、電荷結合素子(CCD)、相補型金属酸化膜半導体(CMOS)、透明導電膜などが形成されていてもよい。また、シリコン基板には、各画素を隔離するブラックマトリクスが形成されている場合もある。また、シリコン基板には、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下地層が設けられていてもよい。下地層の表面接触角は、ジヨードメタンで測定した際に20~70°であることが好まい。また、水で測定した際に30~80°であることが好ましい。下地層の表面接触角が上記範囲であれば、樹脂組成物の塗れ性が良好である。下地層の表面接触角の調整は、たとえば、界面活性剤の添加などの方法で行うことができる。 In the step of forming the resin composition layer, the resin composition layer of the present invention is used to form the resin composition layer on the support. The support is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended use. Examples thereof include a glass substrate and a silicon substrate, and a silicon substrate is preferable. Further, a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, or the like may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, a black matrix that separates each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, the silicon substrate may be provided with a base layer for improving the adhesion with the upper layer, preventing the diffusion of substances, or flattening the surface of the substrate. The surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 to 70 ° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferably 30 to 80 ° when measured with water. When the surface contact angle of the base layer is within the above range, the coating property of the resin composition is good. The surface contact angle of the base layer can be adjusted by, for example, adding a surfactant.
 樹脂組成物の塗布方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、滴下法(ドロップキャスト);スリットコート法;スプレー法;ロールコート法;回転塗布法(スピンコーティング);流延塗布法;スリットアンドスピン法;プリウェット法(たとえば、特開2009-145395号公報に記載されている方法);インクジェット(例えばオンデマンド方式、ピエゾ方式、サーマル方式)、ノズルジェット等の吐出系印刷、フレキソ印刷、スクリーン印刷、グラビア印刷、反転オフセット印刷、メタルマスク印刷法などの各種印刷法;金型等を用いた転写法;ナノインプリント法などが挙げられる。インクジェットでの適用方法としては、特に限定されず、例えば「広がる・使えるインクジェット-特許に見る無限の可能性-、2005年2月発行、住ベテクノリサーチ」に示された方法(特に115ページ~133ページ)や、特開2003-262716号公報、特開2003-185831号公報、特開2003-261827号公報、特開2012-126830号公報、特開2006-169325号公報などに記載の方法が挙げられる。また、樹脂組成物の塗布方法は、国際公開第2017/030174号、国際公開第2017/018419号に記載された方法を用いることもでき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As a method for applying the resin composition, a known method can be used. For example, a drop method (drop cast); a slit coat method; a spray method; a roll coat method; a rotary coating method (spin coating); a cast coating method; a slit and spin method; a pre-wet method (for example, JP-A-2009-145395). Methods described in the publication); Inkjet (for example, on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection system printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, etc. Various printing methods; transfer method using a mold or the like; nano-imprint method and the like can be mentioned. The method of application in inkjet is not particularly limited, and is, for example, the method shown in "Expandable / usable inkjet-infinite possibilities seen in patents-, published in February 2005, Sumi Betechno Research" (especially from page 115). Page 133), JP-A-2003-262716, JP-A-2003-185831, JP-A-2003-261827, JP-A-2012-126830, JP-A-2006-169325, and the like. Can be mentioned. Further, as a method for applying the resin composition, the methods described in International Publication No. 2017/030174 and International Publication No. 2017/018419 can also be used, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
 支持体上に形成した樹脂組成物層は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。低温プロセスにより膜を製造する場合は、プリベークを行わなくてもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク時間は、10~300秒が好ましく、40~250秒がより好ましく、80~220秒がさらに好ましい。プリベークは、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The resin composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked). When the membrane is manufactured by a low temperature process, prebaking may not be performed. When prebaking is performed, the prebake temperature is preferably 150 ° C. or lower, more preferably 120 ° C. or lower, still more preferably 110 ° C. or lower. The lower limit can be, for example, 50 ° C. or higher, or 80 ° C. or higher. The prebake time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, still more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Pre-baking can be performed on a hot plate, an oven, or the like.
 次に、樹脂組成物層をパターン状に露光する(露光工程)。例えば、樹脂組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光機やスキャナ露光機などを用いて、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン状に露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。 Next, the resin composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step). For example, the resin composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing the resin composition layer through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. As a result, the exposed portion can be cured.
 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等が挙げられる。また、波長300nm以下の光(好ましくは波長180~300nmの光)を用いることもできる。波長300nm以下の光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられ、KrF線(波長248nm)が好ましい。また、300nm以上の長波な光源も利用できる。 Examples of radiation (light) that can be used for exposure include g-line and i-line. Further, light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light having a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of the light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm), ArF line (wavelength 193 nm) and the like, and KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) is preferable. Further, a long wave light source having a diameter of 300 nm or more can also be used.
 また、露光に際して、光を連続的に照射して露光してもよく、パルス的に照射して露光(パルス露光)してもよい。なお、パルス露光とは、短時間(例えば、ミリ秒レベル以下)のサイクルで光の照射と休止を繰り返して露光する方式の露光方法のことである。パルス露光の場合、パルス幅は、100ナノ秒(ns)以下であることが好ましく、50ナノ秒以下であることがより好ましく、30ナノ秒以下であることが更に好ましい。パルス幅の下限は、特に限定はないが、1フェムト秒(fs)以上とすることができ、10フェムト秒以上とすることもできる。周波数は、1kHz以上であることが好ましく、2kHz以上であることがより好ましく、4kHz以上であることが更に好ましい。周波数の上限は50kHz以下であることが好ましく、20kHz以下であることがより好ましく、10kHz以下であることが更に好ましい。最大瞬間照度は、50000000W/m以上であることが好ましく、100000000W/m以上であることがより好ましく、200000000W/m以上であることが更に好ましい。また、最大瞬間照度の上限は、1000000000W/m以下であることが好ましく、800000000W/m以下であることがより好ましく、500000000W/m以下であることが更に好ましい。なお、パルス幅とは、パルス周期における光が照射されている時間のことである。また、周波数とは、1秒あたりのパルス周期の回数のことである。また、最大瞬間照度とは、パルス周期における光が照射されている時間内での平均照度のことである。また、パルス周期とは、パルス露光における光の照射と休止を1サイクルとする周期のことである。 Further, at the time of exposure, light may be continuously irradiated for exposure, or pulsed irradiation may be performed for exposure (pulse exposure). The pulse exposure is an exposure method of a method in which light irradiation and pause are repeated in a cycle of a short time (for example, a millisecond level or less). In the case of pulse exposure, the pulse width is preferably 100 nanoseconds (ns) or less, more preferably 50 nanoseconds or less, and even more preferably 30 nanoseconds or less. The lower limit of the pulse width is not particularly limited, but may be 1 femtosecond (fs) or more, and may be 10 femtoseconds or more. The frequency is preferably 1 kHz or higher, more preferably 2 kHz or higher, and even more preferably 4 kHz or higher. The upper limit of the frequency is preferably 50 kHz or less, more preferably 20 kHz or less, and further preferably 10 kHz or less. Maximum instantaneous intensity is preferably at 50000000W / m 2 or more, more preferably 100000000W / m 2 or more, more preferably 200000000W / m 2 or more. The upper limit of the maximum instantaneous intensity is preferably at 1000000000W / m 2 or less, more preferably 800000000W / m 2 or less, further preferably 500000000W / m 2 or less. The pulse width is the time during which light is irradiated in the pulse period. The frequency is the number of pulse cycles per second. Further, the maximum instantaneous illuminance is the average illuminance within the time when the light is irradiated in the pulse period. Further, the pulse cycle is a cycle in which irradiation and pause of light in pulse exposure are set as one cycle.
 照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03~2.5J/cmが好ましく、0.05~1.0J/cmがより好ましい。露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、又は、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、又は、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、通常1000W/m~100000W/m(例えば、5000W/m、15000W/m、又は、35000W/m)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10000W/m、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20000W/mなどとすることができる。 Irradiation dose (exposure dose), for example, preferably 0.03 ~ 2.5J / cm 2, more preferably 0.05 ~ 1.0J / cm 2. The oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to the oxygen concentration performed in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere having an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially). It may be exposed in an oxygen-free environment), or may be exposed in a high oxygen atmosphere (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume) in which the oxygen concentration exceeds 21% by volume. The exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is usually selected from the range of 1000 W / m 2 to 100,000 W / m 2 (for example, 5000 W / m 2 , 15,000 W / m 2 , or 35,000 W / m 2). Can be done. Oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may appropriately combined conditions, for example, illuminance 10000 W / m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10 vol%, oxygen concentration of 35 vol% can be such illuminance 20000W / m 2.
 次に、樹脂組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する。樹脂組成物層の未露光部の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の樹脂組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが残る。現像液の温度は、例えば、20~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、さらに新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。 Next, the unexposed portion of the resin composition layer is developed and removed to form a pattern (pixel). The unexposed portion of the resin composition layer can be developed and removed using a developing solution. As a result, the resin composition layer in the unexposed portion in the exposure step is eluted in the developer, and only the photocured portion remains. The temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 to 30 ° C. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removability, the steps of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and supplying a new developer may be repeated several times.
 現像液は、有機溶剤、アルカリ現像液などが挙げられ、アルカリ現像液が好ましく用いられる。アルカリ現像液としては、アルカリ剤を純水で希釈したアルカリ性水溶液(アルカリ現像液)が好ましい。アルカリ剤としては、例えば、アンモニア、エチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、ジグリコールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、ヒドロキシアミン、エチレンジアミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、エチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジメチルビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アンモニウムヒドロキシド、コリン、ピロール、ピペリジン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセンなどの有機アルカリ性化合物や、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウムなどの無機アルカリ性化合物が挙げられる。アルカリ剤は、分子量が大きい化合物の方が環境面及び安全面で好ましい。アルカリ性水溶液のアルカリ剤の濃度は、0.001~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~1質量%がより好ましい。また、現像液は、さらに界面活性剤を含有していてもよい。界面活性剤としては、上述した界面活性剤が挙げられ、ノニオン性界面活性剤が好ましい。現像液は、移送や保管の便宜などの観点より、一旦濃縮液として製造し、使用時に必要な濃度に希釈してもよい。希釈倍率は特に限定されないが、例えば1.5~100倍の範囲に設定することができる。また、現像後純水で洗浄(リンス)することも好ましい。また、リンスは、現像後の樹脂組成物層が形成された支持体を回転させつつ、現像後の樹脂組成物層へリンス液を供給して行うことが好ましい。また、リンス液を吐出させるノズルを支持体の中心部から支持体の周縁部に移動させて行うことも好ましい。この際、ノズルの支持体中心部から周縁部へ移動させるにあたり、ノズルの移動速度を徐々に低下させながら移動させてもよい。このようにしてリンスを行うことで、リンスの面内ばらつきを抑制できる。また、ノズルを支持体中心部から周縁部へ移動させつつ、支持体の回転速度を徐々に低下させても同様の効果が得られる。 Examples of the developing solution include organic solvents and alkaline developing solutions, and alkaline developing solutions are preferably used. As the alkaline developer, an alkaline aqueous solution (alkaline developer) obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferable. Examples of the alkaline agent include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxyamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide. , Ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis (2-hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -7-undecene and other organic substances. Examples thereof include alkaline compounds and inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate. As the alkaline agent, a compound having a large molecular weight is preferable in terms of environment and safety. The concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. Further, the developer may further contain a surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include the above-mentioned surfactants, and nonionic surfactants are preferable. From the viewpoint of convenience of transfer and storage, the developer may be once produced as a concentrated solution and diluted to a concentration required for use. The dilution ratio is not particularly limited, but can be set in the range of, for example, 1.5 to 100 times. It is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. Further, it is preferable that the rinsing is performed by supplying the rinsing liquid to the developed resin composition layer while rotating the support on which the developed resin composition layer is formed. It is also preferable to move the nozzle for discharging the rinse liquid from the central portion of the support to the peripheral edge of the support. At this time, when moving the nozzle from the central portion of the support to the peripheral portion, the nozzle may be moved while gradually reducing the moving speed. By rinsing in this way, in-plane variation of the rinse can be suppressed. Further, the same effect can be obtained by gradually reducing the rotation speed of the support while moving the nozzle from the central portion of the support to the peripheral portion.
 現像後、乾燥を施した後に追加露光処理や加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。追加露光処理やポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の硬化処理である。ポストベークにおける加熱温度は、例えば100~240℃が好ましく、200~240℃がより好ましい。ポストベークは、現像後の膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。追加露光処理を行う場合、露光に用いられる光は、波長400nm以下の光であることが好ましい。また、追加露光処理は、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0122130号公報に記載された方法で行ってもよい。 It is preferable to perform additional exposure treatment or heat treatment (post-baking) after development and drying. Additional exposure processing and post-baking are post-development curing treatments to complete the curing. The heating temperature in the post-bake is, for example, preferably 100 to 240 ° C, more preferably 200 to 240 ° C. Post-baking can be performed on the developed film in a continuous or batch manner using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation type dryer), or a high frequency heater so as to meet the above conditions. .. When the additional exposure process is performed, the light used for the exposure is preferably light having a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
(ドライエッチング法)
 ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成は、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いて支持体上に樹脂組成物層を形成し、この樹脂組成物層の全体を硬化させて硬化物層を形成する工程と、この硬化物層上にフォトレジスト層を形成する工程と、フォトレジスト層をパターン状に露光したのち、現像してレジストパターンを形成する工程と、このレジストパターンをマスクとして硬化物層に対してエッチングガスを用いてドライエッチングする工程と、を含むことが好ましい。フォトレジスト層の形成においては、更にプリベーク処理を施すことが好ましい。特に、フォトレジスト層の形成プロセスとしては、露光後の加熱処理、現像後の加熱処理(ポストベーク処理)を実施する形態が望ましい。ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成については、特開2013-064993号公報の段落番号0010~0067の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
(Dry etching method)
The pattern formation by the dry etching method includes a step of forming a resin composition layer on a support using the resin composition of the present invention and curing the entire resin composition layer to form a cured product layer. A step of forming a photoresist layer on the cured product layer, a step of exposing the photoresist layer in a pattern and then developing to form a resist pattern, and a step of etching the cured product layer using this resist pattern as a mask. It is preferable to include a step of dry etching with a gas. In forming the photoresist layer, it is preferable to further perform a prebaking treatment. In particular, as a process for forming the photoresist layer, it is desirable to carry out a heat treatment after exposure and a heat treatment (post-baking treatment) after development. Regarding the pattern formation by the dry etching method, the description in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP2013-064993 can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in the present specification.
<光学フィルタ>
 本発明の光学フィルタは、上述した本発明の膜を有する。光学フィルタの種類としては、光学フィルタとしては、カラーフィルタ、近赤外線透過フィルタ、近赤外線カットフィルタなどが挙げられ、カラーフィルタであることが好ましい。カラーフィルタとしては、カラーフィルタの着色画素として本発明の膜を有することが好ましい。本発明の光学フィルタは、CCD(電荷結合素子)やCMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)などの固体撮像素子や画像表示装置などに用いることができる。
<Optical filter>
The optical filter of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. Examples of the type of optical filter include a color filter, a near-infrared transmission filter, a near-infrared cut filter, and the like, and a color filter is preferable. As the color filter, it is preferable to have the film of the present invention as the colored pixels of the color filter. The optical filter of the present invention can be used for a solid-state image pickup device such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) or CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor), an image display device, or the like.
 光学フィルタにおいて本発明の膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。膜厚は、5μm以下が好ましく、1μm以下がより好ましく、0.6μm以下がさらに好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上がさらに好ましい。 In the optical filter, the film thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. The film thickness is preferably 5 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.6 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, still more preferably 0.3 μm or more.
 光学フィルタに含まれる画素の幅は0.4~10.0μmであることが好ましい。下限は、0.4μm以上であることが好ましく、0.5μm以上であることがより好ましく、0.6μm以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、5.0μm以下であることが好ましく、2.0μm以下であることがより好ましく、1.0μm以下であることが更に好ましく、0.8μm以下であることがより一層好ましい。また、画素のヤング率は0.5~20GPaであることが好ましく、2.5~15GPaがより好ましい。 The width of the pixels included in the optical filter is preferably 0.4 to 10.0 μm. The lower limit is preferably 0.4 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, and further preferably 0.6 μm or more. The upper limit is preferably 5.0 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, further preferably 1.0 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.8 μm or less. The Young's modulus of the pixel is preferably 0.5 to 20 GPa, more preferably 2.5 to 15 GPa.
 光学フィルタに含まれる各画素は高い平坦性を有することが好ましい。具体的には、画素の表面粗さRaは、100nm以下であることが好ましく、40nm以下であることがより好ましく、15nm以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は規定されないが、例えば0.1nm以上であることが好ましい。画素の表面粗さは、例えばVeeco社製のAFM(原子間力顕微鏡) Dimension3100を用いて測定することができる。また、画素上の水の接触角は適宜好ましい値に設定することができるが、典型的には、50~110°の範囲である。接触角は、例えば接触角計CV-DT・A型(協和界面科学(株)製)を用いて測定できる。また、画素の体積抵抗値は高いことが好ましい。具体的には、画素の体積抵抗値は10Ω・cm以上であることが好ましく、1011Ω・cm以上であることがより好ましい。上限は規定されないが、例えば1014Ω・cm以下であることが好ましい。画素の体積抵抗値は、超高抵抗計5410(アドバンテスト社製)を用いて測定することができる。 It is preferable that each pixel included in the optical filter has high flatness. Specifically, the surface roughness Ra of the pixel is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and further preferably 15 nm or less. The lower limit is not specified, but it is preferably 0.1 nm or more, for example. The surface roughness of the pixel can be measured using, for example, an AFM (atomic force microscope) Measurement 3100 manufactured by Veeco. Further, the contact angle of water on the pixel can be appropriately set to a preferable value, but is typically in the range of 50 to 110 °. The contact angle can be measured using, for example, a contact angle meter CV-DT · A type (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). Further, it is preferable that the volume resistance value of the pixel is high. Specifically, it is preferred that the volume resistivity value of the pixel is 10 9 Ω · cm or more, and more preferably 10 11 Ω · cm or more. The upper limit is not specified, but it is preferably 10 14 Ω · cm or less, for example. The volume resistance value of the pixel can be measured using an ultra-high resistance meter 5410 (manufactured by Advantest).
 光学フィルタにおいては、本発明の膜の表面に保護層が設けられていてもよい。保護層を設けることで、酸素遮断化、低反射化、親疎水化、特定波長の光(紫外線、近赤外線等)の遮蔽等の種々の機能を付与することができる。保護層の厚さとしては、0.01~10μmが好ましく、0.1~5μmがより好ましい。保護層の形成方法としては、有機溶剤に溶解した保護層形成用樹脂組成物を塗布して形成する方法、化学気相蒸着法、成型した樹脂を接着材で貼りつける方法等が挙げられる。保護層を構成する成分としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、ポリオール樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、アラミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、アルキド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、変性シリコーン樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリアクリロニトリル樹脂、セルロース樹脂、Si、C、W、Al、Mo、SiO、Siなどが挙げられ、これらの成分を二種以上含有しても良い。例えば、酸素遮断化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層はポリオール樹脂と、SiOと、Siを含むことが好ましい。また、低反射化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層は(メタ)アクリル樹脂とフッ素樹脂を含むことが好ましい。 In the optical filter, a protective layer may be provided on the surface of the film of the present invention. By providing the protective layer, various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, prohydrophobicization, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted. The thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 5 μm. Examples of the method for forming the protective layer include a method of applying a resin composition for forming a protective layer dissolved in an organic solvent to form the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching the molded resin with an adhesive. The components constituting the protective layer include (meth) acrylic resin, en-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, and polyimide. Resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine Examples thereof include resins, polycarbonate resins, polyacrylonitrile resins, cellulose resins, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4, and the like, and two or more of these components may be contained. For example, in the case of a protective layer for the purpose of blocking oxygen, it is preferable that the protective layer contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4. Further, in the case of a protective layer for the purpose of reducing reflection, it is preferable that the protective layer contains a (meth) acrylic resin and a fluororesin.
 保護層形成用樹脂組成物を塗布して保護層を形成する場合、保護層形成用樹脂組成物の塗布方法としては、スピンコート法、キャスト法、スクリーン印刷法、インクジェット法等の公知の方法を用いることができる。保護層形成用樹脂組成物に含まれる有機溶剤は、公知の有機溶剤(例えば、プロピレングリコール1-モノメチルエーテル2-アセテート、シクロペンタノン、乳酸エチル等)を用いることが出来る。保護層を化学気相蒸着法にて形成する場合、化学気相蒸着法としては、公知の化学気相蒸着法(熱化学気相蒸着法、プラズマ化学気相蒸着法、光化学気相蒸着法)を用いることができる。 When the protective layer forming resin composition is applied to form the protective layer, known methods such as a spin coating method, a casting method, a screen printing method, and an inkjet method are used as the coating method of the protective layer forming resin composition. Can be used. As the organic solvent contained in the resin composition for forming the protective layer, a known organic solvent (for example, propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.) can be used. When the protective layer is formed by the chemical vapor deposition method, the known chemical vapor deposition method (thermochemical vapor deposition method, plasma chemical vapor deposition method, photochemical vapor deposition method) is used as the chemical vapor deposition method. Can be used.
 保護層は、必要に応じて、有機・無機微粒子、特定波長の光(例えば、紫外線、近赤外線等)の吸収剤、屈折率調整剤、酸化防止剤、密着剤、界面活性剤等の添加剤を含有しても良い。有機・無機微粒子の例としては、例えば、高分子微粒子(例えば、シリコーン樹脂微粒子、ポリスチレン微粒子、メラミン樹脂微粒子)、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化インジウム、酸化アルミニウム、窒化チタン、酸窒化チタン、フッ化マグネシウム、中空シリカ、シリカ、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム等が挙げられる。特定波長の光の吸収剤は公知の吸収剤を用いることができる。これらの添加剤の含有量は適宜調整できるが、保護層の全質量に対して0.1~70質量%が好ましく、1~60質量%がさらに好ましい。また、保護層としては、特開2017-151176号公報の段落番号0073~0092に記載の保護層を用いることもできる。 The protective layer may be an additive such as organic / inorganic fine particles, an absorber for light of a specific wavelength (for example, ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.), a refractive index adjusting agent, an antioxidant, an adhesive, and a surfactant, if necessary. May be contained. Examples of organic / inorganic fine particles include polymer fine particles (for example, silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, and titanium oxynitride. , Magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate and the like. A known absorber can be used as the absorber of light having a specific wavelength. The content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass, more preferably 1 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer. Further, as the protective layer, the protective layer described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP-A-2017-151176 can also be used.
 光学フィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。また、本発明の樹脂組成物は国際公開第2019/102887号に記載された画素構成にも好適に使用することができる。 The optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by a partition wall, for example, in a grid pattern. Further, the resin composition of the present invention can also be suitably used for the pixel configuration described in International Publication No. 2019/1028887.
<固体撮像素子>
 本発明の固体撮像素子は、上述した本発明の膜を有する。本発明の固体撮像素子の構成としては、本発明の膜を備え、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
<Solid image sensor>
The solid-state image sensor of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. The configuration of the solid-state image pickup device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state image pickup device, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
 基板上に、固体撮像素子(CCD(電荷結合素子)イメージセンサ、CMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)イメージセンサ等)の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオード及びポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオード及び転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口した遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面及びフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、カラーフィルタを有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であってカラーフィルタの下(基板に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。また、カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各着色画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各着色画素よりも低屈折率であることが好ましい。このような構造を有する撮像装置の例としては、特開2012-227478号公報、特開2014-179577号公報、国際公開第2018/043654号、米国特許出願公開第2018/0040656号明細書に記載の装置が挙げられる。また、特開2019-211559号公報のように固体撮像素子の構造内に紫外線吸収層を設けて耐光性を改良してもよい。本発明の固体撮像素子を備えた撮像装置は、デジタルカメラや、撮像機能を有する電子機器(携帯電話等)の他、車載カメラや監視カメラ用としても用いることができる。さらに、本発明のカラーフィルタを組み込んだ固体撮像素子は、本発明のカラーフィルタに加え、更に別のカラーフィルタ、近赤外線カットフィルタ、有機光電変換膜などを組み込んでもよい。 On the substrate, there are a plurality of photodiodes constituting the light receiving area of a solid-state image pickup device (CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.) and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like. A device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the photodiode and the transfer electrode so as to have a light-shielding film in which only the light-receiving part of the photodiode is open, and to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the light-receiving part of the photodiode. And has a color filter on the device protective film. Further, a configuration having a condensing means (for example, a microlens or the like; the same applies hereinafter) on the device protective film under the color filter (near the substrate), a configuration having a condensing means on the color filter, and the like. There may be. Further, the color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by a partition wall, for example, in a grid pattern. In this case, the partition wall preferably has a lower refractive index than each colored pixel. Examples of the image pickup apparatus having such a structure are described in JP-A-2012-227478, JP-A-2014-179757, International Publication No. 2018/043654, and US Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0040656. Equipment is mentioned. Further, as in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-21159, an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state image sensor to improve the light resistance. The image pickup device provided with the solid-state image pickup device of the present invention can be used not only for digital cameras and electronic devices having an image pickup function (mobile phones and the like), but also for in-vehicle cameras and surveillance cameras. Further, in the solid-state image sensor incorporating the color filter of the present invention, in addition to the color filter of the present invention, another color filter, a near-infrared cut filter, an organic photoelectric conversion film and the like may be incorporated.
<画像表示装置>
 本発明の画像表示装置は、上述した本発明の膜を有する。画像表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などが挙げられる。画像表示装置の定義や各画像表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本発明が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。
<Image display device>
The image display device of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device. For details on the definition of image display devices and the details of each image display device, see, for example, "Electronic Display Devices (Akio Sasaki, Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd., published in 1990)", "Display Devices (Junaki Ibuki, Industrial Books). Co., Ltd. (issued in 1989) ”. Further, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd., published in 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を更に具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。 The present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples below. The materials, amounts used, ratios, treatment contents, treatment procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.
<試料の重量平均分子量(Mw)の測定>
 試料の重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)により、以下の条件で測定した。
カラムの種類:TOSOH TSKgel Super HZM-Hと、TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ4000と、TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ2000とを連結したカラム
展開溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン
カラム温度:40℃
流量(サンプル注入量):1.0μL(サンプル濃度:0.1質量%)
装置名:東ソー製 HLC-8220GPC
検出器:RI(屈折率)検出器
検量線ベース樹脂:ポリスチレン樹脂
<Measurement of weight average molecular weight (Mw) of sample>
The weight average molecular weight of the sample was measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) under the following conditions.
Column type: TOSOH TSKgel Super HZM-H, TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ4000, and TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ2000 linked column developing solvent: tetrahydrofuran Column temperature: 40 ° C.
Flow rate (sample injection amount): 1.0 μL (sample concentration: 0.1% by mass)
Device name: Tosoh HLC-8220GPC
Detector: RI (refractive index) detector Calibration curve base resin: Polystyrene resin
<試料の酸価の測定>
 試料の酸価は、試料中の固形分1gあたりの酸性成分を中和するのに要する水酸化カリウムの質量を表したものである。試料の酸価は次のようにして測定した。すなわち、測定試料をテトラヒドロフラン/水=9/1(質量比)混合溶媒に溶解し、得られた溶液を、電位差滴定装置(商品名:AT-510、京都電子工業製)を用いて、25℃にて、0.1mol/L水酸化カリウム水溶液で中和滴定した。滴定pH曲線の変曲点を滴定終点として、次式により酸価を算出した。
 A=56.11×Vs×0.5×f/w
 A:酸価(mgKOH/g)
 Vs:滴定に要した0.1mol/L水酸化カリウム水溶液の使用量(mL)
 f:0.1mol/L水酸化カリウム水溶液の力価
 w:試料の質量(g)(固形分換算)
<Measurement of acid value of sample>
The acid value of the sample represents the mass of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acidic component per 1 g of solid content in the sample. The acid value of the sample was measured as follows. That is, the measurement sample was dissolved in a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran / water = 9/1 (mass ratio), and the obtained solution was used at 25 ° C. using a potentiometric titrator (trade name: AT-510, manufactured by Kyoto Denshi Kogyo). Then, neutralization titration was performed with a 0.1 mol / L potassium hydroxide aqueous solution. The acid value was calculated by the following equation with the inflection point of the titration pH curve as the titration end point.
A = 56.11 x Vs x 0.5 x f / w
A: Acid value (mgKOH / g)
Vs: Amount of 0.1 mol / L potassium hydroxide aqueous solution required for titration (mL)
f: Potency of 0.1 mol / L potassium hydroxide aqueous solution w: Mass of sample (g) (in terms of solid content)
<末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーの合成>
(合成例1-1)末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーDHM-1の合成例
 窒素置換した3つ口フラスコにメタクリル酸メチルの181.3gとアクリル酸ブチルの200.2gを加え、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート590gで希釈した。これを窒素雰囲気下で75℃に加温した。次に3-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオールの21.3gと重合開始剤(V-601、富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)の3.6gを加え、窒素雰囲気下75℃で8時間加熱しながら攪拌した。得られた末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーDHM-1の重量平均分子量は3200であった。
<Synthesis of terminal hydroxy group macromonomer>
(Synthesis Example 1-1) Example of Synthesis of Terminal Hydroxy Group Macromonomer DHM-1 181.3 g of methyl methacrylate and 200.2 g of butyl acrylate were added to a nitrogen-substituted three-necked flask, and 590 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. Diluted with. This was heated to 75 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. Next, 21.3 g of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol and 3.6 g of a polymerization initiator (V-601, manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) were added, and the temperature was 75 ° C. for 8 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. It was stirred while heating. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained terminal hydroxy group macromonomer DHM-1 was 3200.
(合成例1-2~1-13)末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーDHM-2~DHM-13の合成例
 合成例1-1と同様の方法で末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーDHM-2~DHM-13を合成した。
(Synthesis Examples 1-2 to 1-13) Examples of Synthesis of Terminal Hydroxy Group Macromonomers DHM-2 to DHM-13 Synthetic Terminal Hydroxy Group Macromonomers DHM-2 to DHM-13 in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1-1 did.
(合成例1-14)末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーDHM-14の合成例
 窒素置換した3つ口フラスコに化合物(AAA-2)の5.6g、ε-カプロラクトンの69g、モノブチルスズオキシドの0.8gを加え90℃で2時間、120℃で6時間加熱攪拌した。5℃に冷却したのちアセチルクロリドの0.5g加え、さらに2時間攪拌した。次に60℃でピリジニウムp-トルエンスルホン酸の0.1gと純水の0.8gを加え10時間攪拌してアセタール加水分解し、末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーDHM-14を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(Synthesis Example 1-14) Synthesis example of terminal hydroxy group macromonomer DHM-14 5.6 g of compound (AAA-2), 69 g of ε-caprolactone, 0.8 g of monobutyltin oxide in a nitrogen-substituted three-necked flask. Was added and heated and stirred at 90 ° C. for 2 hours and at 120 ° C. for 6 hours. After cooling to 5 ° C., 0.5 g of acetyl chloride was added, and the mixture was further stirred for 2 hours. Next, 0.1 g of pyridinium p-toluenesulfonic acid and 0.8 g of pure water were added at 60 ° C., and the mixture was stirred for 10 hours to hydrolyze acetal to obtain terminal hydroxy group macromonomer DHM-14.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(合成例1-15~1-17)末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーDHM-15~DHM-17の合成例
 合成例1-14と同様の方法で末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーDHM-15~DHM-17を合成した。
(Synthesis Examples 1-15 to 1-17) Examples of Synthesis of Terminal Hydroxy Group Macromonomers DHM-15 to DHM-17 Synthetic Terminal Hydroxy Group Macromonomers DHM-15 to DHM-17 in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1-14 did.
(合成例1-18)末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーDHM-18の合成例
 窒素置換した3つ口フラスコにブレンマーAME-400(日油(株)製)の181.3gを加え、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートの500gで希釈した。これを窒素雰囲気下で60℃に加温し、ジエタノールアミンの19.7gを加えて2時間加熱攪拌して、マイケル付加反応を行い、末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーDHM-18を得た。
(Synthesis Example 1-18) Synthesis example of terminal hydroxy group macromonomer DHM-18 181.3 g of Blemmer AME-400 (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION) was added to a nitrogen-substituted three-necked flask, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added. Diluted with 500 g of. This was heated to 60 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere, 19.7 g of diethanolamine was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred for 2 hours to carry out a Michael addition reaction to obtain a terminal hydroxy group macromonomer DHM-18.
(合成例1-19、1-20)末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーDHM-19、DHM-20の合成例
 合成例1-18と同様の方法で末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーDHM-19、DHM-20を合成した。
(Synthesis Examples 1-19, 1-20) Examples of Synthesis of Terminal Hydroxy Group Macromonomers DHM-19 and DHM-20 Terminal Hydroxy Group Macromonomers DHM-19 and DHM-20 are synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1-18. did.
(合成例2-1)末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーMHM-1の合成例
 窒素置換した3つ口フラスコにメタクリル酸メチルの181.3gとアクリル酸ブチルの200.2gを加えプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートの590gで希釈した。これを窒素雰囲気下で75℃に加温した。次に6-メルカプトヘキサノールの23.5gと重合開始剤(V-601、富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)の3.3gを加え窒素雰囲気下75℃で8時間加熱攪拌した。得られた末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーMHM-1の重量平均分子量は2700であった。
(Synthesis Example 2-1) Synthesis Example of Terminal Hydroxy Group Macromonomer MHM-1 181.3 g of methyl methacrylate and 200.2 g of butyl acrylate were added to a nitrogen-substituted three-necked flask, and 590 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. Diluted with. This was heated to 75 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. Next, 23.5 g of 6-mercaptohexanol and 3.3 g of a polymerization initiator (V-601, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 75 ° C. for 8 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained terminal hydroxy group macromonomer MHM-1 was 2700.
(合成例2-2~2-10)末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーMHM-2~MHM-10の合成例
 合成例2-1と同様の方法で末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーMHM-2~MHM-10を合成した。
(Synthesis Examples 2-2 to 2-10) Examples of Synthesis of Terminal Hydroxy Group Macromonomers MHM-2 to MHM-10 Synthetic Terminal Hydroxy Group Macromonomers MHM-2 to MHM-10 in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 2-1 did.
(合成例2-11)末端封止剤マクロモノマーMHM-11の合成例
 窒素置換した3つ口フラスコに化合物(AAA-3)の4.3g、ε-カプロラクトンの69g、モノブチルスズオキシドの0.8gを加え90℃で2時間、120℃で6時間加熱攪拌した。5℃に冷却したのちアセチルクロリドの0.5g加えさらに2時間攪拌した。次に0℃で三臭化ホウ素の1.8gを加え10時間攪拌して末端メトキシ基を脱保護した。得られたポリマー溶液中の不溶物をろ過で除去し、末端封止剤マクロモノマーMHM-11を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
(Synthesis Example 2-11) Synthesis example of terminal encapsulant macromonomer MHM-11 In a nitrogen-substituted three-necked flask, 4.3 g of compound (AAA-3), 69 g of ε-caprolactone, and 0. 8 g was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90 ° C. for 2 hours and at 120 ° C. for 6 hours. After cooling to 5 ° C., 0.5 g of acetyl chloride was added, and the mixture was further stirred for 2 hours. Next, 1.8 g of boron tribromide was added at 0 ° C. and the mixture was stirred for 10 hours to deprotect the terminal methoxy group. The insoluble matter in the obtained polymer solution was removed by filtration to obtain the terminal encapsulant macromonomer MHM-11.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
(合成例2-12~2-15)末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーMHM-12~MHM-15の合成例
 合成例2-11と同様の方法で末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーMHM-12~MHM-15を合成した。
(Synthesis Examples 2-12 to 2-15) Synthesis Example of Terminal Hydroxy Group Macromonomers MHM-12 to MHM-15 Synthetic Terminal Hydroxy Group Macromonomers MHM-12 to MHM-15 in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 2-11. did.
(合成例2-16)末端封止剤マクロモノマーMHM-16の合成例
 窒素置換した3つ口フラスコにメタクリル酸メチルの181.3gとアクリル酸ブチルの200.2gを加えプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートの590gで希釈した。これを窒素雰囲気下で75℃に加温した。次に6-メルカプトヘキサノールの16.5gと重合開始剤(V-601、富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)の1.9gを加え窒素雰囲気下75℃で8時間加熱攪拌した。これに無機ビスマス(ネオスタンU-600、日東化成(株)製)の0.2gと2-アクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアナート(カレンズAOI、昭和電工(株)製)の18.1g加えてさらに60℃で8時間加熱攪拌してウレタン化反応を行った。得られた反応溶液に化合物(AAA-4)の10.8g加えてさらに60℃で8時間加熱攪拌してマイケル付加反応を行った。得られた末端封止剤マクロモノマーMHM-16の重量平均分子量は6400であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(Synthesis Example 2-16) Synthesis example of terminal encapsulant macromonomer MHM-16 181.3 g of methyl methacrylate and 200.2 g of butyl acrylate were added to a nitrogen-substituted three-necked flask to obtain propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. It was diluted with 590 g. This was heated to 75 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. Next, 16.5 g of 6-mercaptohexanol and 1.9 g of a polymerization initiator (V-601, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 75 ° C. for 8 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. To this, add 0.2 g of inorganic bismuth (Neostan U-600, manufactured by Nitto Kasei Co., Ltd.) and 18.1 g of 2-acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate (Carens AOI, manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.) at an additional 60 ° C. The urethanization reaction was carried out by heating and stirring for 8 hours. 10.8 g of the compound (AAA-4) was added to the obtained reaction solution, and the mixture was further heated and stirred at 60 ° C. for 8 hours to carry out a Michael addition reaction. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained terminal encapsulant macromonomer MHM-16 was 6400.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(合成例2-17~2-20)末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーMHM-17~MHM-20の合成例
 合成例2-16と同様の方法で末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーMHM-17~MHM-20を合成した。
(Synthesis Examples 2-17 to 2-20) Examples of Synthesis of Terminal Hydroxy Group Macromonomers MHM-17 to MHM-20 Synthetic Terminal Hydroxy Group Macromonomers MHM-17 to MHM-20 in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 2-16 did.
 末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーDHM-1~DHM-20、MHM-1~MHM-20の構造および重量平均分子量(Mw)を以下に示す。Polyにおいて、DHM-1、DHM-3、DHM-6~9、DHM-12、DHM-13、DHM-19、DHM-20、MHM-1、MHM-4~MHM-6、MHM-9、MHM-10、MHM-16、MHM-17、MHM-20の繰り返し単位に付記した数値は繰り返し単位のモル比を表し、DHM-14~DHM-18、MHM-11~MHM-15の繰り返し単位に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数を表す。なお、Polyに記載した構造が式(1-A)のPである。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
The structures and weight average molecular weights (Mw) of the terminal hydroxy group macromonomers DHM-1 to DHM-20 and MHM-1 to MHM-20 are shown below. In Poly, DHM-1, DHM-3, DHM-6-9, DHM-12, DHM-13, DHM-19, DHM-20, MHM-1, MHM-4 to MHM-6, MHM-9, MHM The numerical values added to the repeating units of -10, MHM-16, MHM-17, and MHM-20 represent the molar ratio of the repeating units, and are added to the repeating units of DHM-14 to DHM-18 and MHM-11 to MHM-15. The value given represents the number of repeating units. The structure described in Poly is P 1 of the formula (1-A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
<樹脂の合成例>
(合成例3-1)樹脂B-1の合成
 窒素置換した3つ口フラスコに末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーDHM-1の32.0g(固形分換算)、ピロメリット酸無水物(酸二無水物AA-1:東京化成製)の4.4g、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートの10gを加えて80℃に加温した。これに1,3-フェニレンジアミン(ジアミンDA-1:東京化成製)の1.1gを加えてさらに80℃で6時間加熱攪拌することで樹脂B-1の30%プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート溶液を得た。得られた樹脂B-1の重量平均分子量は17200、酸価は57mgKOH/gであった。
<Example of resin synthesis>
(Synthesis Example 3-1) Synthesis of Resin B-1 32.0 g (solid content equivalent) of terminal hydroxy group macromonomer DHM-1 in a nitrogen-substituted three-necked flask, pyromellitic acid anhydride (acid dianhydride AA) -1: 4.4 g of Tokyo Kasei) and 10 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate were added and heated to 80 ° C. To this, 1.1 g of 1,3-phenylenediamine (diamine DA-1: manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was further heated and stirred at 80 ° C. for 6 hours to obtain a 30% propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution of resin B-1. Obtained. The obtained resin B-1 had a weight average molecular weight of 17200 and an acid value of 57 mgKOH / g.
(合成例3-2~2-93)樹脂B-2~B-93の合成
 酸二無水物、ジオール、ジアミン、および末端封止剤を、下記表に記載の種類および仕込み量に変更した以外は合成例3-1と同様の方法で、樹脂B-2~B-93を合成した。各樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)および酸価を下記表に合わせて記す。また、モル比1の欄に、式(1-A)で表される構造単位と、式(1-A)のnが0である構造の構造単位と 、式(1-B)で表される構造単位との合計中における、式(1-B)で表される構造単位のモルでの割合(={式(1-B)で表される構造単位のモル数/(式(1-A)で表される構造単位のモル数+式(1-A)のnが0である構造の構造単位のモル数+式(1-B)で表される構造単位のモル数)}×100)の値を記す。また、モル数の比1の欄に、式(1-A)で表される構造単位のモル数に対する式(1-B)で表される構造単位のモル数の比(=式(1-B)で表される構造単位のモル数/式(1-A)で表される構造単位のモル数)の値を記す。なお、モル比1の値および、モル数の比1の値は、各樹脂の合成に用いた仕込み量から算出した値である。
(Synthetic Examples 3-2 to 2-93) Synthesis of Resins B-2-B-93 Except for changing the acid dianhydride, diol, diamine, and terminal encapsulant to the types and charging amounts shown in the table below. Synthesized the resins B-2 to B-93 in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 3-1. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and acid value of each resin are shown in the table below. Further, in the column of the molar ratio 1, the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A), the structural unit of the structure in which n of the formula (1-A) is 0, and the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) are represented. The ratio of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) in moles to the total with the structural units (= {the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) / (formula (1-B)). The number of moles of the structural unit represented by A) + the number of moles of the structural unit of the structure in which n in the formula (1-A) is 0 + the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B))} × The value of 100) is described. Further, in the column of the ratio 1 of the number of moles, the ratio of the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) to the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) (= the ratio of the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B)). The value of the number of moles of the structural unit represented by B) / the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A)) is described. The value of the molar ratio 1 and the value of the molar ratio 1 are the values calculated from the charged amount used for the synthesis of each resin.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
 ジオールDHM-1~DHM-20は、それぞれ上述した構造の末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーDHM-1~DHM-20である。末端封止剤MHM-1~MHM-20は、それぞれ上述した構造の末端ヒドロキシ基マクロモノマーMHM-1~MHM-20である。酸二無水物AA-1~AA-8、ジアミンDA-1~DA-7および末端封止剤ED-1~ED-3は、それぞれ以下に示す構造の化合物である。 The diols DHM-1 to DHM-20 are the terminal hydroxy group macromonomers DHM-1 to DHM-20 having the above-mentioned structures, respectively. The terminal sealants MHM-1 to MHM-20 are terminal hydroxy group macromonomers MHM-1 to MHM-20 having the above-mentioned structures, respectively. The acid dianhydrides AA-1 to AA-8, the diamines DA-1 to DA-7, and the terminal sealants ED-1 to ED-3 are compounds having the following structures, respectively.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
<分散液の製造>
 下記表に記載の原料を混合した混合液を、ビーズミル(0.3mm径のジルコニアビーズを使用)を用いて3時間混合及び分散した後さらに減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000MPaの圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行った。この分散処理を10回繰り返して各分散液を得た。
<Manufacturing of dispersion>
The mixed solution containing the raw materials shown in the table below is mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (using zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.3 mm), and then a high pressure disperser with a decompression mechanism NANO-3000-10 (Nippon BEE). A dispersion treatment was carried out at a flow rate of 500 g / min under a pressure of 2000 MPa using (manufactured by Co., Ltd.). This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain each dispersion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
 上記表に記載の数値の単位は質量部である。上記表に示した原料のうち、略語で示した原料の詳細は以下の通りである。
〔色材〕
 PR264 : C.I.ピグメントレッド264(赤色顔料、ジケトピロロピロール顔料)
 PR254 : C.I.ピグメントレッド254(赤色顔料、ジケトピロロピロール顔料)
 PR179 : C.I.ピグメントレッド179
 PB15:6 : C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6(青色顔料、フタロシアニン顔料)
 PB16 : C.I.ピグメントブルー16(青色顔料、フタロシアニン顔料)
 PG7 : C.I.ピグメントグリーン7
 PG36 : C.I.ピグメントグリーン36
 PG58 : C.I.ピグメントグリーン58
 PY129 : C.I.ピグメントイエロー129
 PY185 : C.I.ピグメントイエロー185
 PY215 : C.I.ピグメントイエロー215
 PV23 : C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23
 IRGAPHORE: Irgaphor Black S 0100 CF(BASF社製、下記構造の化合物、ラクタム顔料)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 PBk32: C.I.ピグメントブラック32(下記構造の化合物、ペリレン顔料)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
The unit of numerical values shown in the above table is parts by mass. Among the raw materials shown in the above table, the details of the raw materials shown by abbreviations are as follows.
[Color material]
PR264: C.I. I. Pigment Red 264 (red pigment, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment)
PR254: C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 (red pigment, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment)
PR179: C.I. I. Pigment Red 179
PB15: 6: C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 (blue pigment, phthalocyanine pigment)
PB16: C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 (blue pigment, phthalocyanine pigment)
PG7: C.I. I. Pigment Green 7
PG36: C.I. I. Pigment Green 36
PG58: C.I. I. Pigment Green 58
PY129: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129
PY185: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185
PY215: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 215
PV23: C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23
IRGAPHORE: Irgaphor Black S 0100 CF (manufactured by BASF, a compound having the following structure, a lactam pigment)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
PBk32: C.I. I. Pigment Black 32 (compound with the following structure, perylene pigment)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
〔顔料誘導体〕
 誘導体1:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 誘導体2:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
[Pigment derivative]
Derivative 1: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Derivative 2: A compound having the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
〔樹脂(分散剤)〕
(特定樹脂)
 B-1、B-2、B-3、B-4、B-5、B-6、B-7、B-8、B-9、B-10、B-11、B-12、B-13、B-14、B-15、B-16、B-17、B-18、B-19、B-20、B-21、B-22、B-23、B-24、B-25、B-26、B-27、B-28、B-29、B-30、B-31、B-32、B-33、B-46、B-47、B-48、B-49、B-50、B-51、B-52、B-53、B-54、B-55、B-56、B-57、B-58、B-60、B-61、B-62、B-63、B-65、B-67、B-69、B-71、B-73、B-74、B-75、B-77、B-79、B-80、B-81、B-82、B-83、B-84、B-85、B-90、B-91、B-92、B-93:上述した樹脂
[Resin (dispersant)]
(Specific resin)
B-1, B-2, B-3, B-4, B-5, B-6, B-7, B-8, B-9, B-10, B-11, B-12, B- 13, B-14, B-15, B-16, B-17, B-18, B-19, B-20, B-21, B-22, B-23, B-24, B-25, B-26, B-27, B-28, B-29, B-30, B-31, B-32, B-33, B-46, B-47, B-48, B-49, B- 50, B-51, B-52, B-53, B-54, B-55, B-56, B-57, B-58, B-60, B-61, B-62, B-63, B-65, B-67, B-69, B-71, B-73, B-74, B-75, B-77, B-79, B-80, B-81, B-82, B- 83, B-84, B-85, B-90, B-91, B-92, B-93: Resin described above
(比較樹脂)
 cB-1:下記構造の樹脂(重量平均分子量は10885、酸価は74mgKOH/gである。「Polym」の記載は、「Polym」で示す構造の繰り返し単位が添え字の数値の数で結合した構造のポリマー鎖が硫黄原子(S)に結合していることを示している。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
(Comparative resin)
cB-1: Resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight is 10885, acid value is 74 mgKOH / g. In the description of "Polym", the repeating units of the structure indicated by "Polym" are combined by the number of subscripts. It shows that the polymer chain of the structure is bonded to the sulfur atom (S).)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
〔溶剤〕
 C-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート
 C-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル
 C-3:シクロヘキサノン
〔solvent〕
C-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate C-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether C-3: Cyclohexanone
<樹脂組成物の製造>
 下記表に記載の原料を混合して実施例および比較例の樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Manufacturing of resin composition>
The raw materials shown in the table below were mixed to prepare resin compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
 上記表に記載の原料のうち、略語で示した原料の詳細は以下の通りである。 Of the raw materials listed in the above table, the details of the raw materials indicated by abbreviations are as follows.
〔分散液〕
 分散液R1~R26、B1~B25、G1~G27、Bk1~Bk20、CR1、CB1、CG1、CBk1~3:上述した分散液
[Dispersion]
Dispersions R1 to R26, B1 to B25, G1 to G27, Bk1 to Bk20, CR1, CB1, CG1, CBk1 to 3: Dispersions described above
〔樹脂〕
 Ba-1:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。重量平均分子量11000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 Ba-2:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。重量平均分子量15000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 Ba-3:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。xとyとzの合計値は50である。Mw=15000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 Bb-1:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。重量平均分子量13000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
〔resin〕
Ba-1: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio. Weight average molecular weight 11000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Ba-2: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio. Weight average molecular weight 15000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Ba-3: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio. The total value of x, y and z is 50. Mw = 15000).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Bb-1: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio. Weight average molecular weight 13000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
〔重合性モノマー〕
 D-1:アクリレート化合物(KAYARAD DPHA、日本化薬(株)製、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレートとジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートの混合物)
 D-2:エポキシ化合物(TETRAD-X、三菱ガス化学(株)製、N,N,N‘,N’-テトラグリシジル-m-キシリレンジアミン)
 D-3:オキセタン化合物(OXT-221、東亞合成(株)製、3-エチル-3{[(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシ]メチル}オキセタン)
 D-4:オキセタン化合物(OX-SQ TX-100、東亞合成(株)製)
[Polymerizable monomer]
D-1: Acrylate compound (KAYARAD DPHA, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., a mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate)
D-2: Epoxy compound (TETRAD-X, manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc., N, N, N', N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine)
D-3: Oxetane compound (OXT-221, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., 3-ethyl-3 {[(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy] methyl} oxetane)
D-4: Oxetane compound (OX-SQ TX-100, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.)
〔光重合開始剤〕
 E-1:Omnirad 379EG(IGM Resins B.V.社製、2-ジメチルアミノ-2-(4-メチル-ベンジル)-1-(4-モルフォリン-4-イル-フェニル)-ブタン-1-オン)
 E-2:Irgacure OXE01(BASF社製、オキシム化合物)
 E-3:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
[Photopolymerization initiator]
E-1: Omnirad 379EG (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V., 2-dimethylamino-2- (4-methyl-benzyl) -1- (4-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl) -butane-1- on)
E-2: Irgure OXE01 (Oxime compound manufactured by BASF)
E-3: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
〔溶剤〕
 C-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート
 C-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル
 C-3:シクロヘキサノン
〔solvent〕
C-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate C-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether C-3: Cyclohexanone
<評価>
[分散性の評価]
(保存安定性)
 各実施例及び比較例において、それぞれ樹脂組成物の粘度(mPa・s)を、東機産業(株)製「RE-85L」にて測定した。上記測定後、樹脂組成物を45℃、遮光、3日間の条件にて静置し、再度粘度(mPa・s)を測定した。上記静置前後での粘度差(ΔVis)から下記評価基準に従って保存安定性を評価した。粘度差(ΔVis)の数値が小さいほど、樹脂組成物の保存安定性が良好であり、顔料の分散性が良好であるといえる。上記粘度測定は、いずれも、温湿度を22±5℃、60±20%に管理した実験室で、樹脂組成物の温度を25℃に調整した状態で測定した。
<Evaluation>
[Evaluation of dispersibility]
(Storage stability)
In each Example and Comparative Example, the viscosity (mPa · s) of the resin composition was measured by "RE-85L" manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd. After the above measurement, the resin composition was allowed to stand at 45 ° C. under the conditions of light shielding for 3 days, and the viscosity (mPa · s) was measured again. The storage stability was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria from the viscosity difference (ΔVis) before and after standing. It can be said that the smaller the value of the viscosity difference (ΔVis), the better the storage stability of the resin composition and the better the dispersibility of the pigment. In each of the above viscosity measurements, the temperature and humidity were controlled to 22 ± 5 ° C. and 60 ± 20% in a laboratory, and the temperature of the resin composition was adjusted to 25 ° C.
-評価基準-
 A:ΔVisが0.5mPa・s以下であった。
 B:ΔVisが0.5mPa・sを超え、1.0mPa・s以下であった。
 C:ΔVisが1.0mPa・sを超え、2.0mPa・s以下であった。
 D:ΔVisが2.0mPa・sを超え、2.5mPa・s以下であった。
 E:ΔVisが2.5mPa・sを超えた。
-Evaluation criteria-
A: ΔVis was 0.5 mPa · s or less.
B: ΔVis exceeded 0.5 mPa · s and was 1.0 mPa · s or less.
C: ΔVis exceeded 1.0 mPa · s and was 2.0 mPa · s or less.
D: ΔVis exceeded 2.0 mPa · s and was 2.5 mPa · s or less.
E: ΔVis exceeded 2.5 mPa · s.
(粒子径)
 上記で得られた樹脂組成物を20mlサンプル瓶に分取し、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートにより固形分濃度が0.2質量%になるように希釈調整した。温度25℃で2mlの測定用石英セルおよびJIS8826:2005に準じた動的光散乱式粒径分布測定装置(堀場製作所社製、LB-500)を用いて、上記希釈液のデータ取り込みを50回行い、得られた個数基準の算術平均の顔料の粒子径(数平均粒子径)を求めた。顔料の数平均粒子径の値が小さいほど顔料の分散性が良好であるといえる。
-評価基準-
 A:顔料の数平均粒子径が0.05μm以下であった。
 B:顔料の数平均粒子径が0.05μmを超え、0.10μm以下であった。
 C:顔料の数平均粒子径が0.10μmを超え、0.20μm以下であった。
 D:顔料の数平均粒子径が0.20μmを超え、0.50μm以下であった。
 E:顔料の数平均粒子径が0.50μmを超えた。
(Particle size)
The resin composition obtained above was dispensed into a 20 ml sample bottle and diluted with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate so that the solid content concentration became 0.2% by mass. Using a 2 ml measuring quartz cell at a temperature of 25 ° C. and a dynamic light scattering type particle size distribution measuring device (LB-500, manufactured by Horiba Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) according to JIS8826: 2005, the data of the diluted solution was taken in 50 times. Then, the particle size (number average particle size) of the obtained arithmetic average pigment based on the number of pieces was obtained. It can be said that the smaller the value of the number average particle diameter of the pigment, the better the dispersibility of the pigment.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: The number average particle size of the pigment was 0.05 μm or less.
B: The number average particle size of the pigment exceeded 0.05 μm and was 0.10 μm or less.
C: The number average particle size of the pigment exceeded 0.10 μm and was 0.20 μm or less.
D: The number average particle size of the pigment was more than 0.20 μm and 0.50 μm or less.
E: The number average particle size of the pigment exceeded 0.50 μm.
〔膜収縮率の評価〕
 各実施例及び比較例において、それぞれ樹脂組成物をガラス基板上にスピンコートで塗布し、ホットプレートを用いて100℃で120秒乾燥(プリベーク)した後に、オーブンを用いて200℃で30分加熱(ポストベーク)して厚さ0.60μmの膜を製造した。膜厚は、膜の一部を削ってガラス基板表面を露出し、ガラス基板表面と塗布膜の段差(塗布膜の膜厚)を触針式段差計(DektakXT、BRUKER社製)を用いて測定した。次いで、得られた膜を窒素雰囲気下にて300℃で5時間加熱処理した。加熱処理後の膜の膜厚を同様にして測定し、下記式より膜収縮率を求め、下記評価基準に従って膜収縮率を評価した。下記T及びTは、いずれも、温湿度を22±5℃、60±20%に管理した実験室で、基板温度を25℃に温度調整を施した状態で測定した。膜収縮率が小さいほど、膜収縮が抑制されており、好ましい結果であるといえる。
 膜収縮率(%)=(1-(T/T))×100
 T:製造直後の膜の膜厚(=0.60μm)
 T:窒素雰囲気下にて300℃で5時間加熱処理した後の膜厚
-評価基準-
 A:膜収縮率が1%以下であった。
 B:膜収縮率が1%を超え5%以下であった。
 C:膜収縮率が5%を超え10%以下であった。
 D:膜収縮率が10%を超え30%以下であった。
 E:膜収縮率が30%を超えた。
[Evaluation of membrane shrinkage rate]
In each Example and Comparative Example, the resin composition was applied on a glass substrate by spin coating, dried (prebaked) at 100 ° C. for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then heated at 200 ° C. for 30 minutes using an oven. (Post-baked) to produce a film having a thickness of 0.60 μm. The film thickness is measured by scraping a part of the film to expose the surface of the glass substrate and measuring the step between the surface of the glass substrate and the coating film (the film thickness of the coating film) using a stylus type step meter (DektakXT, manufactured by BRUKER). did. Then, the obtained membrane was heat-treated at 300 ° C. for 5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The film thickness after the heat treatment was measured in the same manner, the film shrinkage rate was obtained from the following formula, and the film shrinkage rate was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. Both T 0 and T 1 below were measured in a laboratory where the temperature and humidity were controlled to 22 ± 5 ° C. and 60 ± 20%, with the substrate temperature adjusted to 25 ° C. It can be said that the smaller the membrane shrinkage rate, the more the membrane shrinkage is suppressed, which is a preferable result.
Membrane shrinkage rate (%) = (1- (T 1 / T 0 )) x 100
T 0 : Film thickness immediately after production (= 0.60 μm)
T 1 : Film thickness after heat treatment at 300 ° C for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere-evaluation criteria-
A: The membrane shrinkage rate was 1% or less.
B: The membrane shrinkage rate was more than 1% and 5% or less.
C: The membrane shrinkage rate was more than 5% and 10% or less.
D: The membrane shrinkage rate was more than 10% and 30% or less.
E: The membrane shrinkage rate exceeded 30%.
〔クラックの評価〕
 各実施例及び比較例において、それぞれ樹脂組成物をガラス基板上にスピンコートで塗布し、ホットプレートを用いて100℃で120秒乾燥(プリベーク)した後に、オーブンを用いて200℃で30分加熱(ポストベーク)して厚さ0.60μmの膜を製造した。次いで、得られた膜の表面に、スパッタ法によりSiOを200nm積層して無機膜を形成した。この無機膜が表面に形成された膜を、窒素雰囲気下にて300℃で5時間加熱処理した。加熱処理後の無機膜の表面を光学顕微鏡で観察し、1cm当たりのクラックの個数をカウントして、下記評価基準に従ってクラックの有無を評価した。
-評価基準-
 A:1cm当たりのクラックの個数が0個であった。
 B:1cm当たりのクラックの個数が1~10個であった。
 C:1cm当たりのクラックの個数が11~50個であった。
 D:1cm当たりのクラックの個数が51個~100個であった。
 E:1cm当たりのクラックの個数が101個以上であった。
[Evaluation of cracks]
In each Example and Comparative Example, the resin composition was applied on a glass substrate by spin coating, dried (prebaked) at 100 ° C. for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then heated at 200 ° C. for 30 minutes using an oven. (Post-baked) to produce a film having a thickness of 0.60 μm. Next, SiO 2 was laminated at 200 nm on the surface of the obtained film by a sputtering method to form an inorganic film. The film on which the inorganic film was formed was heat-treated at 300 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. The surface of the inorganic film after the heat treatment was observed with an optical microscope, the number of cracks per 1 cm 2 was counted, and the presence or absence of cracks was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: The number of cracks per 1 cm 2 was 0.
B: The number of cracks per 1 cm 2 was 1 to 10.
The number of cracks per C: 1 cm 2 was 11 to 50.
The number of cracks per D: 1 cm 2 was 51 to 100.
E: The number of cracks per 1 cm 2 was 101 or more.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000068
 実施例の樹脂組成物を用いた場合、比較例の樹脂組成物を用いた場合と比較して、いずれも保存安定性および粒子径の評価が優れており、顔料の分散性に優れていた。更には、実施例の樹脂組成物を用いた場合、比較例の樹脂組成物を用いた場合と比較して、いずれも膜収縮率が小さく、クラックの発生が抑制されていた。このため、比較例の樹脂組成物と比較して、膜を製造した後の工程におけるプロセスウインドウの拡大を図ることが可能であるといえる。 When the resin composition of the example was used, the storage stability and the particle size were excellently evaluated, and the dispersibility of the pigment was excellent, as compared with the case where the resin composition of the comparative example was used. Furthermore, when the resin composition of the example was used, the film shrinkage rate was small and the generation of cracks was suppressed as compared with the case of using the resin composition of the comparative example. Therefore, it can be said that it is possible to expand the process window in the process after manufacturing the film as compared with the resin composition of the comparative example.
(実施例1000:フォトリソグラフィ法でのパターン形成)
 シリコンウエハ上に、実施例1の樹脂組成物をスピンコートで塗布し、ホットプレートを用いて100℃で120秒乾燥(プリベーク)した後に、オーブンを用いて200℃で30分加熱(ポストベーク)して厚さ0.60μmの樹脂組成物層を形成した。次いで、この樹脂組成物層に対して、一辺1.1μmの正方形状の非マスク部が4mm×3mmの領域に配列されたマスクパターンを介して、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(Canon(株)製)を使用して波長365nmの光を500mJ/cmの露光量で照射して露光した。次いで、露光後の樹脂組成物層が形成されているシリコンウエハを、スピン・シャワー現像機(DW-30型、(株)ケミトロニクス製)の水平回転テーブル上に載置し、現像液(CD-2000、富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)を用い、23℃で60秒間パドル現像した。次いで、シリコンウエハを回転数50rpmで回転させつつ、その回転中心の上方より純水を噴出ノズルからシャワー状に供給してリンス処理を行ない、その後スプレー乾燥してパターン(画素)を形成した。
(Example 1000: Pattern formation by photolithography method)
The resin composition of Example 1 was applied on a silicon wafer by spin coating, dried at 100 ° C. for 120 seconds (pre-baked) using a hot plate, and then heated at 200 ° C. for 30 minutes (post-baked) using an oven. A resin composition layer having a thickness of 0.60 μm was formed. Next, with respect to this resin composition layer, an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (Canon, Inc.) is provided via a mask pattern in which square non-masked portions having a side of 1.1 μm are arranged in a region of 4 mm × 3 mm. ) Was irradiated with light having a wavelength of 365 nm at an exposure amount of 500 mJ / cm 2. Next, the silicon wafer on which the resin composition layer after exposure is formed is placed on a horizontal rotary table of a spin shower developer (DW-30 type, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.), and a developer (CD) is placed. -2000, manufactured by Fujifilm Electronics Materials Co., Ltd., was paddle-developed at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds. Next, while rotating the silicon wafer at a rotation speed of 50 rpm, pure water was supplied from above the center of rotation in a shower shape from the ejection nozzle to perform a rinsing treatment, and then spray-dried to form a pattern (pixel).
 作製した画素付きシリコンウエハを2分割し、一方を窒素雰囲気下にて300℃で5時間加熱処理した(以下、一方を300℃加熱処理前基板、他方を300℃加熱処理後基板とする)。300℃加熱処理前基板、及び、300℃加熱処理後基板に形成されている画素の断面を走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)で評価したところ、300℃加熱処理後基板に形成されている画素の高さ(厚さ)は、300℃加熱処理前基板に形成されている画素の高さ(厚さ)の97%であった。 The produced silicon wafer with pixels was divided into two, and one was heat-treated at 300 ° C. for 5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere (hereinafter, one is a substrate before heat treatment at 300 ° C. and the other is a substrate after heat treatment at 300 ° C.). When the cross sections of the pixels formed on the substrate before the heat treatment at 300 ° C. and the substrate after the heat treatment at 300 ° C. were evaluated by a scanning electron microscope (SEM), the height of the pixels formed on the substrate after the heat treatment at 300 ° C. was evaluated. The thickness (thickness) was 97% of the height (thickness) of the pixels formed on the substrate before the heat treatment at 300 ° C.

Claims (18)

  1.  顔料を含む色材Aと、
     樹脂Bと、
     溶剤Cと、を含み、
     前記樹脂Bは、式(1-A)で表される構造単位と式(1-B)で表される構造単位とを含む樹脂b-1を含む、
     樹脂組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     式(1-A)中、X11は4価の連結基を表し、X12は2+n価の連結基を表し、Y11はOまたはNRY11を表し、R11、R12およびRY11は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、Lpは2価の連結基を表し、Pはポリマー鎖を表し、nは1以上の整数を表す;
     式(1-B)中、X51は4価の連結基を表し、X52は2価の連結基を表し、Y51はOまたはNRY51を表し、R51、R52、R61およびRY51は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す。
    Color material A containing pigment and
    Resin B and
    Containing solvent C,
    The resin B includes a resin b-1 containing a structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) and a structural unit represented by the formula (1-B).
    Resin composition;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    Wherein (1-A), X 11 represents a tetravalent linking group, X 12 represents a 2 + n valent linking group, Y 11 represents O or NR Y11, R 11, R 12 and R Y11 are Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, Lp 1 represents a divalent linking group, P 1 represents a polymer chain, and n represents an integer greater than or equal to 1.
    In formula (1-B), X 51 represents a tetravalent linking group, X 52 represents a divalent linking group, Y 51 represents O or NR Y 51 , and R 51, R 52 , R 61 and R. Y51 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  2.  前記式(1-A)で表される構造単位と、前記式(1-A)のnが0である構造の構造単位と、前記式(1-B)で表される構造単位との合計中における、前記式(1-B)で表される構造単位のモルでの割合が10~90モル%である、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The sum of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A), the structural unit of the structure in which n is 0 in the formula (1-A), and the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B). The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the ratio of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) in moles is 10 to 90 mol%.
  3.  式(1-A)で表される構造単位のモル数に対する式(1-B)で表される構造単位のモル数の比が0.2~5である、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The invention according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the ratio of the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-B) to the number of moles of the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) is 0.2 to 5. Resin composition.
  4.  前記式(1-A)のLpが表す2価の連結基は硫黄原子を含む基である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the divalent linking group represented by Lp 1 of the formula (1-A) is a group containing a sulfur atom.
  5.  前記式(1ーA)のX11および前記式(1ーB)のX51は、それぞれ独立して芳香族炭化水素環を含む基である、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The invention according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein X 11 of the formula (1-A) and X 51 of the formula (1-B) are groups each independently containing an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. Resin composition.
  6.  前記式(1ーB)のX52は、フッ素原子及び芳香族炭化水素環を含む基である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein X 52 of the formula (1-B) is a group containing a fluorine atom and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring.
  7.  前記式(1-A)のPが表すポリマー鎖は、ポリ(メタ)アクリル構造、ポリスチレン構造、ポリエーテル構造およびポリエステル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造の繰り返し単位を含む、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The polymer chain represented by P 1 of the formula (1-A) contains a repeating unit of at least one structure selected from a poly (meth) acrylic structure, a polystyrene structure, a polyether structure and a polyester structure, according to claims 1 to 1. Item 6. The resin composition according to any one of 6.
  8.  前記式(1-A)のPが表すポリマー鎖は、式(P1-1)~式(P1-6)のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位を含む、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     式中、RG1およびRG2は、それぞれアルキレン基を表す;
     RG3は、水素原子、メチル基、フッ素原子、塩素原子またはヒドロキシメチル基を表す;
     QG1は、-O-または-NR-を表し、Rは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基または複素環基を表す;
     LG1は、単結合またはアリーレン基を表す;
     LG2は、単結合または2価の連結基を表す;
     RG4は、水素原子または置換基を表す;
     RG5は、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、RG6はアリール基を表す。
    Any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the polymer chain represented by P 1 of the formula (1-A) contains a repeating unit represented by any of the formulas (P1-1) to (P1-6). The resin composition according to the section;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    In the formula, RG1 and RG2 each represent an alkylene group;
    RG3 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a hydroxymethyl group;
    Q G1 represents -O- or -NR q- , and R q represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group;
    LG1 represents a single bond or an arylene group;
    LG2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group;
    RG4 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent;
    RG5 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group and RG6 represents an aryl group.
  9.  RG4で示される置換基がエチレン性不飽和結合含有基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、およびt-ブチル基から選ばれる少なくとも1種である、請求項8に記載の樹脂組成物。 Substituents represented by R G4 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, an epoxy group, at least one selected from an oxetanyl group, and t- butyl group, a resin composition according to claim 8.
  10.  前記溶剤Cは、エステル系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤およびケトン系溶剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the solvent C contains at least one selected from an ester solvent, an ether solvent, an alcohol solvent and a ketone solvent.
  11.  前記色材Aは、ジケトピロロピロール顔料およびフタロシアニン顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む、請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the coloring material A contains at least one selected from a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and a phthalocyanine pigment.
  12.  更に重合性モノマーを含む、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11, further comprising a polymerizable monomer.
  13.  更に光重合開始剤を含む、請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 12, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator.
  14.  請求項1~13のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物を用いて得られる膜。 A film obtained by using the resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 13.
  15.  請求項14に記載の膜を有する光学フィルタ。 An optical filter having the film according to claim 14.
  16.  請求項14に記載の膜を有する固体撮像素子。 A solid-state imaging device having the film according to claim 14.
  17.  請求項14に記載の膜を有する画像表示装置。 An image display device having the film according to claim 14.
  18.  式(1-A)で表される構造単位と式(1-B)で表される構造単位とを含む樹脂;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     式(1-A)中、X11は4価の連結基を表し、X12は2+n価の連結基を表し、Y11はOまたはNRY11を表し、R11、R12およびRY11は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、Lpは2価の連結基を表し、Pはポリマー鎖を表し、nは1以上の整数を表す;
     式(1-B)中、X51は4価の連結基を表し、X52は2価の連結基を表し、Y51はOまたはNRY51を表し、R51、R52、R61およびRY51は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す。
    A resin containing a structural unit represented by the formula (1-A) and a structural unit represented by the formula (1-B);
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    Wherein (1-A), X 11 represents a tetravalent linking group, X 12 represents a 2 + n valent linking group, Y 11 represents O or NR Y11, R 11, R 12 and R Y11 are Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, Lp 1 represents a divalent linking group, P 1 represents a polymer chain, and n represents an integer greater than or equal to 1.
    In formula (1-B), X 51 represents a tetravalent linking group, X 52 represents a divalent linking group, Y 51 represents O or NR Y 51 , and R 51, R 52 , R 61 and R. Y51 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
PCT/JP2021/026921 2020-07-22 2021-07-19 Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device and resin WO2022019255A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020227044432A KR20230013085A (en) 2020-07-22 2021-07-19 Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and resin
JP2022537994A JP7397201B2 (en) 2020-07-22 2021-07-19 Resin compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, and resins
CN202180043701.1A CN115702213B (en) 2020-07-22 2021-07-19 Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and resin

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020124898 2020-07-22
JP2020-124898 2020-07-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022019255A1 true WO2022019255A1 (en) 2022-01-27

Family

ID=79728676

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/026921 WO2022019255A1 (en) 2020-07-22 2021-07-19 Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device and resin

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7397201B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20230013085A (en)
CN (1) CN115702213B (en)
TW (1) TW202206500A (en)
WO (1) WO2022019255A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008007776A1 (en) * 2006-07-14 2008-01-17 Toyo Ink Manufacturing Co., Ltd. Polyester dispersant, process for production of the same, and pigment composition using the same
JP2009122478A (en) * 2007-11-16 2009-06-04 Chisso Corp Coloring liquid for color filter
JP2009276722A (en) * 2008-05-19 2009-11-26 Chisso Corp Colored composition for color filter
JP2010185934A (en) * 2009-02-10 2010-08-26 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
WO2018030506A1 (en) * 2016-08-10 2018-02-15 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Pigment composition, coating material containing said pigment composition, and dispersant

Family Cites Families (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001004170A1 (en) * 1999-07-08 2001-01-18 Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. Thermoplastic polymer having polar group, use thereof, and unsaturated compounds having polar group
TW574263B (en) * 2001-06-28 2004-02-01 Dainippon Ink & Chemicals Active energy ray-curable polyimide resin composition
JP2010224319A (en) * 2009-03-24 2010-10-07 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive composition, photosensitive film, photosensitive laminate, permanent pattern forming method, and printed board
JP5545529B2 (en) * 2010-03-05 2014-07-09 Dic株式会社 Active energy ray-curable resin composition and cured product thereof
JP6019050B2 (en) * 2014-02-14 2016-11-02 富士フイルム株式会社 COLORED RESIN COMPOSITION AND CURED FILM USING THE SAME, COLOR FILTER AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME
JP6589305B2 (en) * 2015-03-13 2019-10-16 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
US10983436B2 (en) * 2016-03-18 2021-04-20 Toray Industries, Inc. Negative-type photosensitive resin composition, cured film, display device provided with cured film, and production method therefor
GB201611687D0 (en) 2016-07-05 2016-08-17 Envirobalance Co Uk Apparatus and method for manufacturing laminar materials
KR102363566B1 (en) * 2016-12-26 2022-02-16 도레이 카부시키가이샤 organic EL display device
JP7230508B2 (en) * 2017-09-29 2023-03-01 東レ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, organic EL display provided with cured film, and method for manufacturing organic EL display
WO2020040043A1 (en) * 2018-08-22 2020-02-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, cured film, pattern formation method, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2020044720A1 (en) * 2018-08-30 2020-03-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored composition, film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2020059483A1 (en) * 2018-09-18 2020-03-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging device, infrared sensor, method for manufacturing optical filter, camera module, compound, and dispersion composition
JP7023379B2 (en) * 2018-09-27 2022-02-21 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
CN112888714B (en) * 2018-10-19 2023-02-28 富士胶片株式会社 Method for producing cured film, resin composition, cured film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing semiconductor element

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008007776A1 (en) * 2006-07-14 2008-01-17 Toyo Ink Manufacturing Co., Ltd. Polyester dispersant, process for production of the same, and pigment composition using the same
JP2009122478A (en) * 2007-11-16 2009-06-04 Chisso Corp Coloring liquid for color filter
JP2009276722A (en) * 2008-05-19 2009-11-26 Chisso Corp Colored composition for color filter
JP2010185934A (en) * 2009-02-10 2010-08-26 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
WO2018030506A1 (en) * 2016-08-10 2018-02-15 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Pigment composition, coating material containing said pigment composition, and dispersant

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202206500A (en) 2022-02-16
JP7397201B2 (en) 2023-12-12
JPWO2022019255A1 (en) 2022-01-27
CN115702213B (en) 2024-06-11
KR20230013085A (en) 2023-01-26
CN115702213A (en) 2023-02-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021215133A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
JP7425093B2 (en) Colored resin compositions, films, color filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
JPWO2020044720A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
WO2022009526A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
JP2024124473A (en) Compound
JP7385758B2 (en) Resin compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, resins and compounds
JP2024009929A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
JP7498837B2 (en) Colored resin composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP2024012409A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and asymmetric diketopyrrolopyrrole compound
WO2022270209A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2021075393A1 (en) Composition, film, cured film, method for producing said cured film, near-infrared transmitting filter, solid-state imaging element, and infrared sensor
WO2021006133A1 (en) Resin composition, film, color filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device, resin, and compound
JP7397201B2 (en) Resin compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, and resins
WO2020241537A1 (en) Resin composition, film, color filter, solid-stage imaging element, and image display device
CN114269802A (en) Resin, curable composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and polymer compound
CN115916902B (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, resin, and compound
JP7344370B2 (en) Resin compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
WO2022176788A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, resin, and resin manufacturing method
WO2022176787A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, resin, and method for producing resin
WO2023182017A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2022230625A1 (en) Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2021182268A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2021230122A1 (en) Magenta photosensitive resin composition, film, color filter, solid-state image sensor and visual display unit
WO2022004683A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2023120036A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21845360

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022537994

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20227044432

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21845360

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1